JP2018196472A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of improving amusement of games.SOLUTION: On the basis of occurrence of a winning to a prescribed through winning portion 171, prescribed normal symbol side reservation information is acquired, and on the basis of the acquisition of the prescribed normal symbol side reservation information, a display continuation round is performed in a prescribed normal symbol display portion 182. After the display continuation round is finished, a prescribed normal electric device 172 becomes in an opening performance state. Due to occurrence of a winning to the prescribed normal electric device 172, a first non-electric device 173 becomes in an opening state, and due to occurrence of a winning to the first non-electric device 173, a second non-electric device 177 becomes in an opening state, and due to occurrence of a winning to the second non-electric device 177, a third non-electric device 179 becomes in an opening state. In this case, in the opening performance state of the prescribed normal electric device 172, an upper limit pieces of winning pieces to the prescribed normal electric device 172 is set to have a greater number than the number of an upper limit frequency of the frequency at which the prescribed normal electric device 172 becomes in an opening state.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 52

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  Pachinko machines and slot machines are known as a kind of gaming machine. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which a profit is given to a player by shifting a gaming state to a special control state based on a predetermined transition condition being established.

  Specifically, for pachinko machines, a configuration that shifts to a special control state when a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the entrance area provided in the game area, or a predetermined entry There is known a configuration in which a special control state is entered based on a game ball entering a part. And when it shifts to the special control state, for example, opening and closing of the pitching device provided in the gaming area is started, and the gaming ball is paid out based on the pitching into the pitching device (for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2015-009055

  Here, in the gaming machines such as the above-described examples, it is necessary to improve the interest of the game, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of games.

In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, the invention described in claim 1 is characterized in that a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered, and variable entry means provided so as to be switched between an open state and a closed state;
An opening / closing control means for executing an opening / closing control for setting the variable pitching means to the closed state after entering the open state when the predetermined game state is reached;
First ending means for ending the predetermined gaming state after the number of times the variable pitching means is in the open state in the predetermined gaming state reaches an upper limit number;
Second ending means for ending the predetermined gaming state after the number of gaming balls that have entered the variable pitching means in the predetermined gaming state reaches an upper limit number;
With
The upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest of games.

It is a perspective view which shows the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a perspective view which decomposes | disassembles and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a front view which shows the structure of a game board. (A) It is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device and its surroundings in the non-accepting state, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device and its surroundings in the receiving state. (A), (b) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the display content on the display surface of a symbol display apparatus. (A)-(j) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the display content on the display surface of a symbol display apparatus. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of various counters and various areas. (A) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the low probability determination table for 1st special drawings, (b) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the high probability determination table for 1st special drawings, (c) No. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the low probability decision table for 2 special figures, (d) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the high precision decision table for 2nd special figures, (e) Explains jackpot classification table It is explanatory drawing for doing. It is a flowchart which shows the main process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interruption process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the special figure special electric power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the acquisition process of the pending | holding information performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the special figure fluctuation start process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the usual figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the common figure change start process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the usual figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the process during a usual figure determination performed in main side MPU. (A)-(e) It is a time chart which shows the relationship between the display continuation period of a usual figure display part, and the acceptance state of a special prize-winning apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 3rd Embodiment. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 4th Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of various counters and various areas. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 3rd common general power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th common figure change start process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU. (A)-(f) It is a time chart which shows the relationship between the display continuation period of a 4th general map display part, and the acceptance state of a special prize-winning apparatus. It is a top view which shows the structure of the disk member in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU in 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 3rd common utility power control process performed in main side MPU in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 3rd common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU in 9th Embodiment. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 10th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 3rd common general power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU. (A)-(h) It is a time chart which shows the relationship between the display continuation period of a 4th common figure display part, and the acceptance state of a special prize-winning apparatus. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 11th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 3rd common general power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th common figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the 4th common figure change start process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the specific process of the 4th common figure fluctuation period performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the adjustment process performed in main side MPU. (A)-(j) It is a time chart which shows the mode of a big hit state. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board in 12th Embodiment. (A)-(i) It is a time chart which shows the flow of a game. It is a flowchart which shows the usual figure normal power control process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the common figure change start process performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the process during a usual figure determination performed in main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the process during open electric power performed by the main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the process during the general electric power closure performed by main side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the general power alerting | reporting process performed in the sound light side MPU. (A), (b) It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of the general electric power alert | report in a symbol display apparatus. (A)-(i) It is a time chart for demonstrating the effect | action by a general power alerting | reporting being performed in a symbol display apparatus.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as “pachinko machine”), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view showing the main configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area PA of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main body 12 that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 11. Have. The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plates to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility. In the pachinko machine 10, the outer frame 11 is not an essential configuration, and may be configured such that the outer frame 11 is provided in the island facility of the game hall.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame 13, a front door frame 14 disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 disposed behind the inner frame 13. ing. An inner frame 13 of the gaming machine body 12 is rotatably supported by the outer frame 11. Specifically, the inner frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in front view.

  A front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13 and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view. Further, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and can be rotated backward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view.

  Note that the gaming machine main body 12 is provided with a locking device at the rotating tip, and the locking device has a function of making the gaming machine main body 12 locked to the outer frame 11 so as not to be opened. And has a function of locking the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13 so as not to be opened. Each of these locked states is released by performing an unlocking operation on the cylinder lock 17 provided exposed at the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlocking key.

  Next, the configuration of the front side of the gaming machine body 12 will be described.

  The inner frame 13 is mainly composed of a resin base 21 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11. A substantially elliptical window hole 23 is formed at the center of the resin base 21. A game board 24 is detachably attached to the resin base 21. The game board 24 is made of plywood, and the game area PA formed on the front surface of the game board 24 is exposed to the front surface side of the inner frame 13 through the window hole 23 of the resin base 21. The game board 24 is not limited to wooden, and may be made of a synthetic resin such as an acrylic board or a polycarbonate board.

  The configuration of the game board 24 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 24.

  An inner rail portion 25 and an outer rail portion 26 are attached to the game board 24 so as to partition a part of the outer edge of the game area PA. The inner rail portion 25 and the outer rail portion 26 provide guidance means. As a guide rail, it is configured. A game ball launched from a game ball launching mechanism 27 (see FIG. 2) attached below the window hole 23 in the resin base 21 is guided to the upper part of the game area PA by a guide rail.

  Incidentally, the game ball launching mechanism 27 includes a launch rail 27a extending toward the guide rail, a ball feeding device 27b for supplying a game ball stored in an upper plate 65a described later onto the launch rail 27a, and the launch rail 27a. And a solenoid 27c which is an electric actuator for firing the game ball supplied to the guide rail. When the launch operation device (or operation handle) 28 provided on the front door frame 14 is rotated, the solenoid 27c is driven and controlled, and a game ball is launched.

  The game board 24 has a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the front-rear direction. Each opening has a general winning portion 31, a first operating portion 32, a second operating portion 33, a through winning portion 34, a special winning device 35, a special prize winning device 36, a variable display unit 37, a special figure unit 38 and a universal figure unit. 39 etc. are provided respectively. Three general winning portions 31 are provided in total, and one is provided for each other.

  Even if a ball enters the through winning portion 34, the payout of the game ball is not executed. On the other hand, in the case where a winning to any of the general winning unit 31, the first operating unit 32, the second operating unit 33, the special winning device 35, and the special electric winning device 36 occurs, the number of game media usable by the player is determined. A predetermined number of game balls are paid out to be increased. Specifically, with respect to the number of winning balls, when 10 balls are thrown into the general winning portion 31, 10 game balls are paid out, and when the first operating portion 32 is thrown out. When the payout of three game balls is executed and a ball enters the second operating unit 33, the payout of one game ball is executed and the ball enters the special winning device 35. 11 game balls are paid out, and 15 game balls are paid out when the special electric prize winning device 36 is entered.

  The number of prize balls may be arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls in the first operating part 32 and the second operating part 33 may be the same. Further, the special winning device 35 may have a configuration in which the number of prize balls is less than 11, or may be configured to have more than 11. In addition, the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 35 is not limited to the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 36, and the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 35 and the number of prize balls of the special prize winning device 36 are different. The configuration may be the same, or the number of winning balls of the special winning device 35 may be larger than the number of winning balls of the special electricity winning device 36.

  In addition, an out port 24a is provided at the bottom of the game board 24, and game balls that have not entered various winning ports etc. are discharged from the game area PA through the out port 24a. In addition, the game board 24 is provided with a number of nails 24b for appropriately dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of the game ball, and various members such as a windmill.

  Here, the entry ball means that the game ball passes through a predetermined opening, and not only the mode of discharging from the game area PA after passing through the opening, but also from the game area PA after passing through the opening. A mode in which the game area PA continues to flow down without being discharged is also included. However, in the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball from entering the out port 24a, the general winning part 31, the first operating part 32, the second operating part 33, the through winning part 34, the special winning device The entry of a game ball into the 35 and the special electric prize winning device 36 is also expressed as a winning.

  A variable display unit 37 is provided so as to include the central portion of the game area PA. Due to the fact that the peripheral portion of the variable display unit 37 protrudes in front of the pachinko machine 10 from the surface of the game board 24, an area where the game ball launched into the game area PA can flow down is defined. Specifically, in the game area PA, an upper area PA1 that is an area above a predetermined height position of the variable display unit 37, and a lower area than the variable display unit 37 that is continuous below the upper area PA1. A left area PA2 that is a left area, a right area PA3 that is continuous to the lower area of the upper area PA1 and to the right of the variable display unit 37, a left area PA2, and a right area PA3. On the other hand, it is divided into a lower area PA4 which is continuous below and below the variable display unit 37.

  When the player operates the firing operation device 28 with a rotation amount within a first range that is less than the reference rotation amount as the first launch operation, the game ball is moved to the left of the lateral center position in the upper area PA1. Run down. In this case, the game balls flow down in the order of the upper area PA1, the left area PA2, and the lower area PA4. On the other hand, when the player operates the firing operation device 28 with the rotation amount in the second range that is equal to or larger than the reference rotation amount as the second firing operation, in the upper area PA1, on the right side of the lateral center position. A game ball begins to flow down. In this case, the game balls flow down in the order of the upper area PA1, the right area PA3, and the lower area PA4. That is, the player can play the game so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2 of the left area PA2 and the right area PA3 by adjusting the amount of rotation operation of the launch operation device 28, and the right area A game can be played so that a game ball flows down on PA3. Incidentally, when the firing operation device 28 is operated with the maximum rotation amount, the game balls flow down in the order of the upper area PA1, the right area PA3, and the lower area PA4.

  The 1st operation part 32 is installed in lower field PA4. The first operating part 32 is opened upward, and no member such as an opening / closing member for preventing the game ball from entering the first operating part 32 is provided. In a situation where game balls are being fired in the same manner, the winning probability to the first operating unit 32 is constant without depending on the game state. In other words, the first operating part 32 can always enter a game ball that flows down the game area PA toward the first operating part 32.

  The first operating unit 32 is disposed directly below the stage 37 a formed in the variable display unit 37. The variable display unit 37 is provided with a pair of left and right inlets 37b. The variable display unit 37 guides a game ball that has entered the inlet 37b onto the stage 37a. A guide passage (not shown) is formed. A game ball that has flowed onto the stage 37a through the guide passage and is discharged from the lateral center of the stage 37a to the outside of the variable display unit 37 is easy to win the first operating unit 32. . The first operating part 32 is provided with a detection sensor (not shown), and a game ball won in the first operating part 32 is detected by the detection sensor. The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main controller 70, which will be described later, and the main controller 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has won the first operating unit 32 based on a received signal.

  The position where the first operating part 32 is provided in the lower area PA4 is a position where a game ball flowing down the left area PA2 can enter, and a game ball flowing down the right area PA3 can enter Is in position. Thereby, either when the launch operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, or when the launch operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. Even if it exists, the winning to the 1st action | operation part 32 is attained. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and by providing a regulation nail or the like in the middle of the flow area from the right area PA3 toward the first actuating portion 32, the shooting operation device 28 so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. When the is operated, the first operating unit 32 may not be awarded.

  The second actuating part 33 is arranged in the right area PA3. In other words, the second operating unit 33 cannot win when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. Winning is possible when the device 28 is being operated. The second operating part 33 is opened upward similarly to the first operating part 32, and no member such as an opening / closing member for preventing the game ball from entering the second operating part 33 is provided. In a situation where game balls are being fired in the same manner, the winning probability to the second operating unit 33 is constant without depending on the game state. In other words, the second operating unit 33 can always enter a game ball that flows down the game area PA toward the second operating unit 33. The second operating part 33 is provided with a detection sensor (not shown), and a game ball won in the second operating part 33 is detected by the detection sensor. The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main controller 70, which will be described later, and the main controller 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has won the second operating unit 33 based on a received signal.

  In the right side area PA3, on the upstream side of the second operating part 33, nails 24b are arranged so as to guide the game balls flowing down the upstream area toward the second operating part 33. There is no entrance section. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the right area PA3 is easy to enter the second operating portion 33. Specifically, the probability of entering the second operating portion 33 of the game ball flowing into the right area PA3 is higher than the probability of entering the first operating section 32 of the game ball flowing into the lower area PA4. Thus, the 2nd action | operation part 33 and the peripheral nail 24b are provided. However, not all of the game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 enter the second actuating portion 33, and the number of game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 is approximately one per predetermined number (for example, five). 2 It is configured to enter the operating portion 33.

  The special winning device 35 is disposed in the left area PA2. In other words, the special winning device 35 cannot receive a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3, and the shooting operation device so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2. Winning is possible when 28 is operated. The special prize-winning device 35 can be switched between a non-accepting state where game balls cannot be entered and an accepting state where game balls can be entered.

  The configuration of the special winning device 35 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4A and 4B in addition to FIG. FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 35 and its surroundings in the non-accepting state, and FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 35 and its surroundings in the receiving state. It is.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the special prize winning device 35 includes a base body 41 in which a discharge passage 42 for discharging game balls flowing in from the game area PA to the rear of the game board 24 is formed, and a game to the discharge passage 42. And an opening / closing member 43 for preventing or allowing inflow of the sphere. As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the base body 41 is provided so as to protrude forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the surface of the game board 24. In the base body 41, a ball receiving surface 44 for generating an upper surface of a region protruding forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the surface of the game board 24 extends in the horizontal direction, and the horizontal dimension thereof is equal to two game balls. As described above, the details are about four game balls.

  As shown in FIG. 4B, an inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 is formed on the left side of the ball receiving surface 44 so as to open upward. The entrance portion 42a has an opening area that is equal to or greater than one game ball and less than two game balls, and although one game ball can enter the entrance portion 42a, It is impossible for a plurality of game balls to enter the entrance 42a at the same time.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the discharge passage 42 is formed so as to extend vertically downward from the inlet portion 42 a, and the passage direction is directed toward the rear of the pachinko machine 10 at a midway position in the vertical direction of the base body 41. It has been changed on the way. The game ball that has entered the entrance 42 a is guided to the back side of the game board 24 by passing through the discharge passage 42, guided to the back side of the game board 24, and then discharged downward. A detection sensor 45 is provided in the middle of the discharge passage 42. The detection sensor 45 detects a game ball that has entered the discharge passage 42, that is, a game ball that has entered the special winning device 35. The detection sensor 45 is electrically connected to a main control device 70 which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has won a special winning device 35 based on a received signal.

  As shown in FIGS. 4 (a) and 4 (b), an opening / closing member 43 is provided so as to open and close the inlet portion 42a. The opening / closing member 43 is inserted through a through hole 46 formed so as to penetrate the game board 24 in the front-rear direction. The opening / closing member 43 moves in the front-rear direction along the through-hole 46, thereby facing the entire inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 from above as shown in FIG. The non-accepting position for preventing the game ball from entering and the entrance part 42a as shown in FIG. 4 (b) by not retracting the pachinko machine 10 from the prevention position and facing the entire entrance part 42a. It is possible to switch and arrange between the receiving position where the game ball can be entered.

  In order to move the opening / closing member 43, an opening / closing drive unit 47 is provided on the back side of the game board 24. The opening / closing drive unit 47 is electrically connected to a main controller 70 described later. When the opening / closing drive unit 47 is in a non-driving state, the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the non-receiving position by the biasing force of a biasing means such as a spring (not shown), and the opening / closing driving unit 47 is in the driving state, thereby opening / closing member 43. Is disposed at the receiving position by being displaced against the biasing force of the biasing means. The state where the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the non-accepting position is the non-accepting state of the special winning device 35, and the state where the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position is the accepting state of the special winning device 35.

  The upper surface of the opening / closing member 43 is inclined downward toward the right as shown in FIG. In addition, the region on the right side of the opening / closing member 43 disposed at the non-receiving position on the ball receiving surface 44 is inclined downward toward the right. A standing wall 48 is integrally formed at the upper left end of the base body 41 so as to stand upward from the ball receiving surface 44. The standing wall 48 has a height dimension of one or more game balls, and specifically has a height dimension of about two game balls. Due to the above configuration, the game ball that has reached above the opening / closing member 43 in the situation where the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the non-receiving position as shown in FIG. And is guided to the right of the special prize-winning device 35 by flowing down by its own weight along the inclination of the upper surface of the opening / closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44. As shown in FIG. 3, the special prize-winning device 35 is provided at least one game ball away from the left end of the variable display unit 37, so that it follows the upper surface of the opening / closing member 43 and the inclination of the ball receiving surface 44. Thus, the game ball guided to the right of the special winning device 35 flows downward through the space between the special winning device 35 and the variable display unit 37. Thereby, the game balls that have reached the special winning device 35 but have not won the special winning device 35 continue to flow down in the left area PA2 and the lower area PA4. The game ball that has continued to flow down can enter the first operating portion 32.

  A through winning portion 34 is provided above the special winning device 35 in the left area PA2. In other words, the through winning unit 34 cannot receive a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation device so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. Winning is possible when 28 is operated. The through winning portion 34 has a through hole penetrating in the vertical direction, and a winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs when a game ball passes through the through hole. Accordingly, the game balls that have won the through winning portion 34 continue to flow down the game area PA. The through winning portion 34 is provided with a detection sensor (not shown), and a game ball won in the through winning portion 34 is detected by the detection sensor. The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main control device 70, which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps whether or not a game ball has won a through winning portion 34 based on a received signal.

  At a position vertically below the through winning portion 34, there are an inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 in the special winning device 35 and an opening / closing member 43 disposed at a non-receiving position. In this case, the through winning portion 34 is provided at a position spaced upward from the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 and the opening / closing member 43 disposed at the non-receiving position. Is formed with a first guide region 49a for reliably guiding the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 to the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 or the opening / closing member 43 disposed at the non-receiving position. Although the formation method of the 1st guide area | region 49a is arbitrary, in this pachinko machine 10, the 1st guide area | region 49a is formed of the standing wall 48 of the special winning device 35 by arranging the some nail | bowl 24b. By forming the first guide region 49a, if the opening / closing member 43 is placed in the non-accepting position, the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 is reliably placed in the non-accepting position. If the state reaches the member 43 and the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position, the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 surely enters the discharge passage 42.

  In the left area PA2, a second guide area 49b is formed on the upstream side of the through winning portion 34 to surely guide the game ball flowing from the upper area PA1 into the left winning area PA2 to the through winning portion 34. Although the formation method of the 2nd guide area | region 49b is arbitrary, in this pachinko machine 10, the 2nd guide area | region 49b is formed by arranging the several nail 24b. Due to the formation of the second guide area 49b, the game ball that has flowed into the left area PA2 surely wins the through winning portion 34. As described above, the first guide area 49a is formed between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35, so that the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 is surely placed at the non-accepting position. It reaches the open / close member 43 or the inlet 42a of the discharge passage 42.

  Based on the winning in the through winning portion 34, the opening / closing member 43 of the special winning device 35 moves from the non-receiving position to the receiving position. Specifically, an internal lottery is performed with a winning in the through winning portion 34 as a trigger, and a normal display of a general-purpose unit 39 provided in a lower right corner, which is a region where a game ball does not pass in the game region PA, is displayed. In the part 39a, display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern is performed. Then, after the result of the internal lottery is a winning in the acceptance execution state, a stop result corresponding to the result is displayed, and after the display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a is finished, the state shifts to the acceptance execution state. In the receiving execution state, the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position in a predetermined manner. Only one type of this acceptance execution state is prepared, and the number of times that the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position and the condition for returning from the acceptance position to the non-acceptance position in the acceptance execution state regardless of the gaming state Is constant. Specifically, in the acceptance execution state, the opening / closing member 43 is disposed only once at the acceptance position, and the special winning device 35 has an upper limit number (specifically, ten) of game balls. The position of the opening / closing member 43 is switched from the receiving position to the non-receiving position by satisfying one of the conditions that the player enters the ball and the normal-side open duration (specifically, 0.1 second) elapses. .

  The general-purpose display unit 39a is composed of a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display like the symbol display device 51 described later on the general-purpose display unit 39a, but it is possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the general-purpose display unit 39a. Become. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, or a dot matrix display. In addition, as a picture displayed on the general map display unit 39a, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are displayed, or a plurality of types of colors A configuration in which is displayed is considered.

  In the universal map unit 39, a universal map hold display section 39b is provided at a position adjacent to the universal map display section 39a. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the through winning portion 34 are reserved as general-use hold information, and the reserved number is displayed by turning on the general-purpose hold display portion 39b. . The display range of the general symbol display unit 39a is narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51 described later. Furthermore, the display range for both the universal symbol display unit 39 a and the universal symbol hold display unit 39 b is also narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51. Thereby, it becomes possible to raise the player's degree of attention to the symbol display device 51 more than the general symbol display unit 39a and the general diagram hold display unit 39b.

  A plurality of types of display continuation periods for one display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a are set. Specifically, three types of a first display duration, a second display duration, and a third display duration are set. When the first display continuation period is selected, it indicates whether or not the acceptance execution state occurs after the display continuation time is finished after the pattern change display on the general map display unit 39a is performed for 0.05 seconds. The stop result is displayed in a definite manner over 0.4 seconds. If it is the display continuation time corresponding to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state, the acceptance execution state is entered after the confirmation display ends, and the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position. In this case, in the receiving execution state, the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position only once, and the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the non-receiving position after 0.1 second has elapsed. Then, when a predetermined game ball is won in the through winning portion 34 and the first display continuation period is selected in a situation where the hold information on the normal side is not stored and stored, the time when the winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs The opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position at the timing when 0.45 seconds have elapsed from the time point, and the opening / closing member 43 is moved to the non-receiving position at the timing when 0.55 seconds have elapsed from when the winning to the through winning portion 34 has occurred. Be placed. On the other hand, the distance between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 is the opening / closing member 43 or the discharge passage 42 where the game balls won in the through winning portion 34 are arranged at the non-receiving position in the special winning device 35. The shortest period required to reach the entrance 42a is 0.65 seconds, and the longest period is 0.7 seconds. Accordingly, when the predetermined game ball is won in the through winning portion 34 and the first display continuation period is selected in a situation where the holding information on the normal side is not stored and stored, the special winning device 35 is in an open execution state. In addition, the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position before the predetermined game ball reaches the position where the special game ball can enter the special winning device 35 (that is, the position where the opening / closing member 43 is opened / closed). Is returned to the non-accepting position, so that the predetermined game ball does not enter the special winning device 35.

  Here, when the game ball is continuously fired, the game ball is fired at a period of 0.6 seconds. Therefore, when the game ball is continuously fired so as to flow down the left area PA2, the game ball basically reaches the position of the through winning portion 34 at a cycle of 0.6 seconds, and similarly, the special winning device. A game ball arrives at a position where it is possible to enter 35 with a period of 0.6 seconds. Then, the game ball launched one before the predetermined game ball enters the special prize-winning device 35 between 0.05 seconds and 0.1 seconds after the predetermined game ball has won the through winning portion 34. You will reach a possible position. On the other hand, the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position at a timing when 0.45 seconds have elapsed after a predetermined game ball has won the through winning portion 34. Therefore, even if the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position in response to the predetermined game ball winning the through winning portion 34, the game ball launched one before the predetermined game ball is the predetermined game ball. The special winning device 35 in the accepting execution state triggered by the game ball is never won. As described above, when the first display continuation period is selected as the one-time display continuation period in the normal figure display unit 39a, the winning in the special winning device 35 basically occurs even if the acceptance execution state is entered. do not do.

  The normal map side hold information cannot start a new display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a, that is, in the case of the continuous display time in the general map display unit 39a or in the state where the special winning device 35 is being accepted. In such a case, when a game ball wins the through winning portion 34, it is stored on hold. In this case, when the first display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, it is possible to start the next display continuation time after the display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a is started. The period until this is 0.45 seconds, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period until the acceptance execution state ends after the start of the continuous display in the general display portion 39a is 0.55 seconds. On the other hand, as described above, the firing period of the game ball is 0.6 seconds, and basically, the game ball reaches the position of the through winning portion 34 with a period of 0.6 seconds. Therefore, in both the case where the acceptance execution state does not occur and the case where the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time on the normal display portion 39a is newly started. Since the winning of the game ball to the through winning portion 34 does not occur in a situation where it cannot be made, the usual-side holding information is not acquired.

  When the second display continuation period is selected, the stop result indicating whether or not the acceptance execution state occurs after the display continuation time is ended after the display of the variation of the pattern in the general map display unit 39a is performed for 10 seconds. Will be displayed for 0.4 seconds. If it is the display continuation time corresponding to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state, the acceptance execution state is entered after the confirmation display ends, and the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position. The execution mode of this acceptance execution state is the same as when the first display continuation period is selected. Then, when a predetermined game ball is won in the through winning portion 34 in a situation where the holding information on the normal side is not stored on hold, at the timing when 10.4 seconds have passed since the winning of the through winning portion 34 has occurred. The opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position, and the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the non-receiving position at the timing when 10.5 seconds have elapsed since the winning of the through winning portion 34 has occurred. On the other hand, as already described, the period required for the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 to reach the opening / closing member 43 or the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 disposed at the non-receiving position in the special winning device 35. Is between 0.65 seconds and 0.7 seconds. Accordingly, when the predetermined game ball is won in the through winning portion 34 and the second display continuation period is selected in a situation where the holding information on the normal side is not stored and stored, the special winning device 35 is in the open execution state. In addition, since the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position after the predetermined game ball has passed the position where the special winning device 35 can enter the ball (that is, the position where the opening / closing member 43 is opened / closed), the predetermined game The ball never enters the special prize winning device 35. On the other hand, the timing at which the game ball launched after the predetermined game ball reaches the position where it can enter the special winning device 35 is included in the period in which the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position. If so, the game ball enters the special winning device 35.

  Further, the game ball firing cycle is 0.6 seconds as described above, and basically when the game ball is continuously fired so as to flow down the left area PA2, it is basically positioned at the through winning portion 34. A game ball arrives at a period of 0.6 seconds. In this case, when the second display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, the next display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal map display unit 39a is started. The period until this is 10.4 seconds, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period until the acceptance execution state ends after the start of the continuous display on the normal display section 39a is 10.5 seconds. Therefore, in both the case where the acceptance execution state does not occur and the case where the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the second display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time on the normal display portion 39a is newly started. In a situation where it is not possible to do so, a winning of a game ball to the through winning portion 34 occurs, and the usual-side hold information is acquired. In addition, when the game ball is continuously fired so as to flow down the left area PA2 in the situation where the second display continuation period is selected, the standard-side hold of the reference number (specifically, two) or more is held. The information is stored on hold, and more specifically, the upper limit number (specifically, 4 pieces) of the reserved-side hold information is stored on hold.

  When the third display continuation period is selected, it indicates whether or not the acceptance execution state occurs after the display continuation time has ended after the display of the variation of the pattern on the general map display unit 39a is performed for 0.6 seconds. The stop result is displayed in a definite manner over 0.4 seconds. If it is the display continuation time corresponding to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state, the acceptance execution state is entered after the confirmation display ends, and the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the acceptance position. The execution mode of the acceptance execution state is the same as when the first display continuation period is selected and when the second display continuation period is selected. Then, when the third display continuation period is selected, the opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the receiving position at the timing when one second has elapsed since the display continuation time in the general display portion 39a is started, and the display continuation time is started. The opening / closing member 43 is arranged at the non-accepting position at a timing when 1.1 seconds have passed since the starting point. On the other hand, as already described, the period required for the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 to reach the opening / closing member 43 or the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 disposed at the non-receiving position in the special winning device 35. Is between 0.65 seconds and 0.7 seconds. Therefore, when a predetermined game ball is won in the through winning portion 34 and the third display continuation period is selected, even if the special winning device 35 is in an open execution state, the predetermined gaming ball is added to the special winning device 35. Since the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position after passing the position where the ball can be entered (that is, the position at which the opening / closing member 43 is opened / closed), the predetermined game ball does not enter the special winning device 35. . On the other hand, the timing at which the game ball launched after the predetermined game ball reaches the position where it can enter the special winning device 35 is included in the period in which the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position. If so, the game ball enters the special winning device 35.

  Further, the game ball firing cycle is 0.6 seconds as described above, and basically when the game ball is continuously fired so as to flow down the left area PA2, it is basically positioned at the through winning portion 34. A game ball arrives at a period of 0.6 seconds. In this case, when the third display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur, the display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the general map display unit 39a is started. The period until this is 1 second, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period until the acceptance execution state ends after the start of the continuous display in the general display portion 39a is 1.1 seconds. Therefore, in both the case where the acceptance execution state does not occur and the case where the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time on the normal display portion 39a is newly started. In a situation where it is not possible to do so, a winning of a game ball to the through winning portion 34 occurs, and the usual-side hold information is acquired. In this case, the number of hold information on the usual map side acquired is basically one.

  The third display continuation period is selected when the display continuation period for the display continuation times is determined in a situation where the reference number side hold information is stored more than the reference number (specifically, two). Therefore, the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected occurs after the display continuation time is generated by the second display continuation period. In addition, when the third display continuation period is selected as described above, when the acceptance execution state does not occur, the display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal map display unit 39a is started. The period until the reception execution state is 1 second, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period until the acceptance execution state ends after the display continuation time on the normal display unit 39a is started is 1.1 seconds. In this case, the probability of winning the acceptance execution state in the internal lottery corresponding to the occurrence of the continuous display is set to a high probability, specifically, 98%. Therefore, when the display continuation occurs, an acceptance execution state generally occurs. Further, in a situation where the game ball is continuously fired so as to flow down the left side area PA2, the game ball is basically released at a position where it can enter the special prize winning device 35 at 0.6 seconds which is the game ball firing cycle. However, an error of about 0.1 seconds may occur depending on the flow-down mode of the game ball. Accordingly, when the display continuation time for which the third display continuation period is to be selected is repeatedly selected, a winning to the special winning device 35 occurs with a probability of approximately 1/11. On the other hand, the number of game balls to be paid out when a winning to the special winning device 35 occurs is 11. Therefore, in the situation where the display continuation time in which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected, when the game ball is continuously launched so as to flow down the left area PA2, the player's possession ball is The increase / decrease is repeated at about 11, so that the player's ball can be hardly increased / decreased during the period in which the display continuation time in which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected.

  When the first display continuation period is selected, if the acceptance execution state does not occur as described above, the display continuation time in the normal map display unit 39a is started until the next display continuation time can be started. This period is 0.45 seconds, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period until the acceptance execution state ends after the display continuation time on the normal display portion 39a is started becomes 0.55 seconds. Therefore, in both the case where the acceptance execution state does not occur and the case where the acceptance execution state occurs, in the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, the display continuation time on the normal display portion 39a is newly started. Since the game ball winning to the through winning portion 34 does not basically occur in a situation where it is not possible to do so, basically the hold information on the usual side is not acquired. However, an error of about 0.1 second may occur in the arrival period of the game ball to the through winning portion 34 depending on the flow mode of the game ball. Then, even if the first display continuation period is selected, it is possible that the usual-side hold information is stored on hold. However, in this case, the usual-side reserved information stored on hold is limited to one, and two or more reserved-side reserved information is not stored on hold. On the other hand, as described above, the reference number of the hold information on the map-side on which the third display continuation period is selected is set not to one but to a predetermined number of two. This prevents a sudden transition from a situation in which the first display continuation period is selected to a situation in which the third display continuation period is selected, and causes a transition to a situation in which the third display continuation period is selected. Therefore, it is possible to adopt a configuration that needs to generate a situation in which the second display continuation period is selected.

  A winning lottery is performed based on the occurrence of winning in the first operating unit 32, the second operating unit 33, or the special winning device 35. When the winning lottery is performed, the special figure unit 38 displays the change of the pattern, and finally the result corresponding to the winning lottery result is displayed.

  Specifically, the special figure unit 38 is provided with a first special figure display unit 38a and a second special figure display unit 38b. In the first special figure display unit 38a, a winning lottery is performed based on the occurrence of a winning in the first actuating unit 32 or the special prize winning device 35, whereby a change display of the pattern is performed, and finally the lottery result is displayed. The corresponding result is displayed. In addition, in the second special figure display unit 38b, a winning lottery is performed based on the winning of the second operating unit 33, thereby displaying a variation of the pattern, and finally a result corresponding to the lottery result. Is displayed. The display of the variation of the picture is started in one of the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b. Equivalent to times.

  The 1st special figure display part 38a and the 2nd special figure display part 38b are comprised by the segment display by which a some segment light emission part is arranged in the predetermined | prescribed aspect. In this case, it is impossible to perform complicated display like the symbol display device 51 described later in the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b, but the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b. It becomes possible to reduce the processing load for display control of the special figure display part 38b. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, or a dot matrix display. In addition, as the patterns displayed on the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are displayed, and a plurality of types of characters A configuration in which is displayed or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed is conceivable.

  In the special figure unit 38, a first special figure holding display section 38c is provided at a position adjacent to the first special figure display section 38a. The number of game balls won in the first operating unit 32 or the special prize-winning device 35 is reserved up to a maximum of four, and the reserved number is displayed by turning on the first special figure reservation display unit 38c. On the other hand, the special figure hold display part corresponding to the second special figure display part 38b is not provided. Unlike the first operating unit 32, the number of game balls won in the second operating unit 33 is not stored on hold. That is, in the situation where the game times can be started, when a prize is awarded to the second operation unit 33, the game times are started in the second special figure display unit 38b, but the game times can be started. Even if a win to the second operating unit 33 occurs in a situation where it is not possible, the hold information that triggers the start of game times is not stored. However, even when a winning to the second operating unit 33 occurs in a situation where the game times cannot be started, the payout of the game ball is executed.

  The display range of the 1st special figure display part 38a and the 2nd special figure display part 38b is a range narrower than the display surface of the symbol display apparatus 51 mentioned later. In addition, the display range of the entire first special figure display unit 38a, second special figure display unit 38b, and first special figure holding display unit 38c is also narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51. Thereby, the player's attention to the symbol display device 51 can be increased more than the first special figure display unit 38a, the second special figure display unit 38b, and the first special figure holding display unit 38c.

  When the variable display of the pattern is performed in the first special symbol display unit 38a or the second special graphic display unit 38b, that is, when the game is executed, the symbol display device 51 provided in the variable display unit 37 adjusts accordingly. A display effect is performed. In addition, in the symbol display device 51, an opening / closing execution mode that shifts not only to a display effect triggered by winning to the first operating unit 32, the second operating unit 33, or the special winning device 35 but also after a big hit result is obtained. Inside display effects are performed. The symbol display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display, and display contents are controlled by a display control device described later. The symbol display device 51 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device having a display surface such as a CRT, and is a dot matrix display. May be.

  The content of the display effect performed in the symbol display device 51 during execution of the game times will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the display contents of the symbol display device 51 when game times are executed.

  As shown in FIG. 5A, on the display surface of the symbol display device 51, three symbol rows Z1, Z2, and Z3 of an upper stage, a middle stage, and a lower stage are set as a plurality of display areas. Each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 includes a main symbol and a sub symbol arranged in a predetermined order. That is, when the game times are executed, the variation display of the symbols is performed using the entire display surface of the symbol display device 51.

  FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the main symbol and the sub-symbol displayed in a variable manner in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. As shown in FIGS. 6 (a) to 6 (j), a design which is a kind of design is composed of nine main designs with numbers "1" to "9", respectively, and a shell-shaped design. It consists of sub-designs. More specifically, the main symbols are configured by attaching numbers “1” to “9” to nine types of character symbols such as octopus.

  As shown in FIG. 5B, in the upper symbol row Z1, nine types of main symbols “1” to “9” are arranged in descending order of numbers, and a sub symbol is 1 between the main symbols. It is arranged one by one. In the lower symbol row Z3, nine types of main symbols “1” to “9” are arranged in ascending numerical order, and one sub symbol is arranged between the main symbols. That is, the upper symbol row Z1 and the lower symbol row Z3 are composed of 18 symbols. On the other hand, in the middle symbol row Z2, nine types of main symbols “1” to “9” are arranged in ascending numerical order, and then between the main symbol “9” and the main symbol “1”. In addition, a main symbol “4” is additionally arranged, and one sub symbol is arranged between each main symbol. In other words, only the middle symbol row Z2 is composed of 20 symbols by arranging 10 main symbols. On the display surface, the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed in a variable manner so as to scroll in a predetermined direction with periodicity. In the symbol display device 51, three symbols are stopped and displayed for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. As a result, a total of nine symbols of 3 × 3 are stopped and displayed. Further, as shown in FIG. 5A, the symbol display device 51 has five effective lines, that is, a left line L1, a middle line L2, a right line L3, a right descending line L4, and a right ascending line L5. Yes.

  When the symbol display is performed in the symbol display device 51 on the basis of winning in the first actuating unit 32, the second actuating unit 33 or the special prize winning device 35, the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 have periodicity. The variable display is started so as to scroll in a predetermined direction. Basically, the display is switched from the variable display to the standby display in the order of the upper symbol row Z1 → the lower symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2, and finally a predetermined symbol is statically displayed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. It ends with. Also, when the symbol variation display ends, if the result of the internal lottery is a high-precision winning result which will be described later, the same odd symbol combination is formed on any active line, and the result of the internal lottery is If the result is a low probability hit result described later, the same even symbol combination is formed on one of the active lines, and if the result of the internal lottery is a small hit result described later, one of the active lines A predetermined symbol combination (for example, “3 · 4 · 1”) that is neither the same symbol combination nor the reach symbol combination is formed above.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the symbol variation display is performed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, an expected effect is set as a display effect of the symbol display device 51 when the game times are executed. The expected effect is a stage before the stop result is derived and displayed after the symbol variation display on the symbol display device 51 is started, and the display state for making the player think that the variation display state is likely to be a big hit result. Say. Two types of expectation effects are set: a reach display and a notice display for expecting the occurrence of a reach display or a jackpot result at a stage before the reach display occurs.

  In the reach display, a combination of reach symbols is displayed by stopping and displaying the same type of symbols for the upper symbol row Z1 and the lower symbol row Z3 among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the remaining middle symbols in that state The display state in which the symbol variation display is performed in the column Z2 is included. In addition, in the state where the combination of reach symbols is displayed as described above, the variation of the symbols is displayed in the remaining symbol rows, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on the background screen, and the reach effect is performed. In addition, there are those that perform a reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display surface after reducing or not displaying a combination of reach symbols. If the number of game times is a jackpot result, the same type of symbols as the symbols forming the combination of reach symbols is stopped and displayed on the reach line in the middle symbol row Z2, and if the number of game times is not a jackpot result, the reach symbol is displayed. Symbols of a type different from the symbols forming the combination of are stopped and displayed on the reach line in the middle symbol row Z2.

  In the notice display, in a situation in which the symbols are variably displayed in all the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 after the symbol variation display is started in each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, or a part of the symbol columns Z1 to Z1. In a situation where the symbols are displayed in a variable manner in a plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in Z3, a mode in which a character is displayed separately from the symbols on the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is included. Moreover, what makes a background screen the predetermined aspect different from the aspect until then, and what makes the symbol on the symbol row | line | column Z1-Z3 the predetermined aspect different from the previous aspect are also contained. Such a notice display can occur in any game times when reach display is performed and when reach display is not performed, but the case where reach display is performed is higher than the case where reach display is not performed. It is set to occur with probability.

  A game corresponding to a jackpot result or a jackpot result when a jackpot result or a jackpot result is selected in the internal lottery executed based on winning in the first actuating unit 32, the second actuating unit 33 or the special winning device 35 After the rotation is completed, the mode is changed to the opening / closing execution mode. In the opening / closing execution mode, it is possible to win a special electric prize winning device 36. As shown in FIG. 3, the special prize winning device 36 is provided at a position below the second operating portion 33 in the right region PA3. That is, the special electric prize winning device 36 cannot receive a prize when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation device so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. Winning is possible when 28 is operated.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the special electric prize winning device 36 includes a large winning opening 36a formed in a size allowing a game ball to pass therethrough, and a closed state in which a gaming ball cannot pass through the large winning opening 36a. And a special electric side opening / closing member 36b that switches between an open state in which a game ball can pass. The special electric side opening / closing member 36b is opened by being driven by a special electric drive unit 36c through a link mechanism (not shown). The special electric prize winning device 36 is provided with a game ball passage so that the big winning opening 36a becomes an entrance portion, and the game ball flowing into the game ball passage through the big winning opening 36a is detected by a detection sensor (not shown). The detection sensor is electrically connected to a main control device 70, which will be described later, and the main control device 70 grasps the presence / absence of a game ball winning in the special electric prize winning device 36 based on a received signal.

  In the opening / closing execution mode, there are a first opening / closing execution mode that occurs when a jackpot result is triggered, and a second opening / closing execution mode that occurs when a jackpot result is triggered. The first opening / closing execution mode and the second opening / closing execution mode are different in the frequency of occurrence of winning in the special electric prize winning device 36 between the start and end of the opening / closing execution mode. Specifically, in the first opening / closing execution mode, a predetermined number of round games (specifically, 16 times) are executed. The round game is continued until one of the conditions in which the number of opening / closing of the special electricity prize winning device 36 becomes the upper limit number and a predetermined upper limit number of game balls win the special electricity prize winning device 36 is satisfied. It is a game. In the pachinko machine 10, the special electric prize device 36 is opened and closed once in one round game, and the open duration in each round game is set to 29 seconds. In addition, the upper limit number of winnings to the special electricity winning device 36 in each round game is set to 10. In the situation where the launch operation device 28 is operated by the player, the game ball launching mechanism 27 is driven and controlled so that one game ball is launched toward the game area PA every 0.6 seconds. Is set to a period longer than the product of the launch period of the game ball and the upper limit number of one round game. Therefore, it can be expected that the game balls of the upper limit number or more will win the special electricity winning device 36 in each round game.

  On the other hand, in the second opening / closing execution mode, no round game is set, the number of opening / closing of the special electricity winning device 36 becomes the upper limit number, and a predetermined upper limit number of game balls win the special electricity winning device 36. The process is terminated when either one of the conditions is satisfied. The number of opening / closing operations of the special electric prize winning device 36 in the second opening / closing execution mode is set to 3 times with a predetermined interval period (for example, 1 second), and the opening continuation period in each opening time is set to 1 second. The upper limit number in the second opening / closing execution mode is set to 10. In the situation where the launch operation device 28 is operated by the player, the game ball launching mechanism 27 is driven and controlled so that one game ball is launched toward the game area PA every 0.6 seconds. The total opening continuation period of the special electric prize winning device 36 in the opening / closing execution mode is set to a period shorter than the product of the game ball firing cycle and the upper limit number of second opening / closing execution modes. Therefore, it cannot be expected that the upper limit number of game balls will win the special electricity winning device 36 in the second opening / closing execution mode. However, one or two game balls can be expected at each opening of the special electricity prize winning device 36 in the second opening / closing execution mode, and 15 game balls are awarded when the special electricity prize winning device 36 is awarded. Since the second payout execution mode is generated, the player can increase the number of balls.

  The front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame 13 in which the game board 24 having the above configuration is attached to the resin base 21. As shown in FIG. 1, the front door frame 14 is formed with a window portion 61 so that almost the entire game area PA can be viewed from the front. The window part 61 has a substantially elliptical shape, and a window panel 62 is fitted therein. The window panel 62 is formed of colorless and transparent with glass, but is not limited thereto, and may be formed of colorless and transparent with synthetic resin. As long as it is visible, it may be colored and transparent.

  A display light emitting unit 63 is provided above the window unit 61. In addition, a pair of left and right speaker units 64 are provided for outputting sound effects corresponding to the gaming state. In addition, below the window portion 61, an upper bulging portion 65 and a lower bulging portion 66 that bulge toward the front side are arranged side by side. An upper pan 65a that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 65, and a lower pan 66a that also opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 66. The upper plate 65a has a function of temporarily storing game balls paid out from a payout device 85 described later and guiding them to the game ball launching mechanism 27 side while aligning them in a row. In addition, the lower tray 66a has a function of storing game balls that are surplus in the upper tray 65a.

  Next, the configuration on the back side of the gaming machine main body 12 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 2, a main controller 70 that controls the main control of the game is mounted on the back of the inner frame 13 (specifically, the game board 24). The main control device 70 includes a main control board 71 accommodated in a board box 70a. In addition, you may provide the trace structure for giving the trace means for leaving the trace of the opening to the board | substrate box 70a, or leaving the trace of the open. As the trace means, a plurality of case bodies constituting the substrate box 70a are unseparably coupled, and a configuration of a coupling portion that requires destruction of a predetermined part at the time of separation, or an adhesive layer remains on an adhesion target at the time of peeling off. A configuration is conceivable in which a seal seal that leaves a trace of being peeled is pasted so as to straddle the boundaries between a plurality of case bodies. Moreover, as a trace structure, the structure which apply | coats an adhesive agent with respect to the boundary between the some case bodies which comprise the board | substrate box 70a can be considered.

  The back pack unit 15 is installed so as to cover the back side of the inner frame 13 including the main controller 70. The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 81 formed of a synthetic resin having transparency, and a payout mechanism unit 82 and a control device assembly unit 83 are attached to the back pack 81.

  The payout mechanism unit 82 includes a tank 84 in which game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished, and a payout device 85 for paying out the game balls stored in the tank 84. The game balls paid out from the payout device 85 are discharged to the upper plate 65a or the lower plate 66a through a payout passage provided on the downstream side of the payout device 85. The payout mechanism unit 82 is provided with a back pack substrate that is supplied with, for example, an AC 24 volt main power source and that has a power switch for turning on and off the power.

  The control device collective unit 83 generates and outputs a predetermined power required by the payout control device 86 having a function of controlling the payout device 85 and various control devices, and is accompanied by an operation of the launch operation device 28 by the player. And a power supply / launch control device 87 that controls the launch of the game ball. The payout control device 86 and the power supply / launch control device 87 are arranged so as to overlap each other so that the payout control device 86 is behind the pachinko machine 10.

<Electric configuration of pachinko machine 10>
FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main control device 70 includes a main control board 71 that controls the main control of the game. An MPU 72 is mounted on the main control board 71. The MPU 72 includes a ROM 73 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 72 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 73 is executed. A RAM 74, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, various counter circuits as a random number generator, and the like are incorporated. Note that it is not essential that the ROM 73 and the RAM 74 are made into one chip with respect to the MPU 72, and each may be made into a chip individually. The same applies to the MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 70.

  The MPU 72 is provided with an input port and an output port. A power failure monitoring board 75 provided in the main control device 70 is connected to the input side of the MPU 72 and a payout control device 86 is connected. The power failure monitoring board 75 is connected to a power source / launch control device 87 having a function of supplying operating power, and the MPU 72 is supplied with power via the power failure monitoring board 75.

  Various sensors such as various winning detection sensors 32a, 33a, 34a, 36d, 45 (hereinafter, various winning detection sensors 32a to 45) are connected to the input side of the MPU 72. The various winning detection sensors 32 a to 45 include a detection sensor 32 a provided in the first operating part 32, a detection sensor 33 a provided in the second operating part 33, a detection sensor 34 a provided in the through winning part 34, and a special prize. The detection sensor 45 provided in the device 35 and the detection sensor 36d provided in the special electricity prize winning device 36 are included. In addition, a detection sensor provided in the general winning portion 31 is included. Based on the detection results of these various winning detection sensors 32a to 45, the MPU 72 performs a winning determination for each winning corresponding winning portion. Further, in the MPU 72, various lotteries are executed based on winnings to the first operating unit 32, the second operating unit 33, and the special winning device 35, and another lottery is executed based on winnings to the through winning unit 34. .

  On the output side of the MPU 72, a power failure monitoring board 75, a payout control device 86, and a sound emission control device 90 are connected. For example, a prize ball command is output to the payout control device 86 based on a winning determination result to the winning corresponding ball-entry unit. When the payout control device 86 receives the prize ball command, the payout device 85 is driven to control the number of game balls specified by the prize ball command. The sound emission control device 90 is mounted on the back surface of the symbol display device 51 together with the display control device 100 described later. Various commands such as a change command, a type command, and an opening command are output to the sound emission control device 90.

  On the output side of the MPU 72, a special electric drive unit 36c for opening / closing the special electric side opening / closing member 36b of the special electric prize winning device 36, an opening / closing driving unit 47 for opening / closing the opening / closing member 43 of the special winning device 35, a special figure unit 38, and A universal unit 39 is connected. Incidentally, the special figure unit 38 is provided with a first special figure display part 38a, a second special figure display part 38b and a first special figure reservation display part 38c, all of which are connected to the output side of the MPU 72. Has been. Similarly, the universal map unit 39 is provided with a universal map display unit 39 a and a universal map hold display unit 39 b, all of which are connected to the output side of the MPU 72. Various driver circuits are provided on the main control board 71, and the MPU 72 performs drive control of various drive units through the driver circuits.

  That is, if the special winning device 35 is won in the acceptance execution state, the MPU 72 outputs a drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47 so that the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance state, and the condition for returning to the non-acceptance state. When is established, the output of the drive signal is stopped, and the special winning device 35 is returned to the non-accepting state. Further, when the opening start condition of the special electric prize winning device 36 is established in the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 72 sends a driving signal to the special electric drive unit 36c so that the special electric prize winning device 36 is in an open state in which a game ball can be won. When the closing condition of the special electric prize winning device 36 is satisfied, the output of the drive signal is stopped, and the special electric prize winning device 36 is brought into a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won. In each game time and opening / closing execution mode, the display control of the special figure unit 38 is executed in the MPU 72. In addition, when the lottery result indicating whether or not the special winning device 35 is to be in the acceptance execution state is clearly indicated, the display control of the normal unit 39 is executed in the MPU 72.

  The power failure monitoring board 75 relays between the main control board 71 and the power / fire control device 87, and monitors the voltage of 24 VDC which is the maximum voltage output from the power / fire control device 87. The payout control device 86 performs payout control of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 85 based on the prize ball command input from the MPU 72 of the main control device 70.

  The power / launch control device 87 is connected to, for example, a commercial power source (external power source) in a game hall or the like. Then, based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, necessary operating power is generated for each of the main control board 71, the payout control device 86, and the like, and the generated operating power is supplied. Incidentally, the power supply / launch control device 87 is provided with a power supply unit for power interruption such as a backup capacitor, and even if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is in an OFF state, the power supply unit for power interruption is connected to the main power supply unit for power interruption. The power for storing and holding is supplied to the RAM 74 and the payout control device 86 of the control device 70. Further, the power supply / launch control device 87 is responsible for launch control of the game ball launch mechanism 27, and the game ball launch mechanism 27 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are met.

  The sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91 on which an MPU 92 is mounted. The MPU 92 includes a ROM 93 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 92 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed. A RAM 94, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like are incorporated. The MPU 92 drives and controls the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64 based on the command received from the main control device 70 and transmits the command to the display control device 100.

  The display control apparatus 100 includes a display control board 101 on which an MPU 102 is mounted. The MPU 102 includes a ROM 103 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 102 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 103 is executed. A RAM 104, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like are incorporated. The MPU 102 executes display control of the symbol display device 51 based on the command received from the sound emission control device 90.

  Although not shown, the display control board 101 includes a video display processor (VDP), a character ROM, a video RAM, and the like in addition to the MPU 102. The VDP is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display unit driver incorporated in the symbol display device 51. The VDP intervenes in reading and writing data in the video RAM, and reads image data to be stored in the video RAM from the character ROM at a predetermined timing and causes the symbol display device 51 to display the image data. The character ROM serves as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 51. This character ROM holds bitmap format image data of various display patterns, a color palette table to be referred to when determining the expression color at each dot of the bitmap image, and the like. The video RAM is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 51, and the display contents of the symbol display device 51 are changed based on rewriting the contents of the video RAM.

  In the following description, for convenience of explanation, the MPU 72, the ROM 73, and the RAM 74 of the main controller 70 are referred to as the main MPU 72, the main ROM 73, and the main RAM 74, and the MPU 92 of the sound emission controller 90 is referred to as the sound light MPU 92.

<Electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72 will be described with reference to FIG.

  The main MPU 72 uses the various counter information in the game, and wins lottery, setting of the display of the first special figure display unit 38a, setting of the display of the second special figure display unit 38b, and the effect of game play of the symbol display device 51. The setting and the display setting of the general chart display unit 39a are performed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, when determining the winning random number counter C1 used for the winning lottery and the winning type, The type counter C2 to be used, the reach random number counter C3 used for the reach generation lottery in the case of the out-of-game fluctuation in the game display effect in the symbol display device 51, and the random number initial value counter used for setting the initial value of the hit random number counter C1 The CINI and the variation type counter CS used when determining the duration of game times are used. In addition, a general-purpose random number counter C4 used for the lottery to determine whether or not the special winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state is used. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the lottery counter area 111 of the main RAM 74.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds “1” to the previous value every time it is updated and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. Each counter C1-C3, CINI, CS, C4 is updated at short time intervals. The numerical information of the winning random number counter C1, the type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 is for the first special figure provided in the main side RAM 74 when a winning to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 occurs. Stored in area 112. Further, the numerical information of the winning random number counter C1 and the type counter C2 is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special drawing provided in the main RAM 74 when a winning to the second operating unit 33 occurs. .

  The first special chart area 112 includes a first area 113a, a second area 113b, a third area 113c, and a fourth area 113d, and matches the winning history to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35. The numerical information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 is stored in one of the areas 113a to 113d as the hold information on the first special figure side. In this case, in the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d, the first area 113a → the second area 113b → the second area when the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 is continuously awarded a plurality of times. Each numerical information is stored in time series in the order of 3 area 113c → fourth area 113d. By providing the four areas 113a to 113d as described above, up to four game balls winning histories to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 are stored on hold. The number that can be reserved and stored in the first special figure area 112 is not limited to four, but is arbitrary, and may be other plural numbers such as two, three, five or more. May be singular. The first special drawing area 112 is provided with a first special drawing execution area 114 in addition to the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d. The execution area 114 for the first special figure stores the hold information of the target to be subjected to the determination of whether or not the special figure is used and the type when the first special figure display unit 38a starts the variable display of the pattern. It is an area. The hold information stored in the first area 113a is shifted to the execution area 114 for the first special figure when the variable display of the first special figure display unit 38a is started.

  In the execution area 115 for the second special figure, each of the random number counter C1, the type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 when the winning to the second operating unit 33 occurs in a situation where the game turn can be started. Numerical information is stored as hold information on the second special figure side. Here, as described above, the first special figure area 112 is provided with the first to fourth areas 113a to 113d, and even if it is impossible to start the game times, the first special figure side. On the other hand, with respect to the hold information on the second special figure side, only the execution area 115 for the second special figure is provided and the hold information on the second special figure side is provided. There is no area for storing the information. As a result, it is possible to make different handling of presence / absence of holding storage between holding information on the first special figure side and holding information on the second special figure side.

  Information corresponding to the general-purpose random number counter C4 is stored in a general-purpose reservation area 116 provided in the main RAM 74 when a winning to the through winning unit 34 occurs. The reserved figure holding area 116 includes a first area 117a, a second area 117b, a third area 117c, and a fourth area 117d, and the numerical value of the general-purpose random number counter C4 is set in accordance with the winning history to the through winning portion 34. The information is stored in any of the areas 117a to 117d as normal-side hold information. In this case, in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d, when a winning to the through winning portion 34 is continuously generated a plurality of times, the first area 117a → the second area 117b → the third area 117c → the fourth area. Numerical information is stored in time series in the order of the area 117d. By providing the four areas 117a to 117d in this way, up to four game balls winning histories to the through winning portion 34 are held and stored. Note that the number that can be reserved and stored in the ordinary map holding area 116 is not limited to four, but is arbitrary, and may be other plural numbers such as two, three, five or more. It may be. In the ordinary map holding area 116, an execution area 118 for ordinary maps is provided. The execution area 118 for the common map is an area in which the hold information to be subjected to the determination of whether or not to guide is stored when the variable display is started on the general map display unit 39a. Specifically, when starting the variable display of the general map display unit 39a, the general map side hold information stored in the first area 117a of the general map reservation area 116 is shifted to the execution area 118 for general maps. The

  Each of the counters will be described in detail.

  First, the general-purpose random number counter C4 will be described. The general-purpose random number counter C4 is incremented one by one within the range of “0 to 99” and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. The general-purpose random number counter C4 is periodically updated, and the value of the general-purpose random number counter C4 at that time is stored in the general-purpose holding area 116 at the timing when the game ball wins the through winning portion 34. Then, at a predetermined timing, an acceptance determination is made as to whether or not to control the special prize-winning device 35 to the acceptance execution state based on the stored value of the general-purpose random number counter C4.

  Next, the winning random number counter C1 will be described. The winning random number counter C1 is incremented by “1” in order within the range of “0 to 399”, and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the winning random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the initial random number counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the winning random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the winning random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 399). The winning random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the value of the winning random number counter C1 at that time is stored in the first special figure area 112 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35. In a situation where game times can be started, the value of the hit random number counter C1 at that time is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure at the timing when the game ball wins the second operating unit 33. Then, the determination of success / failure is performed using the value of the stored random number counter C1.

  The random number value that is won in the determination of the success / failure is stored in the main ROM 73 as a success / failure table. The success / failure table is provided in correspondence with the hold information on the first special figure side and the hold information on the second special figure side. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, a low probability mode and a high probability mode are set as the lottery modes in the winner / rejection lottery means, and a success / failure table is stored corresponding to each mode. In other words, the success / failure table includes a low-accuracy determination table for the first special drawing, a high-accuracy rejection table for the first special drawing, a low-accuracy determination table for the second special drawing, and a high-accuracy table for the second special drawing. There are four types, a success / failure table. These success / failure tables will be described. FIG. 9A is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of the low likelihood table for the first special figure, and FIG. 9B is for explaining the contents of the high probability table for the first special figure. FIG. 9C is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of the low likelihood table for the second special figure, and FIG. 9D is a high probability table for the second special figure. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of these.

  In the low probability table for the first special figure, as shown in FIG. 9 (a), two hit random number counters C1 that are the big hit results are set, and the other hit random number counters C1 are out of value. It corresponds to the result. When the jackpot result is selected in the success / failure determination process, the first opening / closing execution mode described above is executed after the game times corresponding to the determination process is completed, and the result of the winning / determination process is selected. In the case of being opened, the opening / closing execution mode does not occur. Further, as shown in FIG. 9B, 150 values of the hit random number counter C1 that is a big hit result are set in the high probability table for the first special figure, and other values of the hit random number counter C1 are set. Corresponds to outliers. As a result, the jackpot result is more likely to occur in the high probability mode than in the case of the low probability mode, triggered by the hold information on the first special figure side.

  As shown in FIG. 9 (c), two values of the hit random number counter C1, which is a big hit result, are set in the second special figure low likelihood table as in the first special figure low probability table. As shown in FIG. 9 (d), the value of the winning random number counter C1 that is a big hit result is set to 150 in the high probability table for the second special figure, as in the high probability table for the first special figure. Has been. In other words, the probability of a jackpot result in the low probability mode is the same for the hold information on the first special figure side and the hold information on the second special figure side, and the probability of the jackpot result in the high probability mode is also the first special figure. The holding information on the side and the holding information on the second special drawing side are the same.

  In both the low probability table for the second special chart and the high probability table for the second special chart, a small hit result is set in addition to the big hit result, and the value of the hit random number counter C1 which becomes the small hit result Are 240 in common in the low probability table for the second special figure and the high probability table for the second special figure. That is, the probability of a big hit result is different between the low probability mode and the high probability mode, whereas the probability of a small hit result is common to the low probability mode and the high probability mode. When the small hit result is selected in the determination process, the second opening / closing execution mode described above is executed after the game times corresponding to the determination process are completed. Further, in the low probability table for the second special chart and the high probability table for the second special chart, the value of the hit random number counter C1 that does not correspond to either the big hit result or the small hit result is associated with the off result. It has been.

  When the hold information on the first special figure side becomes the target of the success / failure determination process by setting the success / failure table as described above, either the jackpot result or the loss result is selected, When the hold information on the second special figure side becomes the target of the success / failure determination process, not only the jackpot result and the disapproval result but also the jackpot result are selected. In this case, the probability of selecting the small hit result when the hold information on the second special figure side becomes the target of the success / failure determination process is selected in either the low probability mode or the high probability mode. Higher than the probability of being. The probability that this small hit result is selected is more than 1/2. As a result, when a game ball is fired to win the second operating portion 33, a small hit result is generated with high probability.

  In addition, when the hold information on the second special figure side is the target of the success / failure determination process, if the big hit result is not obtained, the small hit result may be selected reliably or almost certainly. Further, even if the hold information on the first special figure side is the target of the success / failure determination process, the small hit result may be selected.

  The type counter C2 is configured such that “1” is sequentially added within the range of “0 to 29”, and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. The type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the value of the type counter C2 at that time is stored in the first special chart area 112 at the timing when the game ball wins the first actuating unit 32 or the special prize-winning device 35. In the situation where the game ball can be started, the value of the type counter C2 at that time is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure at the timing when the game ball wins the second operating unit 33. Then, the type determination of the jackpot result is performed using the stored value of the type counter C2.

  FIG. 9E is an explanatory diagram for explaining a jackpot type table used when the type determination of the jackpot result for the type counter C2 is performed. In the jackpot type table, among the values of the type counter C2 of “0 to 29”, “0 to 19” corresponds to the low probability big hit result, and “20 to 29” corresponds to the high probability big hit result. Yes. Both the low probability hit result and the high probability hit result serve as a trigger for shifting to the first opening / closing execution mode. In addition, when a low probability winning result is obtained, after the first opening / closing execution mode ends, the low probability mode is set regardless of the type of the lottery mode before the start of the first opening / closing execution mode. In this case, after the first opening / closing execution mode ends, the high probability mode is set regardless of the type of the lottery determination mode before the start of the first opening / closing execution mode.

  Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, incremented by 1 within a range of “0” to “238”, and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the value of the reach random number counter C3 at that time is stored in the first special figure area 112 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35. The value of the reach random number counter C3 at that time is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure at the timing when the game ball wins the second operating unit 33 in a situation where the game turn can be started. When the game times corresponding to the outlier result are executed, the presence or absence of the reach display is determined using the stored value of the reach random number counter C3.

  Next, the variation type counter CS will be described. The variation type counter CS is incremented one by one within the range of “0 to 198” and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. The variation type counter CS is used when the main MPU 72 determines the duration of game times.

<Various processes executed by the main MPU 72>
Next, various processes executed in order for the main MPU 72 to advance the game will be described. The main MPU 72 is roughly divided into a main process that is started when the power is turned on and a timer interrupt process that is started periodically (in this embodiment, at a cycle of 4 msec).

<Main processing>
First, the main process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the main process, first, a power-on wait process is executed (step S101). In the power-on wait process, for example, the process waits without progressing to the next process until 1 sec elapses after the main process is activated. Thereafter, access to the main RAM 74 is permitted (step S102), and the internal function register of the main MPU 72 is set (step S103).

  Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase button provided in the power supply / launch control device 87 is manually operated (step S104), and it is determined whether or not “1” is set in the power failure flag of the main RAM 74. (Step S105). Also, a checksum calculation process for calculating a checksum is executed (step S106), and it is determined whether or not the checksum matches the checksum stored at the time of power-off, that is, the validity of the stored data ( Step S107).

  In the pachinko machine 10, for example, when RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, such as when a game hall starts business, the power is turned on while the RAM erase button is pressed. Therefore, if the RAM erase button is pressed, the process proceeds to step S108. Similarly, when the information on occurrence of power shutdown is not set, or when an abnormality of data stored and held is confirmed by the checksum, the process proceeds to step S108. In step S108, the main RAM 74 is cleared as initialization of the main RAM 74. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, if the RAM erase button has not been pressed, step S109 is executed without executing step S108 on condition that the power failure flag is set to “1” and the checksum is normal. Proceed to In step S109, a power-on setting process is executed. In the power-on setting process, a predetermined area of the main RAM 74 such as initialization of a power failure flag is set to an initial value. Also, a payout initialization command indicating that the RAM of the payout control device 86 should be initialized is transmitted to the payout control device 86.

  Then, it progresses to the residual process of step S110-step S113. That is, the main MPU 72 is configured to periodically execute the timer interrupt process, but a remaining time is generated between one timer interrupt process and the next timer interrupt process. The remaining time varies depending on the processing completion time of each timer interrupt process, but the remaining processes in steps S110 to S113 are repeatedly executed using such irregular time. In this regard, it can be said that the remaining processes in steps S110 to S113 are non-periodic processes that are performed irregularly.

  In the remaining process, an interrupt prohibition setting is performed to prohibit the generation of the timer interrupt process (step S110). In addition, a random number initial value updating process for updating the random number initial value counter CINI is executed (step S111), and a variation counter updating process for updating the variation type counter CS is performed (step S112). In these update processes, the current numerical information is read from the corresponding counter in the main RAM 74, and the process of adding 1 to the read numerical information is executed, and then the process of overwriting the read-out counter is executed. In this case, each counter value is cleared to “0” when it reaches the maximum value. Thereafter, an interrupt permission setting is made to switch from a state in which the generation of timer interrupt processing is prohibited to a state in which it is permitted (step S113). If the process of step S113 is performed, it will return to step S110 and will repeat the process of step S110-step S113.

<Timer interrupt processing>
Next, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The timer interrupt process is started repeatedly with a period of 4 msec.

  First, a power failure information storage process is executed (step S201). In the power outage information storage process, it is monitored whether or not a power outage signal corresponding to the occurrence of the power interruption is received from the power outage monitoring board 75, and when the occurrence of the power outage is specified, the process during power outage is executed.

  Thereafter, a lottery random number update process is executed (step S202). In the random number random number update process, the winning random number counter C1, the type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the ordinary power random number counter C4 are updated. Specifically, the current numerical information is sequentially read out from the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the general-purpose random number counter C4, and the read numerical information is added to each one, and then read out. Execute processing to overwrite the original counter. In this case, each counter value is cleared to “0” when it reaches the maximum value.

  Thereafter, the random number initial value update process is executed in the same manner as in step S111 (step S203), and the variation counter update process is executed in the same manner as in step S112 (step S204). Thereafter, a game stop determination process is executed (step S205). In the game stop determination process, it is monitored whether or not the progress of the game is to be stopped. If the progress of the game is to be stopped, the execution of the process for progressing the game is stopped. Thereafter, on the condition that the progress of the game is not stopped (step S206: NO), the processing after step S207 is executed.

  In step S207, port output processing is executed. In the port output process, when the output information is set in the previous timer interrupt process, the output corresponding to the output information is executed.

  Thereafter, a reading process is executed (step S208). In the reading process, signals other than the power failure signal and the winning signal are read, and the read information is stored for use in future processing.

  Thereafter, a winning detection process is executed (step S209). In the winning detection process, signals received from the various winning detection sensors 32a to 45 are read, and the general winning unit 31, the first operating unit 32, the second operating unit 33, the through winning unit 34, the special winning device 35, and the like. Processing for specifying whether or not a special electric prize winning device 36 has been won is executed.

  Thereafter, a timer update process for updating the numerical information of a plurality of types of timer counters provided in the main RAM 74 is executed (step S210). In this case, the timer counter that is updated by subtracting the stored numerical information is handled in an integrated manner. However, both the updating of the subtracting timer counter and the updating of the adding timer counter are performed collectively. It is good also as a structure.

  Thereafter, a fraud detection process for monitoring whether or not a predetermined event set as a fraud monitoring target has occurred is executed (step S211). In the fraud detection process, by monitoring the occurrence of a plurality of types of events and confirming that a predetermined event has occurred, the game stop setting is made in step S205 in the next timer interrupt process, An affirmative determination is made in step S206.

  Thereafter, a launch control process for controlling the launch of the game ball is executed (step S212). In the situation where the launch operation is continued for the launch operation device 28, as described above, one game ball is launched every 0.6 seconds so as to have a predetermined launch cycle.

  Thereafter, as input state monitoring processing, disconnection confirmation of each winning detection sensor 32a to 45 and opening confirmation of the gaming machine main body 12 and the front door frame 14 are performed based on the information read in the reading processing in step S208 (step S208). S213).

  After that, the special figure special electric control process for performing the execution control of the game times in the first special figure display unit 38a, the execution control of the game times in the second special figure display unit 38b, and the execution control of the opening / closing execution mode is executed ( Step S214). Further, a general-purpose normal power control process for performing the execution control of the continuous display time in the general-purpose display unit 39a and the execution control of the reception execution state of the special winning device 35 is executed (step S215).

  Thereafter, based on the processing results of the immediately preceding step S214 to step S215, setting of output information for reflecting the increase / decrease number of the hold information on the first special figure side in the first special figure hold display unit 38c, and the normal figure side Output information is set to reflect the increase / decrease number of the hold information on the map hold display unit 39b (step S216). Also, based on the processing results of the immediately preceding step S214 to step S215, setting of output information for updating the display content of the first special figure display unit 38a, and updating the display content of the second special figure display unit 38b. The output information is set, and the output information for updating the display contents of the general map display unit 39a is set (step S216).

  Thereafter, the contents of the command and the signal received from the payout control device 86 are confirmed, and a payout state reception process for performing a process corresponding to the check result is executed (step S217). Also, a payout output process for setting the prize ball command as an output target is executed (step S218). In addition, an external information setting process for controlling the start and end of the output of the external signal according to the processing results of the various processes executed in the current timer interrupt process is executed (step S219). When an affirmative determination is made in step S206, or after the processing of steps S207 to S219 is executed, the timer interrupt processing is terminated.

<Special Figure Special Electric Control Process>
Next, the special figure special power control process executed in step S214 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11) will be described in detail with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the special figure special power control process, first, hold information acquisition processing is executed (step S301). FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the hold information acquisition process. When the winning to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 is generated (step S401: YES), the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d of the first special drawing area 112 are stored. On the condition that the number of reserved information on the special figure side is less than the upper limit number of four (step S402: NO), the storage processing in the first special figure area 112 is executed (step S403). In the storing process, the numerical information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is used as the hold information on the first special figure side, and the first area 113a to the fourth area 113d of the first special figure area 113 are used. In the area where the special information side hold information is not stored in the area where the digestion order is earlier. When the hold information on the first special figure side is acquired, the display content of the first special figure hold display unit 38c is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of hold information on the first special figure side this time. Set the data to make sure. When the hold information on the first special figure side is acquired, a hold increase command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. Thereby, the image for alerting | reporting the number of holding | maintenance memory | storage of the hold information of the 1st special figure side in the symbol display apparatus 51 is updated corresponding to the new acquisition of the hold information of the 1st special figure side.

  If a negative determination is made in step S401, if an affirmative determination is made in step S402, or if the process of step S403 is executed, it is determined whether or not a prize is generated for the second operating unit 33 (step S404). If an affirmative determination is made in step S404, the condition is that neither the game times nor the opening / closing execution mode is executed (step S405: YES), and the execution area 115 for the second special figure is entered. Is stored (step S406). In the storing process, the numerical information of the hit random number counter C1, the type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the second special figure execution area 115 as the hold information on the second special figure side. In other words, the hold information on the second special figure side is executed by the game times triggered by the hold information on the first special figure side, the game times triggered by the hold information on the second special figure side, and the opening / closing execution mode. Acquired only in situations where it has not been done. As will be described in detail later, regarding the execution of the success / failure determination process, in other words, regarding the execution of the game times, the hold information on the second special figure side has priority over the hold information on the first special figure side as an execution opportunity. When the hold information on the second special figure side is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure, the success / failure determination process is immediately executed in response to the hold information on the second special figure side. 2. The game times are triggered by the hold information on the special figure side. Note that there is no second special figure hold display section for notifying the number of pieces of hold information stored on the second special figure side, and the second special figure side hold information of the second special figure side is not provided in the symbol display device 51. An image for notifying the number of reserved memories is not displayed.

  Returning to the description of the special figure special power control process (FIG. 14), after executing the holding information acquisition process in step S301, the special figure special electric address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S302). In the special figure special power address table, the start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the special figure special electric power counter is set. The special figure special power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the special figure special electric control process.

  The special figure special electricity counter can take values from “0” to “6”, and each value from “0” to “6” corresponds to the start address SA0 to SA6 of each processing (step S305 to step S311). ing. Specifically, when the value of the special figure special power counter is “0”, a special figure fluctuation start process (step S305), which is a process for starting an effect for game play, is executed, and the special figure special electric power is executed. When the value of the counter is “1”, the special figure changing process (step S306), which is the process for advancing the effect for the game round, is executed, and the value of the special figure special electricity counter is “2”. In some cases, the special figure finalizing process (step S307), which is a process for ending the effect for the game round, is to be executed, and when the special figure special electric counter value is “3”, the opening / closing execution mode is set. The special electricity start process (step S308), which is a process for controlling the opening, is an execution target. When the value of the special figure special electricity counter is “4”, the special electricity prize winning device 36 is controlled to be opened. Is processing When the special opening special processing counter (step S309) is the execution target, and the value of the special figure special electric counter is “5”, the special electric closing process (which is a process for controlling the special electric prize winning device 36 during closing) ( Step S310) is the execution target, and when the value of the special figure special electricity counter is “6”, the special electricity termination process is a process for controlling the ending of the opening / closing execution mode and the transition of the gaming state at the end of the opening / closing execution mode (Step S311) is an execution target.

  In the special figure special power control process, after reading the special figure special electric address table (step S302), the start address corresponding to the information of the special figure special electric counter is obtained from the special figure special electric address table (step S303). The process jumps to the process indicated by the start address (step S304). Hereinafter, each process of step S305-step S311 is demonstrated separately.

<Special map start processing>
First, the special figure variation start process of step S305 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the special figure change start process, the data setting process is executed (step S502) on condition that the hold information on the first special figure side or the hold information on the second special figure side is stored (step S501: YES). . In the data setting process, when the hold information on the second special figure side is stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure, the hold information on the second special figure side is stored in the first special figure area 112. Regardless of whether or not the hold information on the first special figure side acquired in step 2 is acquired, the hold information on the second special figure side stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure is set as an execution target. To do. As a result, the hold information on the second special figure side can be given priority over the hold information on the first special figure side as an execution trigger for the success / failure determination process, and can be given priority as an execution trigger for the game times. Become. Note that the hold information on the second special figure side stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure is deleted when the game times triggered by the hold information on the second special figure side are completed.

  On the other hand, in the data setting process, when the second special figure side holding information is not stored in the second special figure execution area 115, the data stored in the first area 113a of the first special figure area 112 is stored. Move to the execution area 114 for the first special figure. Thereafter, a process of shifting data stored in the storage area of the first special drawing area 112 is executed. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas 113a to 113d to the lower area side. The data in the first area 113a is cleared and the second area 113b → The data in each area is shifted such as the first area 113a, the third area 113c → the second area 113b, and the fourth area 113d → the third area 113c. In the data setting process, data setting is performed so that the display content of the first special figure hold display unit 38c is updated in accordance with the decrease in the number of hold information on the first special figure side this time. In the data setting process, a hold decrease command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. Thereby, the image for alerting | reporting the number of holding | maintenance memory | storage of the hold information by the side of the 1st special figure in the symbol display apparatus 51 is updated corresponding to the reduction | decrease of the hold information by the special figure side.

  After the data setting process is executed, a validity determination process is executed (step S503). In the success / failure determination process, the determination result table corresponding to the combination of the type of the hold information selected as the execution target of the correct / failure determination process in the data setting process and the current correct / failure lottery mode (FIGS. 9A to 9D). Are read from the main ROM 73. And the numerical information about the hit random number counter C1 in the hold information which is the execution target of the current determination process is collated with the read determination table.

  When the result of the determination process is a jackpot result (step S504: YES), the type determination process for the jackpot is executed (step S505). In the type determination process at the time of jackpot, the jackpot type table shown in FIG. In addition, when the hold information on the first special figure side is the trigger of the current game, the numerical information on the type counter C2 stored in the execution area 114 for the first special figure is read, and the second special figure When the hold information on the side is the trigger of the current game round, the numerical information on the type counter C2 stored in the execution area 115 for the second special figure is read. Then, it is determined which numerical value information about the read type counter C2 corresponds to the numerical range of the jackpot result of either the low probability big hit result or the high probability big hit result set in the jackpot type table. To do.

  After the jackpot type determination process is executed, “1” is set in the flag of the main RAM 74 corresponding to the type of the jackpot result specified in the type determination process (step S506). Specifically, “1” is set to the low-accuracy big hit flag when the low-precision big hit result is supported, and “1” is set to the high-precision big hit flag when the high-precision big hit result is supported. set. The state where “1” is set in either the low probability big hit flag or the high probability big hit flag is cleared to “0” when the game state transition process is executed when the open / close execution mode ends.

  Thereafter, a stop result setting process for the jackpot result is executed (step S507). Specifically, information on the pattern stop mode that is finally stopped and displayed in the current game round on the side of the first special chart display section 38a and the second special chart display section 38b that is the execution target of the game round. Is identified from the stop result table for jackpot results stored in advance in the main ROM 73, and the specified information is stored in the main RAM 74. In the jackpot result stop result table, the types of the stop mode of the pictures to be stopped and displayed on the first special figure display unit 38a or the second special figure display unit 38b are set differently for each type of jackpot result. In step S507, information on the pattern stop mode corresponding to the type of the jackpot result specified in step S505 is stored in the main RAM 74. In addition, the pattern stop mode may be set corresponding to each jackpot result on a one-to-one basis, and a plurality of types of pattern stop modes may be set for at least some jackpot results. Although the method for selecting the stop result for the jackpot result in which the stop modes of a plurality of types of patterns are set is arbitrary, for example, the stop result may be selected according to the value of the type counter C2.

  If the result of the success / failure determination process is not a big hit result (step S504: NO), it is determined whether or not the result of the success / failure determination process is a small hit result (step S508). In the pachinko machine 10, as already described, when the hold information on the first special figure side is the target of the success / failure determination process, the small hit result is not selected, and the hold information on the second special figure side is the success / failure. The small hit result can be selected when it becomes the target of the determination process. When the result of the determination process is a small hit result (step S508: YES), “1” is set to the small hit flag provided in the main RAM 74 (step S509). Then, stop result setting processing for the small hit result is executed (step S510). Specifically, information on the stop mode of the pattern for the small hit result that is finally stopped and displayed on the second special figure display unit 38b in the current game round is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. The information on the pattern stop mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the jackpot result. It should be noted that one type of pattern stop mode may be set for the small hit result, and a plurality of types of pattern stop modes may be set for the small hit result.

  When the result of the success / failure determination process is neither the big hit result nor the small hit result (step S504 and step S508: NO), the stop result setting process for the off result is executed (step S511). Specifically, the pattern for the detachment result that is finally stopped and displayed in the current game round on the side of the first special figure display section 38a and the second special chart display section 38b that is the execution target of the game round. Information on the stop mode is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. The picture mode information selected in this case is different from the picture mode information selected for the jackpot result and the picture mode information selected for the jackpot result.

  After executing any of the stop result setting processes, a process for specifying the duration of game times is executed (step S512). In the specific process, if the hold information that triggered the start of the current game round is the hold information on the first special figure side, it is first determined whether or not the current game round corresponds to the occurrence of the reach effect. . Specifically, when the current game time corresponds to the jackpot result, it is determined that a reach effect occurs. Further, even if the current game round does not correspond to the jackpot result, the numerical information of the reach random number counter C3 in the hold information on the first special figure side that is the start target of the current game round is generated. If the numerical information corresponds to, it is determined that the reach effect occurs. When it is determined that the reach effect is generated, the fluctuation display period table for reach generation is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS is collated with the read fluctuation display period table to display the fluctuation display. A period is determined, and information on the determined variable display period is set in a timer counter provided in the main RAM 74. Further, when it is determined that the reach effect does not occur, the non-reach generation variable display period table is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS and the current numerical information are read from the read variable display period table. The variable display period is determined by collating the combination of the number of holding information on the first special figure side, and the information of the determined variable display period is set in the timer counter provided in the main RAM 74. When the reach generation variation display period table is referred to, the change display period corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS is selected regardless of the number of the hold information on the first special figure side, whereas the reach non-reach is selected. When the occurrence variation period table is referred to, the shorter variation display period is selected as the number of the hold information on the first special figure side is larger. The update of the numerical information set in the timer counter is executed in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11). By the way, the variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the first special figure side triggers the start of game times is 1 to 180 seconds.

  In the process for identifying the duration of game times, if the hold information that triggered the start of this game time is the hold information on the second special figure side, first, the current lottery mode is set to the high probability mode or the low probability mode. It is determined which one. If the winning / losing lottery mode is the high probability mode, the reach generation variable display period depends on whether or not the current game time corresponds to the generation of the reach effect, as in the case of the hold information on the first special figure side. Select either the table or the variable display period table for non-reach occurrence. If a reach effect occurs, the fluctuation display period is determined by collating the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS against the reach generation fluctuation display period table, and the information on the determined fluctuation display period is the main side. It is set in a timer counter provided in the RAM 74. If the reach effect does not occur, the variable display period is determined by collating the current numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS against the non-reach generation variable display period table, and the information of the determined variable display period is mainly used. The timer counter provided in the side RAM 74 is set. By the way, in the high probability mode, the variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the second special figure side triggers the start of game times is 1 second to 60 seconds. In this case, the longest variable display period that can be selected is shorter than the longest variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the first figure side is triggered, and the average variable display period is also the first. It is shorter than the average variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the side of one special figure is triggered.

  On the other hand, if the winning / losing lottery mode is the low probability mode, the value and fluctuation of the reach random number counter C3 are further determined regardless of whether the game result of the current game round is a big hit result, a small hit result or a miss result. A variable display period of 1200 seconds is selected regardless of the value of the type counter CS. This variable display period is longer than the longest variable display period that can be selected when the hold information on the first special figure side is triggered, and the hold information on the second special figure side is triggered in the high probability mode. Longer than the longest variable display period that can be selected. In this way, the game time fluctuation display period triggered by the hold information on the second special figure side in the low probability mode is made extremely long, thereby allowing the game ball to enter the second operating unit 33 in the low probability mode. When a game is aimed at, the digestion efficiency of the game times can be extremely lowered. As already described, the second operating part 33 is not provided with an opening / closing member for preventing the game ball from entering. On the other hand, when the hold information on the second special figure side is the target of the success / failure determination process, not only the jackpot result can be selected but also the small hit result is selected with high probability, and the small hit result is selected. In such a case, the second opening / closing execution mode occurs, so that the player's possession ball is increased based on the game ball entering the special electric prize winning device 36. In this case, in the low probability mode, in the low probability mode, when the game is performed with the aim of entering the game ball into the second operation unit 33 as described above, the digestion efficiency of the game times is extremely deteriorated. Rather than aiming for a game ball to enter the second actuating part 33, the player aims to enter a game ball to the first actuating part 32, and uses the hold information on the first special figure side as a trigger to obtain a highly accurate hit result. Thus, after entering the high probability mode, it is possible to perform a game of aiming for the game ball to enter the second operating unit 33.

  As a method for discouraging the player from aiming for the game ball to enter the second operating unit 33 in the low probability mode, in addition to or instead of the configuration of the selection of the variable display period, for example, a low probability In the mode, when a launch operation is performed so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3, a corresponding notification may be performed. Specifically, when a game ball enters the second operating unit 33 in the low probability mode, the right region is obtained using at least one of the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64. A notification is made to enable the player to recognize that the launch of the game ball toward PA3 is stopped. This configuration also makes it possible for the player to be discouraged from aiming for the game ball to enter the second operating unit 33 in the low probability mode.

  By the way, as the effects for the game times, the variation display of the pattern in the first special symbol display unit 38a or the second special symbol display unit 38b and the variation display of the symbol in the symbol display device 51 are performed. When the game is ended, the state in which the result of stopping the game is displayed is displayed as a final stop over the final stop period. In this case, the information on the variable display period read in step S512 is a period obtained by subtracting the final stop period from the duration of the game times. In other words, the duration of game times is the sum of the variable display period and the final stop period.

  After that, the change command and type command corresponding to the result of the current pass / fail determination process and the type determination process and the process result of step S512 are selected from the main ROM 73 (step S513). Then, the selected variation command and type command are transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 (step S514). The sound light side MPU 92 executes control for causing the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 to execute an effect for game times corresponding to the received variation command and type command. .

  After that, the variable display of the pattern is started on the side of the first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit 38b on which the current game round is to be executed (step S515). The first special figure display unit 38a and the second special figure display unit are used as tables to be referred to by the main MPU 72 when the first special figure display unit 38a or the second special figure display unit 38b is used to display the variation of the pattern. A special display variation display table common to 38b is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. When the variation display of the pattern is executed in the first special figure display unit 38a or the second special figure display unit 38b, the same variation display table is used regardless of the result of the success / failure determination process and the result of the type determination process. The When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the first special diagram display unit 38a or the second special diagram display unit 38b, the variation display of the pattern by a predetermined pattern is repeated. The control data for one round in the pattern variation display by the predetermined pattern is set. Therefore, when the variable display of the pattern is performed in the first special figure display unit 38a or the second special figure display unit 38b, the special variable display table is displayed until the duration of the game times determined in step S512 elapses. It will be used repeatedly.

  Thereafter, 1 is added to the value of the special figure special electricity counter (step S516). Since the value of the special figure special power counter when the special figure fluctuation start process is executed is “0”, the value of the special figure special electric power counter corresponds to the special figure fluctuation processing (step S306) by adding “1”. 1 ".

<Special map change processing>
Next, the special figure changing process in step S306 in the special figure special electric control process (FIG. 12) will be described.

  In the special figure changing process, it is determined whether or not it is during game play and before the final stop display. A process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern is executed. This regular change is continued until it is time to start the final stop display. Further, this regular change is performed in a certain manner regardless of whether or not a hit result is obtained and whether or not reach display occurs.

  When it is time to display the final stop, a final stop command is transmitted to the sound-side MPU 92 and the current control target is displayed in order to display the final stop display result of the current game on the symbol display device 51. The display mode of the pattern in the special figure display units 38a and 38b is set as a display mode corresponding to the game result of the current game time. Further, information on the final stop period (0.5 sec) of the game times is read from the main ROM 73 and set in the timer counter. Then, by adding 1 to the value of the special figure special electric counter, the value of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special figure changing process to the one corresponding to the special figure finalizing process (step S307).

<Processing during special figure determination>
Next, the special figure determination process in step S307 in the special figure special electric control process (FIG. 12) will be described.

  In the special chart finalizing process, if the final stop period of the current game round has not elapsed, the special chart finalizing process is terminated, and if the final stop period of the current game round has elapsed, If the result of the determination of success / failure that triggered the game this time is an outlier result, the special figure special counter is cleared to “0”, and then the processing for determining the special figure is terminated. If the result of the determination as to whether or not the result is a big hit result or a small hit result, processing for shifting to the opening / closing execution mode is executed.

  In the process for switching to the opening / closing execution mode, information on the opening period (for example, 4 sec) stored in advance in the main ROM 73 is read, and information on the opening time is set in the timer counter. Incidentally, the opening period is constant regardless of the type of game result that triggered the transition to the opening / closing execution mode. Also, an opening command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. The opening command is a command for causing the sound light side MPU 92 to recognize that it is the timing to start the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. The opening command includes information indicating which of the various jackpot results and the jackpot result is the game result that triggered the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the sound light side MPU 92 can execute the effect in the opening / closing execution mode in a manner corresponding to the game result that triggered the opening / closing execution mode. Furthermore, by adding 1 to the special figure special electricity counter, the value of the counter is updated to a value corresponding to the special electricity start process (step S308).

<Special electricity start processing>
Next, the special electricity start process of step S308 in the special figure special electricity control process (FIG. 12) will be described.

  In the special electricity start process, it is determined whether or not the opening period in the current opening / closing execution mode has elapsed. If the opening period has elapsed, the current opening / closing execution mode may be the first opening / closing execution mode triggered by the jackpot result. For example, “16” is set as information on the number of round games in a round counter provided in the main RAM 74. Further, “10” is set as the upper limit number information in the winning counter provided in the main RAM 74, and information corresponding to 29 seconds is set as the opening duration information in the timer counter. On the other hand, if the current open / close execution mode is the second open / close execution mode triggered by the small hit result, “3” is set as the open / close count information of the special prize winning device 36 in the open / close count counter provided in the main RAM 74. . In addition, “10” is set as the upper limit number information in the winning counter provided in the main RAM 74, and information corresponding to 1 second is set as the opening duration information in the timer counter. After performing these various settings, the special electricity prize winning device 36 is opened. Also, the release command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. By receiving the opening command, the sound light side MPU 92 executes control for switching the effect in the opening / closing execution mode accordingly. After the special electricity winning device 36 is opened, the special figure special electricity counter is incremented by 1 to update the value of the counter to that corresponding to the special electricity release in-process (step S309).

<Processing during opening of special electricity>
Next, the special electric power release opening process of step S309 in the special figure special electric power control process (FIG. 12) will be described.

  In the special electric release opening process, if the first opening / closing execution mode is set, it is determined whether or not one round game end condition is satisfied. If the end condition is satisfied, the special electric prize winning device 36 is closed. In addition, a close command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. Also, it is determined whether or not the value of the round counter after 1 subtraction is “0”. If it is not “0”, the timer counter corresponds to the closing period (specifically, 1 second). Set the information to be used. On the other hand, in the second opening / closing execution mode, it is determined whether one opening continuation period has elapsed and whether or not an upper limit number of game balls have entered the special electricity prize winning device 36, and any of the conditions is If it is established, the special electric prize winning device 36 is closed and a closing command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. In addition, when the opening continuation period has elapsed, the value of the opening / closing number counter after subtraction of 1 is “0”, and when the winning to the special electric prize winning device 36 has occurred, the number of winnings is determined. It is determined whether or not the value of the winning counter after subtraction is “0”. If both are not “0”, the timer counter corresponds to the closing period (specifically, 1 second). Set the information to be used. After performing these various settings, the special figure special electricity counter is incremented by 1 to update the value of the counter to that corresponding to the special electricity closing process (step S310).

<Treatment during special electricity closure>
Next, the special electric power closing process in step S310 in the special electric special control process (FIG. 12) will be described.

  In the special electricity closing process, it is determined whether or not the termination condition of the current opening / closing execution mode is satisfied. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the round counter is “0” in the first opening / closing execution mode, and either the opening / closing number counter or the winning counter is “0” in the second opening / closing execution mode. It is determined whether or not there is. If the closing condition for the opening / closing execution mode is not satisfied, the special electric prize winning device 36 is set to the open state on the condition that the closing period has elapsed, and if the opening / closing execution mode is the first opening / closing execution mode, the winning counter is set. The upper limit number and the opening duration for the timer counter are set. If the second opening / closing execution mode is set, the opening duration for the timer counter is set. Also, the release command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. After that, by subtracting 1 from the special figure special electricity counter, the value of the counter is updated to a value corresponding to the special electricity release process (step S309).

  On the other hand, when the termination condition of the current opening / closing execution mode is satisfied, an ending command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. The ending command is a command for causing the sound light side MPU 92 to recognize that it is a timing to start an effect for ending. The ending command includes information indicating which of the various jackpot results and the jackpot result is the game result that triggered the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the sound light side MPU 92 can execute the ending effect in a manner corresponding to the game result triggered by the opening / closing execution mode. Further, the information of the ending period (for example, 6 sec) stored in advance in the main ROM 73 is read, and the information of the ending time is set in the timer counter. Incidentally, the ending time is constant regardless of the type of game result that triggered the transition to the opening / closing execution mode. After that, by adding 1 to the special figure special electricity counter, the value of the counter is updated to one corresponding to the special electricity termination process (step S311).

<Special electricity termination processing>
Next, the special power end process in step S311 in the special figure special power control process (FIG. 12) will be described.

  In the special electric power end processing, it is determined whether or not the ending period has passed, and if the ending period has passed, the contents of the lottery mode after the opening and closing execution mode are set as the trigger for transition to the current opening and closing execution mode. The content corresponding to the type of the jackpot result is set, and the special figure special power counter is cleared to “0”. In addition, when the transition to the opening / closing execution mode is a small hit result, the success / failure lottery mode before the opening / closing execution mode starts is maintained as the winning / failing lottery mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends. To.

<General-purpose power control processing>
Next, the ordinary power transmission control process executed in step S215 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11) will be described in detail with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  When a winning to the through winning portion 34 has occurred (step S601: YES), the number of reserved information on the map side stored in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d of the map reservation area 116 is the upper limit number. On the condition that the number is less than 4 (step S602: NO), the storage processing in the ordinary map holding area 116 is executed (step S603). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general-use random number counter C4 is used as the general-use reservation information, and the general-use reservation information in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d of the general-use reservation area 116 is not stored. Store in the area on the earlier digestion order. In addition, when the map-side hold information is acquired, the data setting for updating the display content of the map-hold display section 39b in accordance with the increase in the number of the map-side hold information this time is set. Do.

  When a negative determination is made at step S601, when an affirmative determination is made at step S602, or when the process of step S603 is executed, the ordinary power address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S604). . The starting address of the program for executing the processing corresponding to the numerical information of the general-purpose electric power counter is set in the general-purpose electric power address table. The ordinary map / electric power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify processing contents to be executed in the ordinary / common power control process.

  The ordinary power counter can take a value from “0” to “3”, and each value from “0” to “3” corresponds to the start address NA0 to NA3 of each process (step S607 to step S610). ing. Specifically, when the value of the ordinary map / general counter is “0”, the variation change start process (step S607), which is a process for starting the continuous display in the ordinary map display unit 39a, is executed. Thus, when the value of the general-purpose power counter is “1”, the normal-fluctuating process (step S608), which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the general-purpose display unit 39a, is executed. If the value of the figure normal power counter is “2”, the normal figure determination process (step S609), which is a process for ending the display continuation time in the general figure display unit 39a, is to be executed. When the value of the counter is “3”, the process of opening the normal power supply (step S610), which is a process for controlling the acceptance execution state of the special prize device 35, is the execution target.

  In the general map / general power control process, after the general map / general power address table is read (step S604), the start address corresponding to the information of the general map / general power counter is acquired from the general map / general power address table (step S605). Then, the process jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S606). Hereinafter, each process of step S607-step S610 is demonstrated separately.

<Normal map change start processing>
First, the general fluctuation start process in step S607 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the normal map change start process, the data setting process is executed (step S702) on condition that the normal map side hold information is stored (step S701: YES). In the data setting process, the data stored in the first area 117a of the usual figure reservation area 116 is moved to the usual figure execution area 118. Thereafter, a process for shifting the data stored in the storage area of the usual reservation area 116 is executed. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas 117a to 117d to the lower area side, and clears the data in the first area 117a, and the second area 117b → The data in each area is shifted such as the first area 117a, the third area 117c → the second area 117b, and the fourth area 117d → the third area 117c. Further, in the data setting process, data setting is performed so that the display content of the general drawing hold display section 39b is updated in accordance with the decrease in the number of general drawing hold information this time.

  After the data setting process is executed, an acceptance determination process is executed (step S703). In the acceptance determination process, the acceptance determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the read-out acceptance determination table is used to execute the current acceptance determination process with respect to the general-use random number counter C4 in the general map-side holding information. Verify numeric information. In this case, as described above, the winning winning result is obtained with a probability of 98%.

  When the result of the acceptance determination process is the acceptance winning result (step S704: YES), the stop result setting process for the acceptance winning result is executed (step S705). Specifically, the information on the pattern stop mode for the acceptance winning result to be finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time in the normal display unit 39a is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. Note that one type of pattern stop mode may be set for the acceptance winning result, and a plurality of types of pattern stop mode may be set for the acceptance winning result.

  If the result of the acceptance determination process is not the acceptance winning result (step S704: NO), a stop result setting process for a losing result is executed (step S706). Specifically, information on the stop mode of the pattern for the detachment result that is finally stopped and displayed on the general map display unit 39 a in the current display continuation time is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. The information on the pattern mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the acceptance winning result.

  After executing one of the stop result setting processes, a process for specifying the normal fluctuation period is executed (step S707). Thereafter, the variable display of the pattern is started on the general map display unit 39a (step S708). As a table to be referred to by the main MPU 72 when the variable display unit 39 a performs a variable display of a pattern, a variable display table for a normal map is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. When the variable display of the pattern is executed in the general map display unit 39a, the same variable display table is used regardless of the result of the acceptance determination process. When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the common map display unit 39a, the variation display of the pattern by a predetermined pattern is repeated. One round of control data is set. Therefore, when the variable display of the pattern is performed in the general map display unit 39a, the variable map display table for the general map is repeatedly used until immediately before the fixed display is performed. Then, 1 is added to the value of the ordinary power counter (step S709). As a result, the value of the ordinary map / electric power counter becomes “1” corresponding to the processing during the variation of ordinary map (step S608).

  FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing the processing for specifying the normal fluctuation period in step S707. First, it is determined whether or not the number of pieces of reserved information on the map side stored in the first area 117a to the fourth area 117d of the map holding area 116 is greater than or equal to a reference number (step S801). Specifically, the reference number is two.

  When a negative determination is made in step S801, a lottery process for selecting a period is executed (step S802). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, at a cycle of 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. Check against. The period selection table is set so that a selection winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/500.

  When the result of the lottery process for period selection is not the selection winning result but the result of losing (step S803: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S804). As already described, the first display duration is 0.45 seconds. When the result of the lottery process for selecting a period is a selection winning result (step S803: YES), the second display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S805). As already described, the second display continuation period is 10.4 seconds. In other words, if the number of the hold information on the map side is less than the reference number, the first display continuation period is selected unless the selection winning result is obtained in the period selection lottery process, and in the lottery process for period selection. When the selection winning result is obtained, the second display continuation period is selected. And since the probability of the selection winning result is 1/500, the probability of a jackpot result in the low probability mode triggered by the hold information on the first special figure side or the hold information on the second special figure side (specifically, Is less than 1/200). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of the selection winning result is set to 1/100 or the like, so that the probability of the selection winning result is the holding information on the first special figure side or the second The probability may be higher than the probability of being a jackpot result in the low probability mode (specifically 1/200) with the hold information on the special figure side as a trigger, and the probability of being a successful selection result set to 1/200 As a result, the probability of the selection winning result is the probability of a jackpot result in the low probability mode triggered by the hold information on the first special figure side or the hold information on the second special figure side (specifically, 1 / 200) may be the same configuration.

  On the other hand, when the number of the map-side reserved information is greater than or equal to the reference number, an affirmative determination is made in step S801, and the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S806). . That is, when the number of the map-side reserved information is greater than or equal to the reference number, the third display continuation period is surely selected without executing the lottery process. As already explained, the third display continuation period is 1 second.

  When any one of steps S804 to S806 is executed, the information of the display continuation period selected in any of steps S804 to S806 is set in the universal timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S807). The update of the numerical information set in the normal timer counter is executed in the timer update process in step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11).

<Processing during normal changes>
Next, the process of changing the normal map in step S608 in the general map normal power control process (FIG. 15) will be described.

  In the process of changing the normal map, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the general-purpose timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for changing regularly the display mode of the pattern in the general map display part 39a will be performed. This regular change is continued until it is time to start the fixed display. Further, this regular change is performed in a certain manner regardless of whether or not the result of acceptance is won. In addition, when it is time to confirm display, the display mode of the pattern in the general map display unit 39a is set to a display mode corresponding to the determination result of the current acceptance determination process. Then, by adding 1 to the value of the ordinary power transmission counter, the value of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the processing during the normal diagram change to the one corresponding to the processing during the normal diagram determination.

<Processing during normalization>
Next, the process for determining the general map in step S609 in the general map / electric power control process (FIG. 15) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  By determining whether or not the value of the timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is “0”, the fixed display period (specifically, 0. It is determined whether or not 4 seconds has elapsed (step S901). When the fixed display period has elapsed (step S901: YES), it is determined whether or not the result of the acceptance determination process in the current display continuation time is the acceptance winning result (step S902). If it is not the acceptance winning result (step S902: NO), after clearing the value of the general-purpose normal power counter to “0” (step S903), the processing for determining the general-purpose figure is terminated.

  If the result is an acceptance winning result (step S902: YES), “1” is set as information on the number of opening / closing of the special prize winning device 35 in the public power open counter provided in the main RAM 74 (step S904). Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the special winning device 35 in the current receiving execution state in the general power winning counter provided in the main RAM 74 (step S905). In addition, information corresponding to 0.1 second is set in the normal timer counter as information on the opening continuation period of the special winning device 35 (step S906). In addition, the special winning device 35 is set to the accepting state by starting the output of the drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47 (step S907). After that, add 1 to the usual power counter. As a result, the value of the ordinary power / general power counter becomes “3” corresponding to the processing during open power (step S610).

<Treatment during open operation>
Next, a description will be given of the normal power open process of step S610 in the normal power control process (FIG. 15).

  In the processing during open power, when a special winning device 35 has been won, a value corresponding to the number of winnings is subtracted from the value of the main power winning counter in the main RAM 74. Then, when the value of the general power prize counter is “0”, the value of the general power open counter in the main RAM 74 is cleared to “0”, and the output of the drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47 is stopped. The special winning device 35 is set to a non-accepting state. Then, the value of the ordinary power counter is cleared to “0”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the ordinary map / electric power control process is the ordinary map variation start process (step S607). Even if the value of the general power prize counter is not “0”, if the value of the general timer counter in the main RAM 74 is “0”, the general power prize counter and the general power counter in the main RAM 74 will be displayed. The value of the electric release counter is cleared to “0”, and further, the output of the drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47 is stopped, so that the special winning device 35 is set to the non-accepting state. Then, the value of the ordinary power counter is cleared to “0”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the ordinary map / electric power control process is the ordinary map variation start process (step S607).

<Relationship between the display duration of the normal map display unit 39a and the acceptance state of the special prize device 35>
Next, the relationship between the display continuation period of the general map display unit 39a and the acceptance state of the special prize device 35 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 19A shows a period during which the game ball passes through the through winning portion 34, and FIG. 19B shows a period during which the game ball exists at a position where the special winning device 35 can be won. FIG. 19 (c) shows a period during which the display continuation time is executed in the general-purpose display unit 39a, FIG. 19 (d) shows a period during which the special prize-winning device 35 is in the accepting state, and FIG. e) indicates the number of holds of the hold information on the usual map side.

  As already described, all the game balls flowing into the left area PA2 will win the through prize section 34, and when the game balls are continuously discharged so as to flow down the left area PA2, the through prize section 34 A game ball arrives at the position with a period of 0.6 seconds. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 19A, the timing of t1, the timing of t3, the timing of t6, the timing of t8, the timing of t10, the timing of t12, the timing of t14, the timing of t16, the timing of t19, and the timing of t22 Each of the game balls will be awarded to the through winning portion 34.

  The through winning portion 34 has a through hole, and winning through the through winning portion 34 is generated by passing through the through hole, and the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 flows down the game area PA as it is. continue. Then, the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 reaches a position where it can enter the special winning device 35 within a range of 0.65 to 0.7 seconds after winning the through winning portion 34. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 19B, the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t1 reaches a position where it can win the special winning device 35 at the timing of t4, and at the timing of t3. The game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 reaches a position where it can win the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t7, and the game ball that has won the through prize winning portion 34 at the timing of t6 is specially awarded at the timing of t9. The game ball that has reached the position where it is possible to win the device 35 and has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t8 reaches the position where it can win the special winning device 35 at the timing of t11, and at t10 The game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can be won at the timing of t13, and the gaming ball is scanned at the timing of t12. -The game ball that won the prize winning section 34 reaches a position where it can win the special prize winning device 35 at the timing of t15, and the game ball that won the through prize winning section 34 at the timing of t16 is specially awarded at the timing of t20. The game ball that has reached the position where it is possible to win the device 35 and has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t19 will reach the position where it can win the special winning device 35 at the timing of t23. .

  In this case, as shown in FIG. 19 (c), when the winning figure 34 is not stored and stored, the winning prize to the through winning portion 34 is triggered, and the timing is t1 to t2. The timing of t3 as shown in FIG. 19 (c) is triggered by the winning to the through winning portion 34 at the timing t3 when the display portion 39a is continuously displayed and the holding information is not stored. The display continuation times in the general-purpose display unit 39a occur over the timing t5. In the case where these display continuation times are started, the selection winning result is not obtained in the lottery process for selecting a period (step S802) in the processing for specifying the usual figure change period (FIG. 17), so that the display continuation of these display continuation times is continued. Each period is the first display continuation period. Then, after the display continuation time of the first display continuation period is completed, as shown in FIG. 19 (d), the special prize winning device 35 enters the accepting state at each of the timing t2 and the timing t5. The first display continuation period is 0.45 seconds as described above, and even if the reception execution state is started after that, the period during which the reception state of the special winning device 35 in the reception execution state is maintained is 0. The total period of 0.55 seconds is shorter than the game ball firing period of 0.6 seconds because of .1 seconds. Accordingly, no new winnings are made to the through winning unit 34 in the continuous display times of the normal display unit 39a and the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35, and as shown in FIG. The hold information is not stored on hold.

  In addition, the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t1 wins the special winning device 35 at the timing of t4, which is the timing after the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 with the gaming ball as an end. The game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t3 and the timing at time t7, which is the timing after the completion of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 triggered by the game ball, is reached. Thus, it reaches a position where a special winning device 35 can be won. Therefore, these game balls do not win the special winning device 35 in the receiving execution state executed by themselves. Furthermore, when the display continuation times of the general-purpose display unit 39a from the timing t3 to the timing t5 are described as an example, the game ball that was won at the through winning portion 34 at the timing t3 was launched one before. The game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can be won at the timing of t4, but after the game ball has passed the position where the special winning device 35 can be won, the game The acceptance execution state of the special prize-winning device 35 is triggered by the game ball won in the through prize-winning unit 34 next to the ball. Accordingly, in the situation where the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the normal display portion 39a, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35.

  As shown in FIG. 19 (c), as shown in FIG. 19 (c), in the general-purpose display unit 39a in the timing of time t6 to time t17 as triggered by the winning of the through winning portion 34 at the timing t6 in which the normal-side hold information is not stored. Display continuation occurs. In the case where the display continuation time is started, the display continuation of the display continuation time is performed by obtaining a selection winning result in the lottery process for selecting a period (step S802) in the specifying process of the usual figure change period (FIG. 17). The period is the second display continuation period. As described above, the second display continuation period is 10.4 seconds, and even if the acceptance execution state is subsequently started, the period during which the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 in the acceptance execution state is maintained is as follows. Since it is 0.1 second, the total period of 10.5 seconds is longer than four times the game ball firing cycle. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 19 (a), the through winning portion at the timing t8, the timing t10, the timing t12, and the timing t14 included in the period from the timing t6 to the timing t18 corresponding to the total period. As shown in FIG. 19 (e), the common-side hold information is held and stored at each timing. Then, at the timing of t14, the number of reserved memories of the usual-side reserved information reaches the upper limit number.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 19 (d), at the timing of t18, the reception execution state of the special prize-winning device 35 is triggered by the display continuation time started at the timing of t6. As shown in the figure, a new display continuation time is started at the time of t18 at the timing of t18, and as shown in FIG. The In this case, since the number of reserved information in the map-side reservation information is equal to or more than the reference number (specifically, two), the process for specifying the map change period in the new display continuation time (FIG. 17) is executed. In the specific process, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period. As described above, the third display continuation period is 1 second, and even if the acceptance execution state is subsequently started, the period during which the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 in the acceptance execution state is maintained is 0.00. Since it is 1 second, the total period of 1.1 seconds is longer than the launch period of the game ball. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 19 (a), a new input to the through winning portion 34 is made at the timing t19, which is a timing before the timing at which the new display continuation time of the normal display portion 39a can be started. As shown in FIG. 19 (e), a win-side hold information is newly acquired at the timing t 19, and the number of hold-holding information of the hold-side hold information becomes the upper limit number as shown in FIG. As a result, when the number of reserved storage of the map-side reservation information exceeds the reference number and the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the map display unit 39a, the left area PA2 flows down. Thus, the situation where the said 3rd display continuation period is selected will be continued by continuing discharge | release of a game ball.

  However, the above-mentioned total period of 1.1 seconds is shorter than twice the game ball firing cycle. Therefore, the number of game balls to be awarded to the through winning unit 34 is basically one in the total period of the display execution times of the third display continuation period and the reception execution state of the special winning device 35 triggered by the display continuation times. And at most two. In this case, even if the number of reserved memories of the map-side reserved information exceeds the reference number because the second display continuation period is selected, the display continuation times of the third display continuation period and the display continuation times are triggered. Winning in the through winning portion 34 in the display continuation time of the third display continuation period of the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 and one total period of the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 triggered by the display continuation time. If it is not generated once, the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected cannot be continued. Therefore, in the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, attention is paid to whether or not the game ball wins the through winning portion 34, so that it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Here, the situation in which the number of reserved memories of the map-side hold information is greater than the reference number and the third display continuation period is repeatedly selected as the display continuation period of the map display section 39a is triggered by the hold information on the first figure side. When the jackpot result is selected and the first opening / closing execution mode is generated in the above-described determination processing, the process is automatically terminated. In other words, when the first opening / closing execution mode is entered, the special electricity prize winning device 36 is opened and closed, and a lot of game balls are paid out by generating a prize to the special electricity prize winning device 36. The special electric prize winning device 36 is provided in the right area PA3, and when the launching operation is continued so as to flow down the right area PA3, the through winning portion 34 provided in the left area PA2 does not generate a prize. Then, the maximum number of times that the display-holding information for the maximum number of illustrations is continuously displayed and the longest period required for the special winning device 35 to complete the acceptance execution state is shorter than the shortest period required for the first opening / closing execution mode to end. Also short. Furthermore, the maximum number of times that the hold information for the usual map side is continuously displayed and the maximum period required for the special winning device 35 to complete the acceptance execution state is one round game in the first opening / closing execution mode. It is shorter than the shortest period required for completion. Therefore, the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the general map display unit 39a can be basically terminated when the first opening / closing execution mode occurs. It is possible to prevent the situation in which the display duration is selected from continuing for an excessively long time.

  The third display continuation period is selected when the display continuation period is started in a situation where the reference number side hold information is stored more than the reference number (specifically, two). Therefore, the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected occurs after the display continuation time is generated by the second display continuation period. In addition, when the third display continuation period is selected as described above, when the acceptance execution state does not occur, the display continuation time can be started after the display continuation time in the normal map display unit 39a is started. The period until the reception execution state is 1 second, and even if the acceptance execution state occurs, the period until the acceptance execution state ends after the display continuation time on the normal display unit 39a is started is 1.1 seconds. In this case, the probability of winning the acceptance execution state in the internal lottery corresponding to the occurrence of the continuous display is set to a high probability, specifically, 98%. Therefore, when the display continuation occurs, an acceptance execution state generally occurs. Further, in a situation where the game ball is continuously fired so as to flow down the left side area PA2, the game ball is basically released at a position where it can enter the special prize winning device 35 at 0.6 seconds which is the game ball firing cycle. However, an error of about 0.1 seconds may occur depending on the flow-down mode of the game ball. Accordingly, when the display continuation time for which the third display continuation period is to be selected is repeatedly selected, a winning to the special winning device 35 occurs with a probability of approximately 1/11. Specifically, in the case of FIG. 19, the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 from the timing t21 to the timing t24 after the display continuation time of the third display continuation period from the timing t18 to the timing t21 ends. As shown in FIG. 19B, the game ball arrives at a position where it can win a special winning device 35 as shown in FIG. 19B. Therefore, the gaming ball wins the special winning device 35. Become. The number of game balls to be paid out when a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 is eleven. In other words, when 11 game balls are supplied to the left area PA2, one of them is likely to win the special prize winning device 35, and 11 prizes are given to the special prize winning device 35. Game balls are paid out. Therefore, in the situation where the display continuation time in which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected, when the game ball is continuously launched so as to flow down the left area PA2, the player's possession ball is The increase / decrease is repeated at about 11, so that the player's ball can be hardly increased / decreased during the period in which the display continuation time in which the third display continuation period is selected is repeatedly selected.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  A through winning unit 34 and a special winning device 35 are provided in the left area PA2, and a special winning device is obtained by receiving a winning determination result in an acceptance determination process executed based on a game ball winning in the through winning unit 34. 35 becomes an acceptance state. Further, when the special winning device 35 is in the accepting state, the special winning device 35 is in the accepting state after the display display unit 39a executes the display continuation time including the change display of the pattern. Thereby, the player can predict in advance that the special prize-winning device 35 will be in the accepting state. In this case, when the third display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation times, the special winning device 35 can be won in the situation where the special winning device 35 is in the accepting state. When the first display continuation period is set as the display continuation time of the display continuation times while the game ball can reach the position, the special prize winning device 35 is in the accepting state in the situation where the special prize winning device 35 is in the accepting state. The game ball basically does not reach the position where the winning to the device 35 is possible. Accordingly, the player expects that the third display continuation period is set as the predetermined period, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Moreover, since it becomes possible to produce the above situations by adjusting the display continuation period of the display continuation times, the control for switching the special winning device 35 between the accepting state and the non-accepting state is complicated. It is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above.

  Regardless of which of the first display continuation period and the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the normal display unit 39a, the control mode of the special prize device 35 in the acceptance execution state is constant. is there. Thereby, the above-described excellent effects can be achieved while simplifying the configuration of the control process for switching the special winning device 35 between the accepting state and the non-accepting state.

  The first display continuation period in which no prizes are awarded to the special prize winning device 35 is shorter than the third display continuation period in which winnings to the special prize winning device 35 can occur at a predetermined frequency. It has become. Thereby, it becomes possible to prevent the one display continuation time corresponding to the fact that the winning to the special winning device 35 basically does not occur from continuing excessively.

  The third display continuation period is a period equal to or longer than the game ball firing cycle, and the first display continuation period is a period shorter than the game ball firing cycle. As a result, in a situation where the third display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation time of the normal display portion 39a, one or more game balls are supplied to the through winning portion 34 at a position where a winning is possible. On the other hand, in the situation where the first display duration is set, the number of game balls that are wasted in the range in which one display continuation is executed is suppressed. Is possible.

  In the left area PA <b> 2, the through winning portion 34 is provided on the upstream side of the special winning device 35, and the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 can reach a position where it can enter the special winning device 35. Accordingly, it is possible to generate both the winning of the through winning portion 34 and the winning of the special winning device 35 by one game ball. In this case, the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 surely reaches the position where it can enter the special winning device 35. This makes it easier to specify the relative relationship of the timing at which the game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can enter the ball relative to the timing at which the display continuation time of the general display portion 39a is started. It becomes easy to adjust the ease of entering the game ball into the special prize device 35 with respect to the setting of the period.

  The first display continuation period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 to reach a position where it can enter the special winning device 35. Thereby, when the 1st display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the general figure display part 39a, the game ball which won the through winning part 34 and started the display continuation time of the general figure display part 39a was started. Can be prevented from winning the special winning device 35.

  In the first display continuation period, when the measurement of the first display continuation period is started when a predetermined game ball is won in the through winning portion 34, the firing order one previous to the predetermined game ball is started. This is a period of time that elapses after the game ball passes through a position where it can enter the special winning device 35. Thereby, when the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the general chart display unit 39a, a predetermined game in which the winning continuation part 34 is won and the display continuation time of the general chart display unit 39a is started. Both the ball and the game ball of the previous firing order with respect to the predetermined game ball are awarded to the special winning device 35 that is in an accepting state based on the winning to the through winning portion 34 by the predetermined game ball. It becomes possible not to do. Therefore, when the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the normal display unit 39a, it is possible to basically make it impossible to win the special winning device 35.

  When the third display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the normal display unit 39a, when the game ball is continuously supplied to a position where the special winning device 35 can win a prize, the special winning device 35 is entered. The probability of occurrence of a win of 1/11 is 1/11, whereas when one game ball wins the special prize device 35, 11 game balls are given to the player. As a result, when the third display continuation period is set, it is possible to aim to win the special winning device 35 while substantially not increasing or decreasing the game balls owned by the player.

  When the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the general-purpose display unit 39a, even if the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time, the display continuation time of the general-purpose display unit 39a The period required to newly start the game is a period shorter than the game ball firing cycle. Therefore, when the first display continuation period is set, basically the map-side hold information is not acquired. Accordingly, when the first display continuation period is set, the display continuation time of the normal display portion 39a is started at the timing when the game ball is won in the through winning portion 34, so that the first display In the situation in which the duration is set, the relationship between the timing at which the game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can be entered and the timing at which the special winning device 35 enters the accepting state is the design stage of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to achieve the relationship assumed in. Therefore, when the first display continuation period is set, it becomes easy to design so that the prize winning to the special prize winning device 35 does not basically occur.

  When the third display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the general chart display unit 39a, the general map display unit 39a regardless of whether or not the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time. The period required to newly start the display continuation time is a period longer than the game ball firing cycle. Therefore, when the third display continuation period is set, it is easy to start the display continuation time of the normal display portion 39a at a timing different from the timing at which the winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs. Therefore, when the third display continuation period is set, the relationship between the timing at which the game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can be entered and the timing at which the special winning device 35 enters the receiving execution state is as follows. It can be irregular.

  When the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a is started in a situation in which no more than the reference number of hold information is stored, the first display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the display continuation time. When the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a is started in a situation in which the number of illustration-side hold information more than the reference number is stored, the third display continuation period is set as the display continuation time of the display continuation time. . As a result, a player who expects to receive a prize in the special prize apparatus 35 pays attention to whether or not the standard-side reserved information more than the reference number is acquired, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Become.

  In addition, when the third display continuation period is set as described above, the display of the general-purpose display unit 39a is continued regardless of whether or not the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time. The period required to newly start the game is a period longer than the game ball firing cycle. As a result, the situation in which the third display continuation period is set when the information on the drawing-side hold information of the reference number or more is temporarily stored is maintained by continuously generating a prize to the through winning part 34. Is possible.

  The reference number is set as a plurality of numbers. As a result, in the situation where the first display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the general-purpose display unit 39a, a winning to the through winning part 34 occurs accidentally, and one general-plan-side reservation information is acquired. Even then, the third display continuation period is not set thereafter. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to generate a situation in which the third display continuation period is set.

  It is possible to win a special winning device 35 at a predetermined frequency when the continuous display of the general drawing display unit 39a is started in a situation where the holding information of the general drawing side more than the reference number is reserved and stored. The third display continuation period is set. As a result, the player's advantage differs depending on the status of the hold information of the map-side hold information, so it is possible to make the player pay attention to whether the map-side hold information is stored on hold. It is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  The second display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a by selecting and winning in the lottery process for selecting the period in a situation where there is no pending map side hold information more than the reference number. The Then, when the second display continuation period is set, the display continuation time of the normal display unit 39a is newly set regardless of whether or not the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs after the display continuation time. A number of game balls larger than the reference number can be awarded to the through winning unit 34 before it can be started. Thereby, in the situation where the first display continuation period is repeatedly set in the display continuation time of the normal map display unit 39a, it becomes possible to cause a switch to the situation where the third display continuation period is set. . Furthermore, such switching can be realized by setting the display duration period.

  When the second display continuation period is set, it is possible to allow the through winning part 34 to win two or more game balls that are more than the reference number. Two or more of them will be stored on hold. As a result, when the second display continuation period is set, it is possible to continue the situation in which the third display continuation period is subsequently set for a long time in the display continuation time of the normal display unit 39a. Become.

  The through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the left area PA2, while the special electricity winning device 36 is provided in the right area PA3. As a result, there is a transition to the opening / closing execution mode in a situation where more than the reference number of map-side hold information is stored and the third display continuation period is repeatedly set in the display continuation time of the map display unit 39a. In this case, even if the display continuation time of the general display portion 39a which is the third display continuation period is executed in parallel with the opening / closing execution mode, the launch operation is performed with the aim of winning the special electric prize winning device 36, and the through operation is performed. Since no winning to the winning portion 34 occurs, a situation in which no more than the reference number of holding information on the reference side is held and stored during the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set can be terminated by the occurrence of the opening / closing execution mode, so that the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set does not continue excessively. It becomes possible to do.

  In addition, during the shortest period required from the start to the end of the opening / closing execution mode, the number of illustration-side hold information exceeding the reference number is reserved and stored in the situation where the maximum number of illustration-side hold information is stored. It is set to a period longer than the longest period required until the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a is started in a situation where it is not. Therefore, when the opening / closing execution mode occurs, it is possible to reliably end the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set.

  Based on the fact that the special winning device 35 is won, the holding information on the first special figure side is acquired to execute the determination process, and when the jackpot result is selected in the determination process, the opening / closing is executed. A mode occurs. As a result, it is expected that a prize will be awarded to the special prize winning device 35. As a result, whether the second display continuation period or the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the general-purpose display unit 39a. It will be possible to draw attention to crab players. Further, even when a prize is awarded to the special prize device 35 in the configuration in which the hold information on the first special figure side is acquired based on the occurrence of a prize to the first operating unit 32, the first special figure side is also provided. Hold information is acquired. As a result, a player who expects to shift to the opening / closing execution mode expects not only a winning to the first operating unit 32 but also a winning to the special winning device 35. It is possible to improve.

  The first operating part 32, the through winning part 34, and the special winning device 35 are all provided at positions where the game ball can be reached when the launch operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2. Thereby, it becomes possible to aim at the occurrence of winnings in all of the first actuating unit 32, the through winning unit 34, and the special winning device 35 by performing a launch operation so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2. Therefore, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above while suppressing the complication of the launch operation.

<Another embodiment of the first embodiment>
(1) When the open / close execution mode occurs, the general-use hold information may be deleted. In this case, when the opening / closing execution mode is entered in the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, it is possible to forcibly shift to the situation where the third display continuation period is not selected, triggered by the opening / closing execution mode. .

  (2) Although the special winning device 35 does not enter the accepting execution state if the winning determination result is not obtained in the acceptance determination process even if the universal map side hold information is acquired, the universal map side hold information is acquired. The special winning device 35 may be surely in the acceptance execution state, or the special winning device 35 may be in the acceptance execution state with a probability of approximately 100% when the hold information on the normal side is acquired. Good.

  (3) Instead of the configuration in which the hold information on the first special figure side is acquired when a prize is awarded to the special winning device 35, the hold information on the second special figure side may be acquired. In this configuration, for example, a combination of the through winning part 34 and the special winning device 35 is provided in the right area PA3 in place of the second operating part 33, and when the winning / no-win lottery mode is the low probability mode, the display of the general-purpose display part 39a is displayed. A configuration may be adopted in which the first display continuation period is selected in the continuation time and the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the normal map display unit 39a when the success / failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. This makes it difficult or difficult for the special winning device 35 to be awarded when in the low probability mode, and makes it possible or easier to win the special winning device 35 when in the high probability mode. It becomes possible. In addition, in the said structure, since it is necessary to set it as the structure by which the hold information of the 2nd special figure side is acquired with high frequency in high probability mode, when the 3rd display continuation period is selected to the special prize-winning apparatus 35 It is preferable to increase the winning frequency. Further, in the configuration, it is not preferable that the player's possession ball increases excessively based on the prize winning to the special prize winning device 35. Therefore, the number of game balls to be paid out based on the prize winning to the special prize winning device 35 is one. Or two.

  (4) In the configuration in which the hold information on the second special drawing side is acquired when a winning to the special winning device 35 occurs as in the other form of (3) above, the second operating unit 33 is not provided. On the other hand, a combination of the through winning part 34 and the special winning device 35 is provided in the upper area PA1, the left area PA2 or the lower area PA4 so that the game ball can flow in the game area PA so as to flow toward the first operating part 32. When supplied, it is good also as a structure which can win to the through winning part 34 and the special winning device 35. In this configuration, when the success / failure lottery mode is the low probability mode, the first display continuation period is basically selected and the second display continuation period is set with a predetermined probability in the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a. The third display continuation period may be selected in the display continuation time of the normal map display unit 39a when the selection lottery mode is the high probability mode. As a result, while holding information on the second special figure side is acquired based on winning in the special winning device 35 in the high probability mode, winning in the special winning device 35 with a predetermined probability even in the low probability mode. Based on this, it becomes possible to obtain the hold information on the second special figure side. In addition, in the said structure, since it is necessary to set it as the structure by which the hold information of the 2nd special figure side is acquired with high frequency in high probability mode, when the 3rd display continuation period is selected to the special prize-winning apparatus 35 It is preferable to increase the winning frequency. Further, in the configuration, it is not preferable that the player's possession ball increases excessively based on the prize winning to the special prize winning device 35. Therefore, the number of game balls to be paid out based on the prize winning to the special prize winning device 35 is one. Or two.

  (5) In the first embodiment and the other form of (4) above, the special winning device 35 is in a state where the special winning device 35 is in an open execution state. It is also possible to have a configuration in which there is a gaming state in which a winning is likely to occur. Specifically, in the former gaming state, the special winning device 35 is opened in the manner described in the first embodiment, and in the latter gaming state, the display of the general-purpose display unit 39a is performed. The special winning device 35 is made to be in an open execution state in such a manner that a winning to the special winning device 35 is likely to occur regardless of the display continuation period in the continuous times. As a result, it is possible to generate a state in which a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35 regardless of the display continuation time of the normal display unit 39a. Note that the latter gaming state may be configured to occur when the winning lottery mode becomes the high probability mode, or may be configured to surely occur after the opening / closing execution mode ends in addition to or instead of the configuration. . In addition, when the latter gaming state is entered, the latter gaming state may be continued until the next opening / closing execution mode occurs. When the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode, The latter gaming state may be continued, or the latter gaming state may be continued until a predetermined number of game times are executed after the opening / closing execution mode ends. The latter gaming state may be continued until winning.

  (6) The number of holdings of the holding information in the drawing-side holding information, which is a reference for setting the third display continuation period in the display continuation time of the drawing display unit 39a, is not limited to two, but is one. Alternatively, the number may be three, or the upper limit number may be four. When the reference number is 1, when the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a is newly started in a situation where two or more general map side hold information is stored on hold, the display continuation time is Since the third display continuation period is set, it is possible to further increase the player's degree of attention with respect to the fact that the common-side hold information is stored on hold.

  (7) It is good also as a structure where the number of holding | maintenance of the general figure side hold information used as the reference | standard for setting a 3rd display continuation period in the display continuation time of the general figure display part 39a changes according to a game state. In this case, the player plays a game while expecting a small reference number of gaming states.

  (8) It is not limited to the structure in which both the second display continuation period and the third display continuation period exist as the display continuation period in the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a. When a certain target period exists and the selection win result is obtained in the lottery process for selecting a period (step S802) in the process for specifying the usual figure change period (FIG. 17), and the number of reserved figures in the figure-side reserved information is When the number is equal to or greater than the reference number, the target period may be set. When the third display continuation period is set as the target period, it is necessary to generate a situation in which the number of reserved information in the map-side holding information is greater than or equal to the reference number. It is preferable to make it longer than in the embodiment or to reduce the number of reference numbers.

  (9) The third display continuation period when the display continuation time is subsequently started when the general map side hold information is acquired in a situation where the display continuation time of the general map display unit 39a cannot be started. May be configured. In this case, it is possible to increase the frequency with which the third display continuation period is set.

  (10) When the special electricity prize winning device 36 is in an open state, it is possible to enter a game ball into the special electricity prize winning device 36, and when the special electricity prize winning device 36 is in a closed state, the game ball to the special electricity prize winning device 36 However, it is not limited to the configuration in which it is impossible to enter the game, and even if the special electricity prize winning device 36 is in the closed state, the game ball can enter the special electricity prize winning device 36, but it is in the open state. It may be configured that it is more difficult for game balls to enter the special electricity prize winning device 36 than in the case.

  (11) Limited to a configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation time of the general-purpose display unit 39a is started in a situation where the number of illustration-side reservation information more than the reference number is stored. However, the third display continuation period may be easily set. Specifically, in any of the situation in which the holding information on the drawing side more than the reference number is not stored and the situation in which the holding information on the drawing side more than the reference number is stored on hold, The third display continuation period can be set in the display continuation time, but the situation in which the number of holdings on the map-side hold information above the reference number is reserved and stored is not stored on the map-side holding information above the reference number. The third display continuation period may be set more easily in the display continuation time of the normal map display unit 39a.

  (12) Instead of the configuration in which the third display continuation period is set in the case where the reference figure-side holding information of the reference number or more is held and stored at the timing for determining the display continuation period in the display continuation time of the normal figure display unit 39a. Thus, the third display continuation period is set when there is more than the reference number of hold information stored on the map at the timing before the data setting process (step S702) in the map change start process (FIG. 16) is executed. It is good also as composition set up.

<Second Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the specific process during the normal map change period in the main MPU 72 is different from that in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from that of the first embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the processing for specifying the normal fluctuation period in the present embodiment. When the number of reserved information on the hold side is not equal to or greater than the reference number (step S1001: NO), a lottery process for selecting a period is executed as in the first embodiment (step S1002), and the result is not a selection winning result (Step S1003: NO), the first display continuation period is selected (Step S1004), and if it is the winning result (Step S1003: YES), the second display continuation period is selected (Step S1005).

  On the other hand, when the number of the hold information on the normal map side is equal to or larger than the reference number (step S1001: YES), a lottery process for short-term selection is executed (step S1006). In the short-term selection lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, a cycle of 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. Check against the table for selection. The short period selection table is set so that a selection winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/300, which is higher than a probability that a selection winning result is obtained in the lottery process for selecting a period in step S1002. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the configuration may be lower than the probability that a selection winning result is obtained in the lottery process for selecting a period in step S1002, or may be the same or substantially the same configuration.

  When the result of the short-term selection lottery process is not the selection winning result but the result of losing (step S1007: NO), the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1008). . On the other hand, when the result of the short-term selection lottery processing is the selection winning result (step S1007: YES), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1004).

  When one of the processes in steps S1004, S1005, and S1008 is executed, the information on the display duration selected in any one of these processes is set in the normal timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1009). .

  According to the present embodiment described in detail above, even when the number of reserved information stored on the common map side is more than the reference number, the selection winning result is obtained in the short-term selection lottery process. The first display continuation period is selected instead of the third display continuation period. When the first display continuation period is selected, a new game ball is awarded to the through winning unit 34 in the total period of the display continuation time of the normal display unit 39a and the subsequent execution state of the special winning device 35. I can not expect. As a result, even when the number of reserved information in the map-side reservation information is equal to or greater than the reference number, the first display continuation period is selected instead of the third display continuation period as the display continuation period of the general map display unit 39a. Thus, even in a situation where the number of holdings of the holding information in the normal map-side holding information is equal to or larger than the reference number, it is possible to make the player pay attention during the display continuation period of the normal map display unit 39a.

  If the selection winning result is obtained in the short-term selection lottery process, the display continuation period of the general map display unit 39a is maintained until the reserved number of the general map side reservation information reaches the reference number or becomes zero. The first display continuation period may be reliably selected. As a result, it is possible to reliably end the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected when the selection winning result is obtained in the short-term selection lottery process.

<Third Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the positions where the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the game area PA are different from those in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from that of the first embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 21 is a front view of the game board 24 in the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 21, the through winning part 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided not in the left area PA2 but in the upper area PA1. Specifically, the through winning portion 34 is located near the exit of the guide rail defined by the inner rail portion 25 and the outer rail portion 26, and the direction of the guide rail passage and the axial direction of the through hole of the through winning portion 34. Are inclined so as to match. As a result, the game ball launched into the game area PA will surely win the through winning portion 34 regardless of whether the game ball flows down the left area PA2 or the right area PA3. When the game is continuously fired, the winning to the through winning portion 34 is surely generated in the game ball firing cycle.

  The special winning device 35 is provided at a position close to the left side in the upper area PA1. In the special prize winning device 35, the standing wall 48 is present at the right end of the base body 41. Further, the ball receiving surface 44 and the upper surface of the opening / closing member 43 disposed at the non-receiving position are inclined downward toward the left. Is installed. In this case, it is possible to reliably reach the game ball at a position where it is possible to win the special winning device 35 by launching the game ball with such strength that the game ball hits the standing wall 48.

  According to the above configuration, it is possible to perform a game ball firing operation so that a winning to the through winning portion 34 is surely generated, and to reliably reach a position where the special winning device 35 can be won. It is possible to perform a game ball launch operation.

  In addition, since the number of obstacle members that change the flow direction of the game ball on the upstream side of the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 is reduced, the arrival period of the gaming ball to the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are reduced. The arrival period of the game ball at the position where the winning can be made is likely to be the same or substantially the same as the launch period of the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to approximate the acquisition mode of the general map side hold information and the winning mode to the special winning device 35 with respect to the selection mode of the display continuation period in the normal diagram display unit 39a to the mode assumed in the design stage of the pachinko machine 10. .

<Fourth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that of the first embodiment, and is executed when a prize is awarded to the first operating unit 32 and when a prize is awarded to the special prize device 35. The processing contents are different from those of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from that of the first embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 22 is a front view of the game board 24 in the present embodiment. The game area PA is divided into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3, and a lower area PA4 by the variable display unit 37 as in the first embodiment. In the lower region PA4, the first operating part 32 is provided as in the first embodiment. In the left area PA2, a through winning portion 34 and a special winning device 35 are provided as in the first embodiment. In this case, since the first guide region 49a and the second guide region 49b are also provided in the same manner as in the first embodiment, the game ball flowing down the left region PA2 reliably wins the through winning part 34, The game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 surely reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can win. Further, the relative positional relationship between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 is the same as that in the first embodiment.

  In the right area PA3, the second operating unit 33 and the special prize winning device 36 in the first embodiment are not provided, and instead, the first and second power transmission devices 121 and 122 are provided. . These first power transmission device 121 and second power transmission device 122 cannot receive a prize when the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation is performed so as to flow down the right area PA3. It is possible to win a prize by being performed.

  The first power transmission device 121 is provided with a first power utility item 121a as a guide piece including a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the first power utility 121a, the game ball cannot win the first power device 121, and when the first power utility 121a is in the open state, the first power device 121 can be won. It becomes. The first general electric power driving unit 121b for opening and closing the first general electric utility 121a and the first general electric power detection sensor 121c for detecting a game ball won in the first general electric device 121 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the drive signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the first general electric drive unit 121b, the first general electric utility 121a is opened, and when the transmission of the drive signal is stopped, the first general electric utility 121a is stopped. Returns to the closed state. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the first general electric device 121 based on the detection result of the first general electric power detection sensor 121c.

  The second power transmission device 122 is provided with a second power utility object 122a as a guide piece including a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the second power utility item 122a, the game ball cannot win the second power device 122, and the second power device 122a becomes open so that the second power device 122 can be won. It becomes. The second general electric drive part 122b for opening and closing the second general electric utility 122a and the second general electric power detection sensor 122c for detecting a game ball won in the second general electric device 122 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the drive signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the second general electric drive unit 122b, the second general electric component 122a is opened, and when the transmission of the drive signal is stopped, the second general electric component 122a is stopped. Returns to the closed state. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the second power transmission device 122 based on the detection result of the second power transmission detection sensor 122c. The first common power device 121 and the second general power device 122 are arranged side by side in the vertical direction with a predetermined interval so that the first general power device 121 is on the upper side.

  Although details will be described later, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first power transmission device is won by winning an internal lottery executed based on the game ball entering the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35. 121 becomes an open state. Moreover, the 2nd general electric equipment 122 will be in an open state by winning by the internal lottery performed based on the game ball having entered into the 1st general electric equipment 121. Regardless of whether the game ball enters either the first power transmission device 121 or the second power transmission device 122, payout of 15 game balls is executed for one game ball. .

  In addition to the first power transmission device 121 and the second power transmission device 122, a third power transmission device 123 is provided. The third power transmission device 123 is provided downstream of the special winning device 35 in the left area PA2. Therefore, game balls that have flowed into the left area PA2 and have not won the special prize device 35 can win the third power transmission device 123. The game balls that have flowed into the left area PA2 and have not won the special winning device 35 and the third power transmission device 123 flow into the lower area PA4. The game ball can win the first operating unit 32.

  The third power transmission device 123 is provided with a third power utility object 123a as a guide piece composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the third power utility item 123a, the game ball cannot win the third power device 123, and when the third power tool 123a is in the open state, it is possible to win the third power device 123. It becomes. The third general electric drive unit 123b for opening and closing the third general electric utility 123a and the third general electric power detection sensor 123c for detecting a game ball won in the third general electric device 123 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the driving signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the third normal power driving unit 123b, the third general power object 123a is opened, and when the transmission of the driving signal is stopped, the third general power object 123a is stopped. Returns to the closed state. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the third power transmission device 123 based on the detection result of the third power transmission detection sensor 123c.

  A specific operation unit 124 for generating an opportunity to open the third power transmission device 123 is provided on the stage 37 a of the variable display unit 37. Specifically, the specific operation unit 124 is formed to open forward in the lateral center of the back wall 125 that defines the back side of the stage 37 a in the variable display unit 37. The game ball that has entered the specific operation unit 124 is led out to the back side of the game board 24 and discharged downward. A specific detection sensor 124a is provided in the middle of the discharge passage. The specific detection sensor 124a is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the specific operation unit 124 based on the detection result of the specific detection sensor 124a. When a game ball enters the specific operation unit 124, five game balls are paid out with respect to one game ball. The game balls that have been supplied on the stage 37a but have not entered the specific operation unit 124 flow into the lower area PA4. The game ball that has flowed into the lower area PA4 can enter the first operating portion 32. The third power transmission device 123 is opened by winning in an internal lottery executed based on the game ball entering the specific operation unit 124. When a game ball enters the third power transmission device 123, 15 game balls are paid out with respect to one game ball.

  On the stage 37a, a game ball that has entered the introduction port 126 provided in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37 is supplied. A game ball that has arrived to the right of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1 can enter the inlet 126 in the process of flowing down toward the left area PA2. However, the game ball that has reached the right side of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1 does not surely enter the inlet 126 in the process of flowing down toward the left area PA2. Of the 10 game balls that flow down, one game ball enters the ball. Further, the game balls that have entered the introduction port 126 are supplied onto the stage 37a through the warp passage 127 provided in the variable display unit 37, but all of the game balls supplied onto the stage 37a are specified. Only the game ball in which the lateral movement speed of the game ball is sufficiently decelerated in front of the specific operation unit 124, which is the center in the horizontal direction on the stage 37a, does not enter the operation unit 124. Enter the ball. The probability of entering the ball is such that one game ball enters the ten game balls supplied on the stage 37a. With the configuration described above, the game balls that flow down toward the left area PA2 can enter the specific operation unit 124, and the game balls that flow down toward the right area PA3 cannot enter. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and even a game ball that flows down toward the right area PA3 can enter the specific operation unit 124, but a game ball that flows down toward the left area PA2 is the right area. It is good also as a structure which is easy to enter into the specific action | operation part 124 rather than the game ball which flows down toward PA3.

  When a game ball is launched so as to reach the left side of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1, the game ball surely flows down the left area PA2 without entering the introduction port 126. It will be. When the game ball is fired in the launch mode, the game ball will surely win the through winning portion 34.

  In the area where the game ball does not pass on the lower right side of the game area PA, the first map display section 131, the second map display section 132, the third map display section 133, the fourth map display section 134, the first map A figure hold display unit 135, a second map hold display unit 136, and a third map hold display unit 137 are provided. Each of the first map display section 131 to the fourth map display section 134 is configured by a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display as in the symbol display device 51 in the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134, but the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display. It becomes possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the display unit 134. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, or a dot matrix display. Moreover, as a pattern displayed in the 1st general map display part 131-the 4th general map display part 134, the structure by which a multiple types of character is displayed, the structure by which a plurality of types of symbols are displayed, a plurality of types of characters A configuration in which is displayed or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed is conceivable. Moreover, the display range of the 1st common figure display part 131-the 4th general figure display part 134 is a range narrower than the display surface of the symbol display apparatus 51. FIG. Furthermore, the display range for both the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134 and the first general map reservation display unit 135 to the third general map reservation display unit 137 is also the same as that of the symbol display device 51. The range is narrower than the display surface. Thereby, the player's degree of attention to the symbol display device 51 is higher than that of the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134 and the first general map hold display unit 135 to the third general map hold display unit 137. It becomes possible to raise.

  Based on the game ball entering the first actuating unit 32 or the special prize-winning device 35, the first general-purpose display unit 131 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. In addition, the first general map hold display unit 135 is provided at a position adjacent to the first general map display unit 131. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first operating unit 32 or the special prize-winning device 35 are held as the first map-side holding information, and the information is held by lighting the first map holding display unit 135. The number is displayed.

  Based on the game ball entering the first power transmission device 121, the second general map display unit 132 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. In addition, the second general map hold display unit 136 is provided at a position adjacent to the second general map display unit 132. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first power transmission device 121 are held as the second map-side reserved information, and the number of held is displayed by turning on the second map-holding display section 136. It has become so.

  Based on the game ball entering the specific operation unit 124, the third general map display unit 133 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. Further, the third general map holding display unit 137 is provided at a position adjacent to the third general map display unit 133. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the specific operation unit 124 are held as third map-side hold information, and the number of hold is displayed when the third map hold display unit 137 is turned on. It has become.

  Based on the game ball entering the through winning portion 34, the fourth general-purpose display portion 134 performs display continuation including the display of the change of the pattern. Here, the universal map display unit is not provided for the fourth general map display unit 134. In other words, the fourth map-side reserved information acquired when winning the through winning part 34 is not stored.

<Electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 72 will be described with reference to FIG.

  The main MPU 72 uses various counter information in the game to perform winning lottery, display settings of the first map display section 131 to the fourth map display section 134, display continuation effect settings of the symbol display device 51, and the like. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 23, a lottery for determining whether or not the special prize-winning device 35 is in a receiving execution state, as well as the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third A random number counter C11 used for the lottery to determine whether or not the power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, and a reach random number used for a reach generation lottery when the display display device 51 is out of the display in the effect for continuous display. Used to determine the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the first general-purpose display unit 131 and the random number initial value counter C13 used for setting the initial value of the counter C12, the general-purpose random number counter C11. Is set to be used as change type counter C14, the.

  Each of the counters C11 to C14 is a loop counter that adds “1” to the previous value every time it is updated and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. Each counter C11-C14 is updated at short time intervals. The numerical information of the general-purpose random number counter C11 is stored in the first general-purpose reservation area 141 provided in the main RAM 74 when a winning to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 occurs, When a prize is awarded to the device 121, it is stored in the second common figure reservation area 142 provided in the main RAM 74, and when a prize is given to the specific operation unit 124, a third bonus is provided in the main RAM 74. It is stored in the figure holding area 143 and is stored in the fourth normal execution area 144 provided in the main RAM 74 when a winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs.

  The first map reserved area 141 includes a first area 141a, a second area 141b, a third area 141c, and a fourth area 141d, and matches the winning history to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35. The numerical information of the general-purpose random number counter C11 is stored in any of the areas 141a to 141d as the first general-use-side reserved information. In this case, in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d, the first area 141a → the second area 141b → the second area when the winning to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 occurs a plurality of times continuously. Numerical information is stored in time series in the order of the third area 141c → the fourth area 141d. By providing the four areas 141a to 141d as described above, up to four game balls winning histories to the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 are stored on hold. In addition, the number which can be reserved and stored in the first general map reservation area 141 is not limited to four, and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three or five or more. May be singular. In addition to the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d, the first common map reservation area 141 is provided with a first common map execution area 141e. The first map-use execution area 141e is an area in which the first map-use hold information to be subjected to the release determination process when the first map display unit 131 starts the display continuation time is stored. When the display of the first common map display unit 131 is started, the first common map holding information stored in the first area 141a is shifted to the first common map execution area 141e.

  The second general figure reservation area 142 includes a first area 142a, a second area 142b, a third area 142c, and a fourth area 142d. The numerical information of the counter C11 is stored in one of the areas 142a to 142d as the second general map side hold information. In this case, in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d, the first area 142a → the second area 142b → the third area 142c → Numerical information is stored in time series in the order of the fourth area 142d. By providing the four areas 142a to 142d as described above, up to four game balls winning histories to the first power transmission device 121 are stored on hold. The number that can be reserved in the second general map reservation area 142 is not limited to four, but is arbitrary, and may be other plural numbers such as two, three, or five or more. May be singular. In addition to the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d, the second map reservation area 142 is provided with a second map execution area 142e. The second map execution area 142e is an area for storing second map-side holding information that is subject to release determination processing when the second map display unit 132 starts display continuation times. The second map-use holding information stored in the first area 142a is shifted to the second map-use execution area 142e when the second display of the second map display unit 132 is started.

  The third common figure reservation area 143 includes a first area 143a, a second area 143b, a third area 143c, and a fourth area 143d, and a general-purpose random number counter C11 according to the winning history to the specific operation unit 124. Is stored in one of the areas 143a to 143d as the third map-side reserved information. In this case, in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d, the first area 143a → the second area 143b → the third area 143c → the fourth area when the winning to the specific operation unit 124 is continuously generated a plurality of times. Numerical information is stored in time series in the order of the area 143d. By providing the four areas 143a to 143d in this manner, up to four game ball winning histories to the specific operating unit 124 are stored on hold. Note that the number that can be reserved and stored in the third general map reservation area 143 is not limited to four and may be arbitrary, and may be other plural numbers such as two, three, or five or more. May be singular. In the third map reserved area 143, a third map execution area 143e is provided in addition to the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d. The third common map execution area 143e is an area in which the third general map holding information on which the release determination process is performed when the third general map display unit 133 starts the display continuation time is stored. The third map-side holding information stored in the first area 143a is shifted to the third map-use execution area 143e when the display of the third map-display unit 133 is started.

  In the fourth map execution area 144, it is possible to start the display continuation time in the fourth map display part 134 (that is, the display continuation time is not performed in the fourth map display part 134, Further, in the case where the special winning device 35 is not in the accepting execution state), when a winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs, the numerical information of the general-purpose random number counter C11 is stored as the fourth general map side hold information. Here, as already explained, the 1st map reserved area 141, the 2nd map reserved area 142, and the 3rd map reserved area 143 include the first to fourth areas 141a to 141d, 142a to 142d, and 143a to 143d. In contrast to the configuration in which the corresponding general map side hold information is stored on hold even in a situation where the corresponding continuous map display units 131 to 133 cannot start the display continuation times, For the fourth map-side reserved information, only the fourth map-side execution area 144 is provided, and no area for storing the fourth map-side reserved information is stored. Thereby, it becomes possible to make the handling of the presence or absence of a holding storage differ in the 1st-3rd normal map side hold information and the 4th normal map side hold information.

  Each of the counters will be described in detail.

  First, the general-purpose random number counter C11 will be described. The general-purpose random number counter C11 is incremented by 1 within the range of “0 to 99”, and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. In this case, when the general-purpose random number counter C11 makes one round, the value of the initial random number counter C13 at that time is read as the initial value of the general-purpose random number counter C11. The random number initial value counter C13 is a loop counter similar to the general-purpose random number counter C11 (value = 0 to 99).

  The general-purpose random number counter C11 is periodically updated, and the value of the general-purpose random number counter C11 at the time when the game ball has won the first operating unit 32 or the special prize-winning device 35 as described above is changed to the first general figure. The value stored in the reserved area 141 and the value of the general-purpose random number counter C11 at that time when the game ball is won in the first general electric device 121 is stored in the second general figure reservation area 142, and the specific operation unit 124 stores the game ball. The value of the general-purpose random number counter C11 at that time is stored in the third general figure reservation area 143 at the timing when the winning is won, and the value of the general-purpose random number counter C11 at that time is the timing when the game ball is won in the through winning portion 34. It is stored in the fourth common execution area 144. Whether or not to control the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 to the open execution state according to the stored value of the general power random number counter C11 at a predetermined timing. An opening determination is made, and an acceptance determination is made as to whether or not to control the special winning device 35 to the acceptance execution state.

  In addition, although the mode which changes the winning probability in these open determination and acceptance determination does not exist, it is good also as a structure where the mode which changes the said winning probability exists. For example, there may be a configuration in which there are a plurality of modes for different winning probabilities in the open determination using the first map-side reservation information stored in the first map reservation area 141. There may be a plurality of modes in which the winning probability in the open determination using the second map-side reservation information stored in the second map is different, and the third map stored in the third map reservation area 143 There may be a plurality of modes for different winning probabilities in the release determination using the side hold information, and the reception using the fourth map side hold information stored in the fourth map execution area 144 It is good also as a structure in which the some mode which makes the winning probability in determination different exists.

  Next, the reach random number counter C12 will be described. For example, the reach random number counter C12 is incremented by 1 within a range of “0” to “238”, and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C12 is periodically updated, and the value of the reach random number counter C12 at that time is acquired at the timing of starting the display continuation time including the change display of the picture in the first common map display unit 131. Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the display continuation times in the first common figure display unit 131 is started, the symbol display device 51 corresponds to the effect for the game times in the first embodiment. When the symbol variation display is started and the display continuation time in the first common symbol display unit 131 is terminated, the final stop display after the symbol variation display on the symbol display device 51 is terminated. And when the stop result corresponding to making the 1st common power apparatus 121 into an open execution state is displayed in the 1st general symbol display part 131, the combination of the same symbol is stopped and displayed in the symbol display apparatus 51, When a stop result corresponding to not opening the first common power device 121 in the first common symbol display unit 131 is displayed, the symbol display device 51 corresponds to an outlier result different from the combination of the same symbols. The combination of symbols to be displayed is stopped. In the configuration, when the display continuation time corresponding to the detachment result is executed, it is determined whether or not to execute the reach display on the symbol display device 51 using the value of the reach random number counter C12.

  Next, the variation type counter C14 will be described. The variation type counter C14 is incremented by 1 within the range of “0 to 198” and returns to “0” after reaching the maximum value. The variation type counter C <b> 14 is used when the main MPU 72 determines the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the first common map display unit 131.

<First general power control process>
Next, various processes executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. First, a description will be given of a first general-purpose power control process for performing the display continuation execution control in the first general-purpose display unit 131 and the execution control of the first general-purpose device 121 in the open execution state. FIG. 24 is a slow chart showing the first ordinary power transmission control process.

  When winning in the first actuating unit 32 or the special winning device 35 has occurred (step S1101: YES), the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first common map reservation area 141 are stored in the first. On condition that the number of reserved information on the reserved side is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S1102: NO), the storage processing in the first reserved map area 141 is executed (step S1103). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the first general map side reservation information, and the first general map side reservation information in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. When the first map-side reservation information is acquired, the display content of the first map-hold display unit 135 is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the first map-side reservation information this time. Set the data to do this.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1101, an affirmative determination is made in step S1102, or if the process of step S1103 is executed, whether or not the second power transmission device 122 is in the open execution state, or a special winning device It is determined whether or not 35 is in a receiving execution state (step S1104). If a negative determination is made in step S1104, the processes in steps S1105 to S1107 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the first general-use ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1108). In the first ordinary power transmission address table, the start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the first ordinary power transmission counter is set. The first general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the first general-purpose power control process.

  The first ordinary power counter can take values from “0” to “4”, and each value from “0” to “4” is the start address NA10 to NA14 of each process (step S1111 to step S1115). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the first general map counter is “0”, the first general map change start process (the process for starting the continuous display in the first general map display unit 131) ( Step S1111) is the execution target, and when the value of the first general map display counter is “1”, the first general map change is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the first general map display unit 131. When the middle process (step S1112) is an execution target and the value of the first general-purpose power counter is “2”, the first process is a process for ending the display continuation time in the first general-purpose display unit 131. The process for determining the normal power (step S1113) is the execution target, and when the value of the first general power normal counter is “3”, the first process is a process for controlling the open state of the first general power device 121. 1 During normal open operation (step S1114) If the value of the first common power counter is “4”, the first normal power closed process (step S1115) is a process for opening the first general power device 121 again. Is the execution target.

  In the first general-purpose power transmission control process, after the first general-purpose electric power address table is read (step S1108), the start address corresponding to the information of the first general-purpose electric power counter is set to the first general-purpose electric power address. Obtained from the table (step S1109), the process jumps to the processing indicated by the obtained start address (step S1110). Hereinafter, each process of step S1111-step S1115 is demonstrated separately.

  In the first map change start process of step S1111, the first map map hold area 141 is reserved and stored on condition that the first map map hold information is stored in the first map map hold area 141. The process which shifts the 1st general map side hold information which is being carried out is performed. Specifically, the first map-side reservation information stored in the first area 141a of the first map reservation area 141 is shifted to the first map execution area 141e, and then the second area 141b → the second The first map-side reserved information is shifted so that the first area 141a, the third area 141c → the second area 141b, and the fourth area 141d → the third area 141c. In addition, when the first map-side reservation information is shifted, the display content of the first map-hold display unit 135 is updated in accordance with the decrease in the number of the first map-side reservation information this time. Set the data to do this.

  In the first map change start process, after the above shift process is executed, the first map open reservation lottery process is performed using the first map-side reserved information newly shifted to the first map execution area 141e as a lottery value. Execute. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the first public train in the first public train opening lottery process is constant regardless of the gaming state, and specifically, the probability of the first public train is 1/100. It will be an open winner. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the first public train may be higher or lower.

  In the first normal figure change start process, when the first public train opening lottery process is executed, a process for specifying the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is executed. In the specific process, first, it is determined whether or not the current display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the reach effect. Specifically, when the current display continuation time corresponds to the first public train opening winning, it is determined that the reach effect is generated. Further, even if the current display continuation time does not correspond to the first public train opening winning, the value of the reach random number counter C12 is acquired, and the value of the acquired reach random number counter C12 corresponds to the occurrence of reach. If it is numerical information, it is determined that a reach effect occurs. When it is determined that the reach effect is generated, the reach generation table is read from the main ROM 73, and the display continuation period is determined by comparing the current numerical information of the variation type counter C14 with the read reach generation table. Then, the determined display duration information is set in the first timer counter provided in the main RAM 74. Further, when it is determined that the reach effect does not occur, the reach non-occurrence table is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the variation type counter C14 and the current first information are read from the read reach non-occurrence table. The display continuation period is determined by checking the combination of the numbers of the reserved-side hold information, and the information on the determined display continuation period is set in the first timer counter provided in the main RAM 74. When the reach generation table is referred to, the display duration corresponding to the value of the variation type counter C14 is selected regardless of the number of the first map-side holding information, whereas the reach non-generation table When referred to, the shorter display continuation period is selected as the number of the first map-side reserved information increases. The update of the numerical information set in the first timer counter is executed in the timer update process in step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11). By the way, the display continuation period that can be selected when the first map-side hold information is triggered to start the display continuation time is 1 to 180 seconds.

  When the process for specifying the display continuation period is executed in the first normal map change start process, the command corresponding to the result of the first public train opening lottery process and the information on the determined display continuation period is read from the main ROM 73. , To the sound light side MPU 92 The sound light side MPU 92 executes control for causing the display display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 to execute an effect for continuous display corresponding to the received command. In the symbol display device 51, an effect similar to the effect for the game times in the first embodiment is executed as an effect for the continuous display times.

  In the first map change start process, after the above command is transmitted, the pattern change display on the first map display 131 is started. As a table to be referred to by the main MPU 72 when the first common map display unit 131 displays a variation of a picture, a variable display table for a general map is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. In the case where the pattern variation display is executed in the first common map display unit 131, the same variation display table is used regardless of the result of the first public train opening lottery process. When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the first map display unit 131, the variation display of the pattern according to the predetermined pattern is repeated, but the variation display table for the normal map displays the variation of the pattern due to the predetermined pattern. Control data for one round of display is set. Therefore, when the variation display of the pattern is performed in the first map display unit 131, the map variation display table is repeatedly used until immediately before the final display is performed. It should be noted that the same variation display table for the common map is also used when the pattern variation display is performed in the second map display unit 132, the third map display unit 133, and the fourth map display unit 134.

  After starting the variable display of the pattern in the first common map display unit 131, the value of the first common map common power counter is incremented by one. Since the value of the first general power counter is “0” when the first normal signal fluctuation start process is executed, the value of the first general power counter is changed to the first normal value by adding one. It becomes “1” corresponding to the changing process (step S1112).

  In the first map change process in step S1112, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the first timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for changing regularly the display mode of the pattern in the 1st general map display part 131 will be performed. This regular change is continued until it is time to start the fixed display. Moreover, this regular change is performed in a certain manner regardless of whether or not the first public train opening winning is made. In addition, when it is time to make a final display, the display mode of the pattern in the first general map display unit 131 is set to a display mode corresponding to the result of the current first public train opening lottery process. Further, the confirmation display command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. When receiving the confirmation display command, the sound light side MPU 92 finally displays the combination of symbols to be stopped and displayed this time on the symbol display device 51. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the first normal map power counter, the value of the counter corresponds to the first normal map determination process (step S1113) from the one corresponding to the first normal map change process. Update to

  In the first map determination process in step S1113, it is determined whether or not the final display period (specifically, 0.4 seconds) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. When the fixed display period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the result of the first public train opening lottery process in the current display continuation is the first public train opening winning. If it is not the first public train open winning, after clearing the value of the first general train normal power counter to “0”, the process for determining the first regular train is terminated. In the case of the first public power open winning, “3” is set to the first general power open counter provided in the main RAM 74 as information on the number of times of opening / closing the first general power device 121. Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the first general electric device 121 in the current open execution state in the first general electric winning counter provided in the main RAM 74. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the first timer counter as information on the open duration of the first power transmission device 121. Moreover, the 1st normal power apparatus 121 is made into an open state by starting the output of the drive signal to the 1st normal power drive part 121b. After that, 1 is added to the first ordinary power counter. In this case, since the value of the first general-purpose power normal counter is “2” when the first general-purpose determination process is executed, the value corresponding to the first normal-power release process (step S1114) is added after 1 is added. It becomes "3".

  In the process of releasing the first power train in step S1114, when the first power train device 121 has been won, a value corresponding to the number of winning is subtracted from the value of the first power train winning counter in the main RAM 74. To do. When the value of the first public power prize counter is “0”, the value of the first public power open counter is cleared to “0” and the value of the first timer counter is cleared to “0”. By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 1 normal power drive unit 121b, the first general power utility 121a is closed, and the value of the first normal power counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the first common map normal power control process becomes the first common map fluctuation start process (step S1111). If the value of the first timer counter is “0” even if the value of the first general power prize counter is not “0”, the drive signal is output to the first general power drive unit 121b. Is stopped, the first common utility item 121a is closed, and the value of the first common power release counter in the main RAM 74 is decremented by one. Then, when the value of the first public power open counter is not “0”, after the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically, 1 second) of the first public utility item 121a is set in the first timer counter Update the value of the first ordinary power counter from “3” to “4”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the first ordinary power transmission control process becomes the first ordinary power closed process (step S1115). When the value of the first common power open counter is “0”, the value of the first common power general counter is cleared to “0” without setting the value in the first timer counter. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the first common map normal power control process becomes the first common map fluctuation start process (step S1111).

  In the process during the first normal power supply closing in step S1115, the output of the drive signal to the first general electric drive unit 121b is started on the condition that the value of the first timer counter is “0”. The numerical information of the opening continuation period (specifically, 3 seconds) in the case where the first common utility item 121a is opened and the first common utility item 121a is opened once is set in the first timer counter. . Then, the value of the first normal power counter is updated from “4” to “3”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the first ordinary power transmission control process becomes the first ordinary power open process (step S1114).

  As described above, when the first common map power control process is executed, a change in the picture in the first common map display unit 131 is triggered by the occurrence of winning in the first operating unit 32 or the special winning device 35. The display continuation including the display is performed, and the symbol display is performed on the symbol display device 51. When the first public train opening lottery process is performed, the first public train device 121 is displayed after the first continuous display on the first general symbol display unit 131 and the symbol display device 51 is finished. The release execution state is entered. In the opening execution state, the first power transmission device 121 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with a 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the first power transmission device 121 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when a game ball wins the first general electric device 121, the second general figure side reservation information is stored in the second general figure reservation area 142 with an upper limit of four pieces.

  In the first ordinary power transmission control process, when the second ordinary electric device 122 is in the open execution state or when the special prize winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, an affirmative determination is made in step S1104, so that step S1116 is performed. The variable stop process is executed at. In the fluctuation stop process, if the current state is the display continuation time being executed in the first general symbol display unit 131 and the symbol display device 51, the display continuation time in the first general symbol display unit 131 is changed to the current first general symbol display unit. In the state of the display mode 131, it is temporarily stopped and the update of the first timer counter is temporarily stopped, and further a stop command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92. The sound light side MPU 92 receives the in-stop command, thereby continuing the effects in the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64, while receiving the in-stop command and receiving a stop release command to be described later. The period during which the symbol combination is finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation is extended by the period until the display is completed. In the variable stop process, the first stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to “1”.

  In the first ordinary power transmission control process, if a negative determination is made in step S1104 and the first stop flag of the main RAM 74 is set to “1” (step S1105: YES), the first The 1 stop flag is cleared to “0” (step S1106). Thus, when the first map display unit 131 is temporarily stopped during the display continuation time, the display continuation time is resumed and the update of the first timer counter is resumed. Thereafter, a stop release command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 (step S1107). Thus, the sound light side MPU 92 grasps the period during which the last stop display of the symbol combination is extended in the current display continuation time.

  As described above, in the first general-purpose power transmission control process, when the second general-purpose power device 122 is in the open execution state, or when the special winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, A process for temporarily stopping the process is executed. As a result, when the second ordinary power device 122 is in the open execution state, or when the special prize winning device 35 is in the acceptance execution state, the display continuation times of the first common figure display unit 131 are prevented from proceeding. Is possible. Therefore, when the second power transmission device 122 is in the open execution state, or when the special prize winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, the first power transmission device 121 does not overlap with the opening execution state. It becomes possible to.

<2nd general power control process>
Next, the second general-purpose power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the second general-purpose power control process, the execution control for the continuous display in the second general-purpose display unit 132 and the execution control of the open execution state of the second general power device 122 are performed. FIG. 25 is a slow chart showing the second ordinary power transmission control process.

  When the winning for the first power transmission device 121 has occurred (step S1201: YES), the second common map side reservation stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general map reservation area 142 is held. On condition that the number of information is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S1202: NO), the storage processing in the second map reserved area 142 is executed (step S1203). In the storing process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the second general map side hold information, and the second general map side hold information in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general map hold area 142 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. When the second map-side hold information is acquired, the display content of the second map-hold display unit 136 is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the second map-side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  When a negative determination is made at step S1201, when an affirmative determination is made at step S1202, or when the process at step S1203 is executed, whether or not the first power transmission device 121 is in an open execution state, or a special winning device It is determined whether or not 35 is in a receiving execution state (step S1204). If a negative determination is made in step S1204, the processes in steps S1205 and S1206 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the second general-purpose ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1207). The start address of the program for executing the processing corresponding to the numerical information of the second general power counter is set in the second general power address table. The second general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the second general-purpose power control process.

  The second general-purpose power counter can take a value from “0” to “4”, and each value from “0” to “4” is the start address NA20 to NA24 of each process (step S1210 to step S1214). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the second general-purpose power counter is “0”, the second general-purpose figure change start process (the second general-purpose figure change start process) is started. Step S1210) is the execution target, and when the value of the second general-purpose map electric power counter is “1”, the second common-map variation is processing for advancing the display continuation times in the second general-purpose map display unit 132. The second process is a process for ending the continuous display in the second map display unit 132 when the middle process (step S1211) is the execution target and the value of the second map map power counter is “2”. The process of determining the normal map (step S1212) is the execution target, and when the value of the second general map normal power counter is “3”, the second general power system 122 is controlled to open. 2. The process during the opening of the public train (step S1213) If the value of the second general-purpose power counter is “4”, the second normal-power-off process is a process for opening the second general-purpose power device 122 again (step S1214). Is the execution target.

  In the second general-purpose electric power control process, after the second general-purpose electric power address table is read (step S1207), the start address corresponding to the information of the second general-purpose electric power counter is set to the second general-purpose electric power address. Obtained from the table (step S1208), the process jumps to the process indicated by the obtained start address (step S1209). Hereinafter, each process of step S1210 to step S1214 will be described individually.

  In the second map change start process of step S1210, the second map map hold information is stored in the second map reservation area 142 on the condition that the second map map hold information is stored in the second map map hold area 142. A process of shifting the second map-side reserved information is executed. Specifically, the second map-side reservation information stored in the first area 142a of the second map reservation area 142 is shifted to the second map execution area 142e, and then the second area 142b → the second map 142 The second map-side reserved information is shifted so that the first area 142a, the third area 142c → the second area 142b, and the fourth area 142d → the third area 142c. When the second map-side reservation information is shifted, the display content of the second map-use hold display unit 136 is updated in accordance with the current decrease in the number of the second map-side reservation information. Set the data to do this.

  In the second map change start process, after the above shift process is executed, the second map-opening lottery process is performed using the second map-side reserved information newly shifted to the second map execution area 142e as a lottery value. Execute. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the second power generation opening lot in the second power generation opening lottery process is constant regardless of the gaming state, specifically, the probability of 99/100 is the second power transmission. It will be an open winner. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the second public train may be higher or lower. Moreover, when the 2nd general map side hold information is acquired without performing the 2nd general electric circuit open lottery process, it is good also as a structure which the open execution state of the 2nd general power apparatus 122 generate | occur | produces reliably.

  In the second normal figure fluctuation start process, when the second public train opening lottery process is executed, a process for specifying the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is executed. In the specific process, a fixed display continuation period of 0.2 seconds is applied to the second timer counter provided in the main RAM 74 regardless of the result of the second public train opening lottery process and the number of the second general map side hold information. set. In addition, when the display continuation time is executed in the second general symbol display unit 132, the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 do not execute the corresponding effects. After the first power transmission device 121 enters the release execution state, all of the second map-side reservation information acquired in the release execution state is digested and triggered by the second map-side reservation information. Until the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122 is completed, it corresponds to the jackpot state of the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment, and in the jackpot state, the effect corresponding to the jackpot state is the symbol display device 51. This is executed by the display light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64.

  In the second map change start process, after the process for specifying the display continuation period is executed, the pattern change display on the second map display unit 132 is started. When the second common map display unit 132 displays a pattern in a variable manner, the already-illustrated variable diagram display table is referred to. After starting the variable display of the pattern in the 2nd general map display part 132, 1 is added to the value of the 2nd general map counter. The value of the second general-purpose power counter when the second normal-number fluctuation start process is executed is “0”. It becomes “1” corresponding to the changing process (step S1211).

  In the second map change process in step S1211, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the second timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.1 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the 2nd general map display part 132 will be performed. In addition, when it is time to make a final display, the display mode of the pattern in the second general map display unit 132 is set to a display mode corresponding to the result of the current second public train opening lottery process. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the second normal map counter, the value corresponding to the second normal map changing process is changed from the one corresponding to the second normal map variable process to the second normal map determining process (step S1212). Update to

  In the second map determination process in step S1212, it is determined whether or not the fixed display period (specifically, 0.1 second) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. If the fixed display period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the result of the second public train opening lottery process in the current display continuation is the second public train opening winning. If it is not the second public train opening winning, after clearing the value of the second general train general power counter to “0”, the process of determining the second general train is ended. In the case of the second public power open winning, “3” is set to the second general power open counter provided in the main RAM 74 as information on the number of times of opening / closing the second general power device 122. Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the second general electric device 122 in the current open execution state in the second general electric winning counter provided in the main RAM 74. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the second timer counter as information on the open duration of the second power transmission device 122. Moreover, the 2nd general electric power unit 122 is made into an open state by starting the output of the drive signal to the 2nd general electric power drive part 122b. Then, 1 is added to the 2nd general-purpose power counter. Since the value of the second general-purpose power normal counter is “2” when the second normal-number determination process is executed, “3” corresponding to the second normal-power-release processing (step S1213) after adding 1 "

  In the second open operation of the second power train in step S1213, when a win to the second power train device 122 has occurred, a value corresponding to the number of wins is subtracted from the value of the second power train win counter of the main RAM 74. To do. If the value of the second general electric power prize counter is “0”, the value of the second general electric power open counter is cleared to “0”, the value of the second timer counter is cleared to “0”, and the second By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 2 normal power drive section 122b, the 2nd general power utility 122a is closed, and the value of the 2nd general power counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the second general map normal power control process is the second general map fluctuation start process (step S1210). If the value of the second timer counter is “0” even if the value of the second power prize winning counter is not “0”, the drive signal is output to the second power driver 122 b. Is stopped, the second common utility item 122a is closed, and the value of the second common power release counter in the main RAM 74 is decremented by one. Then, when the value of the second general electric power open counter is not “0”, the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically, 1 second) of the second general electric utility 122a is set in the second timer counter. The value of the second ordinary power counter is updated from “3” to “4”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the second ordinary power transmission control process is the second ordinary power closed process (step S1214). When the value of the second common power open counter is “0”, the value of the second common power general counter is cleared to “0” without setting the value in the second timer counter. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the second general map normal power control process is the second general map fluctuation start process (step S1210).

  In the second power transmission closing process in step S1214, the output of the drive signal to the second power transmission drive section 122b is started on the condition that the value of the second timer counter is “0”. 2. Set the numerical information of the open duration (specifically, 3 seconds) in the second timer counter in the case where the second common utility 122a is opened and the second common utility 122a is opened once. . Then, the value of the second ordinary power counter is updated from “4” to “3”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the second ordinary power transmission control process becomes the second ordinary power open process (step S1213).

  As described above, by executing the second general-purpose power transmission control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the second general-purpose map display unit 132 when a winning for the first general power transmission device 121 occurs. . When the second public power open lottery process is performed, the second general power display device 132 enters the open execution state after the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 ends. . In the opening execution state, the second power transmission device 122 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with a 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the second power transmission device 122 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

  In the second general-purpose power control process, when the first general power device 121 is in the open execution state, or when the special winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, an affirmative determination is made in step S1204, so that step S1215 is performed. The variable stop process is executed at. In the change stop process, if the current state of the second general map display unit 132 is executing the display continuation time, the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 is changed to the current display state of the second general map display unit 132. And temporarily stops the update of the second timer counter. In the variable stop process, the second stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to “1”.

  In the second general-purpose power control process, if a negative determination is made in step S1204 and the second stop flag in the main RAM 74 is set to “1” (step S1205: YES), the second 2. The stop flag is cleared to “0” (step S1206). As a result, when the second map display unit 132 is temporarily stopped during the display continuation time, the display continuation time is resumed and the update of the second timer counter is resumed.

  As described above, in the second common map display control process, when the first common power device 121 is in the open execution state, or when the special prize winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, the display continuation times of the second common map display unit 132 are displayed. A process for temporarily stopping the process is executed. As a result, when the first power transmission device 121 is in the open execution state, or when the special prize winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, the display continuation times of the second common figure display unit 132 are not advanced. Is possible. Therefore, when the first power transmission device 121 is in the opening execution state, or when the special winning device 35 is in the receiving execution state, the second power transmission device 122 does not overlap with the opening execution state. It becomes possible to.

<Third general map power control process>
Next, the third ordinary power transmission control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the third general-purpose power control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the third general-purpose display unit 133 and the execution control of the open execution state of the third common power device 123 are performed. FIG. 26 is a slow chart showing the third ordinary power transmission control process.

  When the winning to the specific operation unit 124 has occurred (step S1301: YES), the third map-side reservation information stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143 is stored. On condition that the number is less than the upper limit number of 4 (step S1302: NO), the storage processing in the third map reserved area 143 is executed (step S1303). In the storing process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the third general map side reservation information, and the third general map side reservation information in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third general map reservation area 143 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. In addition, when the 3rd map side hold information is acquired, the display content of the 3rd map map display part 137 is updated according to the increase in the number of the 3rd map side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1301, an affirmative determination is made in step S1302, or if the processing in step S1303 is executed, the third general-purpose telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1301). S1304). In the third general-purpose electric power address table, the start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the third general-purpose electric power counter is set. The third general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the third general-purpose power control process.

  The third general-purpose power counter can take a value from “0” to “3”, and each value from “0” to “3” is the start address NA30 to NA33 of each process (steps S1307 to S1310). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the third general-purpose power counter is “0”, the third general-purpose fluctuation start process (the third general-purpose figure display unit 133 starts a display continuation cycle). Step S1307) is the execution target, and when the value of the third common map display counter is “1”, the third common map change is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the third general map display unit 133. The third process is a process for ending the continuous display in the third map display unit 133 when the middle process (step S1308) is the execution target and the value of the third map map power counter is “2”. The process for determining the normal power diagram (step S1309) is the execution target, and when the value of the third general power general power counter is “3”, the third general power transmission device 123 is a process for controlling the open state. 3 During the open operation of the ordinary train (step S1310) The line object.

  In the third general-purpose power transmission control process, after reading the third general-purpose electric power address table (step S1304), the start address corresponding to the information of the third general-purpose electric power counter is set to the third general-purpose electric power address. Obtained from the table (step S1305), the process jumps to the processing indicated by the obtained start address (step S1306). Hereinafter, each process of step S1307 to step S1310 will be individually described.

  In the third map change start process in step S1307, the third map reservation area 143 holds the third map map hold information on the condition that the third map map hold information is stored in the third map map hold area 143. A process of shifting the hold information on the third general map side is executed. Specifically, the third map-side reservation information stored in the first area 143a of the third map reservation area 143 is shifted to the third map-use execution area 143e, and then the second area 143b → the second The third map-side reserved information is shifted so that the first area 143a, the third area 143c → the second area 143b, and the fourth area 143d → the third area 143c. In addition, when the 3rd map side hold information is shifted, the display content of the 3rd map map display unit 137 is updated in accordance with the decrease in the number of the 3rd map side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  In the third map fluctuation start process, after the above shift process is executed, the third map-opening lottery process is performed using the third map-side reserved information newly shifted to the third map map execution area 143e as a lottery value. Execute. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the third general electric circuit in the third general electric circuit opening lottery process is constant regardless of the gaming state, and specifically, the probability of the third general electric circuit having a probability of 1/100. It will be an open winner. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the third public train may be higher or lower.

  In the third common figure variation start process, when the third public train opening lottery process is executed, a process for specifying the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is executed. In the specific process, a fixed display continuation period of 300 seconds is set in the third timer counter provided in the main RAM 74 regardless of the result of the third public train opening lottery process and the number of the third general map side hold information. . In addition, when a display continuation time is performed in the 3rd general figure display part 133, the effect corresponding to it is not performed in the symbol display apparatus 51, the display light emission part 63, and the speaker part 64. FIG.

  In the third map change start process, after the process for specifying the display continuation period is executed, the pattern change display on the third map display section 133 is started. In the case of causing the third common map display unit 133 to display the variation of the pattern, the variation display table for the conventional diagram already described is referred to. After starting the variable display of the pattern in the 3rd general map display part 133, 1 is added to the value of the 3rd general map counter. Since the value of the third general-purpose power counter is “0” when the third normal-number fluctuation start process is executed, the value of the third general-purpose power counter is added to the third general-purpose counter by adding one. It becomes “1” corresponding to the changing process (step S1308).

  In the third map change process in step S1308, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the third timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the 3rd general map display part 133 will be performed. In addition, when it is time to make a final display, the display mode of the pattern in the third common map display unit 133 is set to a display mode corresponding to the result of the current third public train opening lottery process. Thereafter, by adding 1 to the value of the third general-purpose power counter, the value corresponding to the third normal-fluctuating process is changed from that corresponding to the third normal-fluctuating process (step S1309). Update to

  In the third map determination process in step S1309, it is determined whether or not the fixed display period (specifically, 0.4 seconds) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. When the fixed display period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the result of the third public train opening lottery process in the current display continuation round is the third public train opening winning. If it is not the third public train open winning, after clearing the value of the third general train power counter to “0”, the third regular train finalizing process is terminated. In the case of the third public power open winning, “1” is set to the third general power open counter provided in the main RAM 74 as information on the number of times of opening / closing the third general power device 123. Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the third general electric power device 123 in the current open execution state in the third general electric winning counter provided in the main RAM 74. In addition, information corresponding to 1 second is set in the third timer counter as information on the open duration of the third power transmission device 123. Moreover, the 3rd normal power apparatus 123 is made into an open state by starting the output of the drive signal to the 3rd normal power drive part 123b. Thereafter, 1 is added to the third ordinary power counter. Since the value of the third general-purpose power counter is “2” when the third normal-number determination process is executed, “3” corresponding to the third normal-power release process (step S1310) after adding 1 "

  In the third open operation of the third power train in step S1310, when the third power train device 123 has been won, a value corresponding to the number of winning is subtracted from the value of the third power train winning counter of the main RAM 74. To do. When the value of the third general electric prize counter is “0”, the value of the third general electric open counter is cleared to “0”, the value of the third timer counter is cleared to “0”, and By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 3 normal power drive unit 123b, the 3rd general power utility 123a is closed, and the value of the 3rd general power counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third general map normal power control process becomes the third general map fluctuation start process (step S1307). If the value of the third timer counter is “0” even if the value of the third general power prize counter is not “0”, the third general power prize counter and the third The value of the utility power open counter is cleared to “0”, and further, the output of the driving signal to the third power utility driving unit 123b is stopped, so that the third power utility item 123a is closed. Then, the value of the third normal power counter is cleared to “0”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third general map normal power control process becomes the third general map fluctuation start process (step S1307).

  As described above, by executing the third common map power control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the third common map display unit 133 when a winning to the specific operation unit 124 occurs. And when it becomes the 3rd public power open lottery in the 3rd general power open lottery process, the 3rd general power equipment 123 will be in an open execution state after the display continuation time in the 3rd general map display part 133 is completed. . In the opening execution state, the third ordinary power device 123 performs the opening state for 1 second once. Since the game ball is fired at a firing cycle of 0.6 seconds, the upper limit number of game balls will not win the third power transmission device 123 in the 1-second open state.

  Here, in the third ordinary power transmission control process, the first ordinary power device 121 is in the opening execution state, the second ordinary power device 122 is in the opening execution state, and the special winning device 35 is in the receiving execution state. In any case, the process for temporarily stopping the continuous display of the third general map display unit 133 is not executed. Thereby, even when the first power transmission device 121 is in the opening execution state, the second power transmission device 122 is in the opening execution state, or the special winning device 35 is in the reception execution state, Regardless of this, it is possible to advance the display continuation times of the third common map display unit 133 and to advance the open execution state in the third common power device 123. Further, in the first general map normal power control process, even if the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display continuous time of the first general map display unit 131 is not executed. In the second general-purpose power control process, even if the third general-purpose power device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display of the second general-purpose display unit 132 is not executed. In the fourth general-purpose power control process described later, even if the third general-purpose power device 123 is in the open execution state, the process for temporarily stopping the display of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 is not executed. Accordingly, even when the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, it is possible to proceed with the display continuation times of the first general map display unit 131 regardless of this, and the first power transmission device. It is possible to advance the opening execution state in 121, and it is possible to advance the display continuation times of the second general map display unit 132 regardless of this, and to advance the opening execution state in the second general electric device 122. Regardless of this, it is possible to advance the display continuation times of the fourth general map display unit 134 and to advance the acceptance execution state in the special winning device 35.

<4th general power control process>
Next, the fourth general-purpose power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the fourth general-purpose power control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 and the execution control of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 are performed. FIG. 27 is a slow chart showing the fourth general-purpose power control process.

  It is determined whether or not the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state or whether the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state (step S1401). If a negative determination is made in step S1401, the processing of step S1402 and step S1403 is executed. These processes will be described later. Thereafter, the fourth general-purpose ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S1404). The start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the fourth general-purpose power counter is set in the fourth general-purpose power address table. The fourth general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the fourth general-purpose power control process.

  The fourth general-purpose power counter can take values from “0” to “3”, and each value from “0” to “3” is the start address NA40 to NA43 of each process (steps S1407 to S1410). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “0”, the fourth general-purpose figure change start process (the fourth general-purpose figure change start process) Step S1407) is the execution target, and when the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “1”, the fourth general-purpose change which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the fourth general-purpose display unit 134. When the middle process (step S1408) is an execution target and the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “2”, the fourth process is a process for ending the display continuation time in the fourth general-purpose display unit 134. The process for determining the common figure (step S1409) is to be executed, and when the value of the fourth common figure normal power counter is “3”, the fourth universal process is a process for controlling the acceptance state of the special winning device 35. Processing during power release (step S1410) The target.

  In the fourth general-purpose power transmission control process, after reading the fourth general-purpose electric power address table (step S1404), the start address corresponding to the information of the fourth general-purpose electric power counter is set to the fourth general-purpose electric power address. Obtained from the table (step S1405), the process jumps to the processing indicated by the obtained start address (step S1406). Hereinafter, each process of step S1407-step S1410 is demonstrated separately.

  FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the fourth map change start process in step S1407. When a winning to the through winning portion 34 has occurred (step S1501: YES), an acceptance determination process is executed (step S1502). In the acceptance determination process, the current numerical value information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored in the fourth general map execution area 144 as the fourth general map side reservation information. Then, the acceptance determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the fourth universal map side hold information stored in the fourth general map execution area 144 is checked against the read acceptance determination table. In this case, a winning winning result is obtained with a probability of 98%.

  When the result of the acceptance determination process is the acceptance winning result (step S1503: YES), a stop result setting process for the acceptance winning result is executed (step S1504). Specifically, the information on the stop pattern of the winning winning result pattern to be finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time on the fourth map display unit 134 is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. . Note that one type of pattern stop mode may be set for the acceptance winning result, and a plurality of types of pattern stop mode may be set for the acceptance winning result.

  If the result of the acceptance determination process is not the acceptance winning result (step S1503: NO), a stop result setting process for a losing result is executed (step S1505). Specifically, the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the detachment result that is finally stopped and displayed on the fourth map display unit 134 in the current display continuation time is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. The information on the pattern mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the acceptance winning result.

  After executing one of the stop result setting processes, a process for specifying the fourth common map fluctuation period is executed (step S1506). Thereafter, the variation display of the pattern on the fourth general map display unit 134 is started (step S1507). In the case where the fourth common map display unit 134 performs the variable display of the pattern, the previously described variable display table for general maps is referred to.

  Thereafter, 1 is added to the value of the fourth ordinary power counter (step S1508). Since the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “0” when the fourth normal-number fluctuation start process is executed, the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is added to the fourth general-purpose counter by adding one. It becomes “1” corresponding to the changing process (step S1408).

  FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the fourth common map fluctuation period specifying process in step S1506. First, it is determined whether or not one or more pieces of third map-side reservation information are stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143 (step S1601).

  If a negative determination is made in step S1601, a lottery process for selecting a period is executed (step S1602). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, at a cycle of 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. Check against. The period selection table is set so that a selection winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/500. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability that the first public train opening lottery will be won in the first public train opening lottery process, such as the probability that the selection winning result will be 1/50 in the lottery processing for period selection. It is possible to have a higher configuration, and the probability that the selection winning result is 1/100 in the lottery processing for period selection is the same as the probability that the first general electric open lottery is won in the first public electric open lottery processing. There may be a certain configuration or a configuration that is substantially the same.

  When the result of the lottery process for period selection is not the selection winning result but the result of losing (step S1603: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1604). Similar to the first embodiment, the first display duration is 0.45 seconds. In the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, even if the special prize winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35.

  On the other hand, when one or more pieces of third map holding information are stored and an affirmative determination is made in step S1601, or the result of the lottery process for selecting a period is a selection winning result, an affirmative determination is made in step S1603. In this case, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1605). Similar to the first embodiment, the third display continuation period is 1 second. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, one special winning device 35 out of eleven game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can be won. You can expect to win a prize.

  When any one of steps S1604 and S1605 is executed, the information on the display duration selected in either step S1604 or step S1605 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1606). The update of the numerical information set in the fourth timer counter is executed in the timer update process in step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11).

  With the above configuration, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134 in the situation in which the third general map side hold information is stored on hold. Winning to the special winning device 35 can occur. As a result, the player who expects to win the special winning device 35 pays attention to whether or not the game ball wins the specific operation unit 124, and can improve the interest of the game.

  If the display continuation time in the third map display unit 133 is only executed, the third display continuation time is not selected in the display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134, and the display continuation in the fourth map display unit 134 is continued. In order to select the third display continuation time, the third general map side hold information needs to be stored on hold. This makes it possible to increase the level of difficulty for selecting the third display continuation time in the display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134, and from this point also, the game ball is placed in the specific operation unit 124. The degree of attention to whether or not to win is increased, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  The third display continuation period in the display continuation time in the fourth map display part 134 by obtaining the selection winning result in the lottery process for period selection even in the situation where the third general map side hold information is not stored on hold. Is selected. This makes it possible to increase the frequency with which the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134.

  In the fourth map change process in step S1408, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the fourth timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for changing regularly the display mode of the pattern in the 4th general map display part 134 will be performed. In addition, when it is time to confirm the display, the display mode of the pattern in the fourth general map display unit 134 is set to a display mode corresponding to the result of the current acceptance determination process. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the 4th general map counter, the value corresponding to the 4th general map changing process is changed to the 4th general map determining process (step S1409). Update to

  In the fourth map determination process in step S1409, it is determined whether or not the fixed display period (specifically 0.4 seconds) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. When the fixed display period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the result of the acceptance determination process in the current display continuation time is the acceptance winning result. If it is not an acceptance winning result, after clearing the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter to “0”, the fourth normal-number determination process is terminated. If the result is an acceptance winning result, “1” is set as information on the number of opening / closing of the special winning device 35 in the fourth public power open counter provided in the main RAM 74. Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the special winning device 35 in the current receiving execution state in the fourth general electric winning counter provided in the main RAM 74. Further, information corresponding to 0.1 second is set in the fourth timer counter as information on the opening continuation period of the special winning device 35. Also, the special winning device 35 is set to the accepting state by starting the output of the drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47. Then, 1 is added to the 4th ordinary power counter. Since the value of the fourth normal power counter is “2” when the fourth normal time determination process is executed, “3” corresponding to the fourth normal power open process (step S1410) after adding 1 "

  In the process of releasing the fourth electric train in step S1410, when a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35, the value corresponding to the number of prizes is subtracted from the value of the fourth power prize winning counter in the main RAM 74. Then, when the value of the fourth common power winning counter is “0”, the value of the fourth common power open counter in the main RAM 74 is cleared to “0”, and the output of the drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47 is further performed. By stopping, the special winning device 35 is set to a non-accepting state. Then, the value of the fourth ordinary power counter is cleared to “0”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth general map normal power control process is the fourth general map fluctuation start process (step S1407). If the value of the fourth timer counter in the main RAM 74 is “0” even if the value of the fourth power winning counter is not “0”, the fourth power winning award in the main RAM 74 is “0”. The values of the counter and the fourth public power open counter are cleared to “0”, and further, the output of the drive signal to the opening / closing drive unit 47 is stopped, so that the special winning device 35 is made non-accepted. Then, the value of the fourth ordinary power counter is cleared to “0”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth general map normal power control process is the fourth general map fluctuation start process (step S1407).

  As described above, by executing the fourth general-purpose power control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 when a winning to the through winning unit 34 occurs. If the winning determination result is obtained in the acceptance determination process, the special winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state after the display continuation time on the fourth common map display unit 134 is completed. In the receiving execution state, the special winning device 35 performs the receiving state for 0.1 second once.

  In the fourth general-purpose power control process, when the first general power device 121 is in the open execution state or when the second general power device 122 is in the open execution state, an affirmative determination is made in step S1401. In step S1411, change stop processing is executed. In the change stop processing, if the current state is the display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134, the display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134 is changed to the current display mode of the fourth map display unit 134. And temporarily stops updating the fourth timer counter. Further, in the fluctuation stop process, “4” is set to the fourth stop flag provided in the main RAM 74.

  In the fourth general-purpose power control process, if a negative determination is made in step S1401 and the fourth stopping flag of the main RAM 74 is set to “1” (step S1402: YES), 4. The “stopped” flag is cleared to “0” (step S1403). As a result, when the fourth map display unit 134 is temporarily stopped in the middle of the display continuation, the display continuation is resumed and the update of the fourth timer counter is resumed.

  As described above, in the fourth general-purpose power control process, when the first general power device 121 is in the open execution state or when the second general power device 122 is in the open execution state, the display on the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 is displayed. A process for temporarily stopping the continuous times is executed. As a result, when the first power transmission device 121 is in the opening execution state or when the second power transmission device 122 is in the opening execution state, the display continuation cycle of the fourth common map display unit 134 is not advanced. It becomes possible to do. Therefore, when the first power transmission device 121 is in the opening execution state or when the second power transmission device 122 is in the opening execution state, the special prize winning device 35 does not overlap with the reception execution state. It becomes possible to.

<Relationship between the display duration of the fourth map display unit 134 and the acceptance state of the special prize device 35>
Next, the relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth common map display unit 134 and the acceptance state of the special winning device 35 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 30A shows a period in which a game ball is detected by the specific detection sensor 124a of the specific operation unit 124, and FIG. 30B shows a period in which the display continuation time is executed in the third general-purpose display unit 133. FIG. 30 (c) shows a period during which the game ball passes through the through winning portion 34, and FIG. 30 (d) shows that the game ball exists at a position where the special winning device 35 can be won. FIG. 30 (e) shows a period during which the display continuation time is executed in the fourth general map display unit 134, and FIG. 30 (f) shows a period during which the special prize-winning device 35 is in the accepting state. Show.

  As described above, the game ball that reaches the right side of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1 can enter the introduction port 126 that allows the game ball to flow toward the specific operation unit 124, and can be introduced. If the ball does not enter the mouth 126, it flows into the left area PA2. All game balls flowing into the left area PA2 will win the through winning portion 34. In addition, the game ball flowing into the left area PA2 can win the first operating unit 32. Therefore, in a situation where one of the first general power device 121 and the second general power device 122 is not open, basically, the upper region PA1 is directed from the right side to the left region PA2 from the left end of the variable display unit 37. Thus, the launch operation is performed so that the game ball flows down. In the situation where the launch operation is performed in this way, in FIG. 30C, the timing of t1, the timing of t6, the timing of t12, the timing of t16, the timing of t19, the timing of t23, the timing of t28, As shown by the timing of t32, the winning to the through winning portion 34 basically occurs, and the winning to the specific operating portion 124 occurs with a low probability as shown in the timing of t7 and the timing of t13 in FIG. To do.

  Based on the occurrence of winning in the through winning section 34, the timing from t1 to t2, the timing from t6 to t8, the timing from t12 to t14, the timing from t16 to the timing from t20, the timing from t23 to t29 In the respective periods from the timing of t and the timing of t32 to the timing of t35, as shown in FIG. Then, following the display continuation time, timing t2 to timing t3, timing t8 to timing t9, timing t14 to timing t15, timing t20 to timing t22, timing t29 to timing t31. And in each period of the timing of t35 and the timing of t36, as shown in FIG.30 (f), the special prize-winning apparatus 35 will be in an acceptance execution state.

  In this case, as shown in FIG. 30 (a), when the winning to the specific operation unit 124 occurs at the timing of t7, the third common map display unit as shown in FIG. 30 (b) at the timing of t7. The display continuation times at 133 are started. Then, as shown in FIG. 30A, the winning for the specific operation unit 124 occurs again at the timing of t13 in the situation where the display continuation time is being executed. As a result of winning a prize to the specific operation unit 124, the third map-side hold information is put on hold. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 30 (b), the display continuation time in the third common map display unit 133 ends at the timing of t25, and although the illustration is omitted, the third execution unit 123 is immediately opened. . Then, as shown in FIG. 30B, a new display continuation time in the third common map display unit 133 is started at a timing t27, which is a timing after the release execution state ends. In this case, the state in which the third common map side hold information is stored on hold is canceled.

  When a game is performed as described above, the third map-side on-hold information is stored on hold from the timing t13 to the timing t27. Therefore, the display continuation times of the fourth map display unit 134 in the respective periods of the timing t1 to the timing t2, the timing t6 to the timing t8, the timing t12 to the timing t14, and the timing t32 to the timing t35 are as follows. While the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period, the display continuation times of the fourth map display unit 134 in the respective periods from the timing t16 to the timing t20 and the timing t23 to the timing t29 are as follows. The third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period. Then, as shown in FIG. 30 (d), timing t4 to timing t5, timing t10 to timing t11, timing t17 to timing t18, timing t20 to timing t21, timing t24 to timing t26. , The game ball reaches the position where the special winning device 35 can be won in each period of the timing of t29 to the timing of t30 and the timing of t33 to the timing of t34. The timing t20 to the timing t21 and the timing t29 to the timing t30 that are included in the execution period of the acceptance execution state of the special prize device 35 immediately after the display continuation time that is the third display continuation period is executed in the figure display unit 134. In the special prize winning device 35 Winning the game ball special winning device 35 to reach the capacity position, the other game ball does not win a special prize apparatus 35.

  According to the embodiment described above in detail, the following excellent effects are obtained in addition to or instead of the effects described in the first embodiment.

  The fourth map-side reservation information is acquired by winning a prize to the through winning portion 34, and the display of the fourth map display unit 134 is continued by acquiring the fourth map-side reservation information. In the configuration in which the special winning device 35 can perform the acceptance execution state after the end of the display continuation, the special winning device 35 is acquired based on the winning to the specific operation unit 124 that does not directly contribute to the occurrence of the acceptance execution state. The third display continuation period is set when the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is executed in a situation where the third general map side hold information is held and stored. When the display continuation time of the fourth common map display unit 134 is executed in a situation where is not stored on hold, the first display continuation period is set. When the first display continuation period is set, it is basically impossible to win the special winning device 35. When the third display continuation period is set, the special winning device 35 is set at a predetermined frequency. Wins will occur. Thereby, the player who expects to win the special prize winning device 35 pays attention not only to the through prize winning unit 34 and the special prize winning device 35 but also to the specific operating unit 124, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. .

  In order to make the specific operation unit 124 win a game ball, it is necessary to perform a launch operation so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, whereas the first power transmission device 121 that is opened in the big hit state and The second power transmission device 122 is provided in the right area PA3. Thereby, when the big hit state occurs in the situation where the third common map side hold information is stored and the third display continuation period is repeatedly set in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134, In parallel, the display continuation time of the third general map display unit 133 is digested, and the launch operation is performed with the aim of winning the special electric prize device 36, so that the winning to the specific operation unit 124 does not occur, During the jackpot state, there may be a situation in which the third common map side hold information is not stored on hold. Therefore, the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set can be terminated when the jackpot state is generated, and the situation in which the third display continuation period is repeatedly set is not excessively continued. It becomes possible.

  Based on the acquisition of the third general map side hold information, the third general electric device opening lottery process is executed, and the third general electric device 123 enters the open execution state when the third general electric circuit open lottery is achieved. Then, the payout of the game ball is executed by winning a prize to the third power transmission device 123. On the other hand, the third display continuation period is set when the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is executed in the situation where the third general map side hold information is stored as described above, and the third display continuation period is set. When the display continuation period is set, winning in the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency. In other words, the third common map side hold information is held and stored, so that not only the benefit that the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, but also the benefit that the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency. Will also be granted. Therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the third map-side reserved information is acquired, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  When the first ordinary figure side holding information is acquired based on the occurrence of a prize in the special prize winning device 35, the first ordinary train opening lottery process is executed, and the first ordinary train opening prize is won. A jackpot state occurs in which the first ordinary power device 121 and the second ordinary power device 122 are in the open execution state. As a result, it is expected that a prize will be awarded to the special prize winning device 35. As a result, the third display continuation period can be set in the display continuation time of the fourth map display unit 134. It becomes possible to make a player pay attention to whether or not a prize is awarded to the specific operating unit 124. Further, in the configuration in which the first common figure side hold information is acquired based on the occurrence of a win to the first operating unit 32, the first common figure side hold information is also generated when a special prize device 35 is awarded. Is acquired. As a result, a player who expects the occurrence of a jackpot state expects not only a winning to the first actuating unit 32 but also a winning to the special winning device 35, thereby improving the interest of the game. It becomes possible to plan.

  The first operating part 32, the through winning part 34, the special winning device 35, and the specific operating part 124 are all provided at positions where the game ball can reach when the launch operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2. ing. Thereby, aiming to generate a prize for all of the first operating part 32, the through winning part 34, the special winning device 35 and the specific operating part 124 by performing a launch operation so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2. Is possible. Therefore, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above while suppressing the complication of the launch operation.

  If any one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35 has occurred, the other state occurs. On the other hand, even if one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the reception execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs. An open execution state of the third power transmission device 123 may occur. As a result, it is possible to diversify the manner in which the prizes are generated, and to improve the interest of the game.

  The first power transmission device 121 enters the open execution state based on the winning of the special winning device 35, and the second power transmission device 122 opens based on the winning of the first power transmission device 121. In the configuration that is in the execution state, if any of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the reception execution state of the special prize winning device 35 has occurred. No other state occurs. Thereby, the player can aim for the special winning device 35, the first ordinary power device 121, and the second ordinary power device 122 in stages. On the other hand, the open execution state of the third power transmission device 123 occurs regardless of the winnings to the special winning device 35, the first power transmission device 121, and the second power transmission device 122. In this case, even if any one of the opening execution state of the first ordinary power device 121, the opening execution state of the second ordinary power device 122, and the receiving execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs, the third An open execution state of the power transmission device 123 may occur. Thereby, for example, it becomes possible to generate a situation in which it is possible to simultaneously aim for winning in the special winning device 35 and winning in the third power transmission device 123.

  In a configuration in which the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 and the opening execution state of the third common power device 123 can occur in an overlapping manner, the third ball power device 123 flows so as to flow down toward the special prize winning device 35. It is provided at a position where a prize can be awarded when is flowing down. Thereby, it becomes possible to perform the launching operation aiming at both the winning to the special winning device 35 and the winning to the third power transmission device 123.

  When any one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the reception execution state of the special prize winning device 35 occurs, it corresponds to the other devices among them. The display continuation times in the normal map display portions 131, 132, and 134 are prevented from proceeding. Thus, any one of the opening execution state of the first common power device 121, the opening execution state of the second common power device 122, and the receiving execution state of the special prize winning device 35 occurs only by adjusting the progress of the display continuation times. In such a case, it is possible to prevent other states from occurring.

  As described above, the state in which the display continuation is prevented from proceeding is the display among the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the receiving execution state of the special winning device 35. When the state corresponding to the general map display units 131, 132, and 134 that are not subject to continuous stoppage is canceled after the completion, and if the display continuation is temporarily stopped, the display continuation Progress is resumed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times that are subject to being stopped from being invalidated.

<Another embodiment of the fourth embodiment>
(1) In the above configuration, when the big hit state occurs in the situation where the third figure-side reserved information is stored in the upper limit of four, until the third figure-side reserved information is not stored. When the jackpot state occurs in the situation in which the 3rd map-side hold information is stored on hold because the longest period required for is longer than the shortest period required from the start to the end of the jackpot state Although the configuration is such that the third universal map side hold information is held and stored even after the jackpot state ends, the present invention is not limited to this, and the third universal map side hold information is the upper limit number of 4 When a jackpot state occurs in the situation where the number of units is stored on hold, the longest period required until the third map-side hold information is not stored on hold is required from the start to the end of the jackpot state. It may be configured as a period shorter than the shortest period that. For example, when the display duration of the display continuation time in the third map display unit 133 is set to 30 seconds instead of 300 seconds, it may be configured to increase the digestion efficiency of the third map-side reserved information, and when a big hit state is reached May be configured so that the display duration of the display continuation times in the third map display unit 133 is shortened compared to the case where the jackpot state is not reached. It is good also as a structure by which the 3rd map reserved information is erase | eliminated from the 3rd map reserved area 143 so that it may be in the situation where it is not hold-stored. Thereby, when the big hit state occurs, it is possible to reliably end the situation where the third display continuation period is repeatedly set.

  (2) The display continuation time of the third general diagram display unit 133 is not temporarily stopped even if the first general power device 121 or the second general power device 122 is in the open execution state, and the special prize device 35 is further stopped. However, the present invention is not limited to this. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the special prize are not limited to this. When one of the reception execution states of the device 35 occurs, the display continuation time of the third map display unit 133 is temporarily stopped, and when the event that triggered the stop is completed, the third map display is displayed. The display continuation time of the unit 133 may be resumed. In this configuration, since the display continuation time of the third common figure display unit 133 is temporarily stopped in the big hit state, the big hit state is started in a situation where the third common figure side hold information is stored on hold. In such a case, even after the jackpot state is over, it is easy to maintain the situation in which the third common map side hold information is stored on hold. Therefore, it is possible to continue the situation where the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency even after the end of the jackpot state.

  (3) The special winning device 35 is configured not to be in the accepting execution state unless the acceptance winning result is obtained in the acceptance determination process even if the fourth ordinary-side reservation information is acquired. If acquired, the special winning device 35 may be surely placed in the receiving execution state. When the fourth map-side reserved information is acquired, the special winning device 35 receives the execution with a probability of approximately 100%. It is good also as composition which will be in a state.

  (4) If any of the acceptance execution state of the special prize winning device 35, the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, and the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122 occurs, the third common map display unit 133 The display continuation time may be terminated in the middle and invalidated as it is.

  (5) During the display continuation time in the general map display units 131, 132, and 134, the predetermined devices 35, 121, and 122 that do not correspond to the general map display units 131, 132, and 134 enter the reception execution state or the release execution state. In this case, the display continuation time during the execution is temporarily stopped. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a period during which the predetermined devices 35, 121, and 122 are in the reception execution state or the release execution state. The display continuation period of the display continuation times may be extended by the amount. In this case, in the period in which the predetermined devices 35, 121, 122 are in the receiving execution state or the opening execution state, the fluctuation display of the pattern is displayed on the general map display units 131, 132, 134 corresponding to the display continuation times during the execution. It is good also as a structure continued.

  (6) It is good also as a structure provided separately with the ball-balling apparatus which can win a game ball when the winning to the 2nd general electric equipment 122 generate | occur | produces. The winning device may be configured such that a game ball can be won by the electric driving unit being driven based on winning of the second power transmission device 122. In addition, when the game ball that has won the second power transmission device 122 abuts on a mechanical operation mechanism and operates the operation mechanism, the game apparatus can enter a game ball and the game can be won. A configuration may be adopted in which a game ball that has entered a device abuts against another mechanical operation mechanism and operates the operation mechanism, thereby making it impossible to win a game ball. In this case, it is possible to increase the number of game balls given to the player in the big hit state by executing the payout of the game balls based on the winning of the winning device.

  (7) Although the fourth common map side hold information is not stored on hold, the fourth general map hold information may be stored on hold.

  (8) The execution mode of the open execution state of the third power transmission device 123 is arbitrary. For example, when the third power transmission device 123 enters the release execution state, the upper limit number of the third power transmission device 123 The third power transmission device 123 may be in an open state so that a winning of a game ball can be expected. Thereby, it is possible to increase the advantage that the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state.

  (9) Limited to a configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is started in a situation where the third general map side hold information is stored on hold. However, the third display continuation period may be easily set. Specifically, the display of the fourth map display unit 134 is continued regardless of whether the third map-side hold information is not stored on hold or the third map-side hold information is stored on hold. The third display continuation period can be set at the time, but the situation in which the third map-side hold information is stored on hold is the fourth map than the situation in which the third map-side hold information is not stored on hold. The third display continuation period may be easily set in the display continuation time of the display unit 134.

<Fifth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the configuration of the specific operation unit 124 is different from that of the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from the fourth embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

  In the fourth embodiment, the specific operation unit 124 is provided on the back wall 125 that defines the back side of the stage 37a in the variable display unit 37. However, in this embodiment, the disk member 151 is provided on the stage 37a. The disc member 151 is provided with a specific actuating portion 124 so that a game ball supplied to the disc member 151 can enter. The disk member 151 will be described in detail. FIG. 31 is a plan view of the disk member 151.

  The disk member 151 is provided on the stage 37a so that the upper surface of the disk member 151 is visible to the player. The disk member 151 is provided with three holes that penetrate the disk member 151 in the vertical direction. One of the holes is the specific operation part 124, and the remaining two holes are for discharge. These are holes 152 and 153. The specific operation part 124 and the discharge hole parts 152 and 153 are provided in the circumferential direction with a predetermined interval. It is inclined downward toward the specific actuating portion 124 and the discharge hole portions 152 and 153 so as to enter any of the hole portions 152 and 153 for use. The game ball that has entered the specific operation unit 124 is discharged to the back side of the game board 24 as it is, and the game ball that has entered the discharge holes 152 and 153 is discharged to the lower area PA4. Continue to flow down. The game balls that have entered the discharge holes 152 and 153 and discharged to the lower area PA4 can enter the first operating section 32 provided in the lower area PA4.

  The game balls that have entered the inlet 126 of the variable display unit 37 and passed through the warp passage 127 are supplied onto the disk member 151. Then, the game ball supplied onto the disk member 151 enters the specific operation part 124 with a probability of 1/3, and enters one of the discharge holes 152, 153 with a probability of 2/3.

  According to the above configuration, a player who expects a game ball to enter the specific operation unit 124 is not only supplied with a game ball to the disk member 151 but also when a game ball is supplied to the disk member 151. The game ball is expected to enter the specific operation unit 124. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

<Sixth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the specifying process for the fourth map fluctuation period executed by the main MPU 72 is different from that of the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from the fourth embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the fourth common map variation period specifying process in the present embodiment. First, whether or not one or more third map-side reservation information is stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143, or the display of the third map display section 133 is continued. It is determined whether it is in the middle (step S1701).

  If a negative determination is made in step S1701, a lottery process for selecting a period is executed (step S1702). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, at a cycle of 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. Check against. The period selection table is set so that a selection winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/500.

  When the result of the lottery process for period selection is not the selection winning result but the result of losing (step S1703: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1704). Similar to the first embodiment, the first display duration is 0.45 seconds. In the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, even if the special prize winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35.

  On the other hand, when one or more pieces of hold information on the third map side are stored, or the display continuation time of the third map display unit 133 is being executed and an affirmative determination is made in step S1701, or a lottery for selecting a period If the result of the process is a selection winning result and an affirmative determination is made in step S1703, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S1705). Similar to the first embodiment, the third display continuation period is 1 second. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, one special winning device 35 out of eleven game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can be won. You can expect to win a prize.

  When any one of steps S1704 and S1705 is executed, the display duration information selected in either step S1704 or step S1705 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1706).

  According to the above configuration, the fourth map display unit is not only used when the third map-side reservation information is stored and stored, but also when the third map display unit 133 is executing display continuation times. A third display continuation period is set in 134 display continuation times. Then, by selecting the third display continuation period, winning in the special winning device 35 can occur. Thereby, it is possible to increase the frequency of occurrence of winning in the special winning device 35.

  In addition, when the display continuation time is executed in the third map display unit 133, not only the third power transmission device 123 may be in the open execution state, but also the fourth map display By setting the third display continuation period in the display continuation time of the unit 134, winning in the special winning device 35 can occur at a predetermined frequency. As a result, it is possible to increase the player's degree of attention with respect to the display continuation times being executed in the third map display unit 133, and to improve the interest of the game.

  The configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is started in a situation where the display continuation time of the third general map display unit 133 is being executed. However, the third display continuation period may be easily set. Specifically, the fourth map is displayed regardless of whether the display continuation time of the third map display unit 133 is not executed or the display continuation time of the third map display unit 133 is executed. Although the third display continuation period can be set in the display continuation time of the display unit 134, the situation in which the display continuation time of the third general map display unit 133 is being executed is the display continuation time of the third general map display unit 133. The third display continuation period may be set more easily in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 than in the situation where is not executed.

  Moreover, it is good also as a structure by which the process of step S1702 and step S1703 is not performed in the specific process of a 4th general map fluctuation period. In this case, the display of the fourth map display unit 134 is performed only when one or more pieces of the third map map side hold information are stored or when the display of the third map map display unit 133 is being continued. The third display continuation period is set in the continuation time.

<Seventh Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the third ordinary power transmission control process executed by the main MPU 72 is different from that of the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from the fourth embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 33 is a flow chart showing the third common utility control process in this embodiment. When the winning to the specific operation unit 124 has occurred (step S1801: YES), the third map-side reservation information stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143 is stored. On condition that the number is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S1802: NO), the storage processing in the third map reserved area 143 is executed (step S1803). The contents of the storage process are the same as those in step S1303 of the third general power control process (FIG. 26) in the fourth embodiment.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1801, an affirmative determination is made in step S1802, or if the processing in step S1803 is executed, whether or not the first power transmission device 121 is in the open execution state is determined. It is determined whether or not the device 122 is in the opening execution state, or whether or not the special winning device 35 is in the receiving execution state (step S1804). If a negative determination is made in step S1804, processing in steps S1805 and S1806 is executed. These processes will be described later. Then, the process of step S1807-step S1813 is performed. The processing contents of these steps S1807 to S1813 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1304 to S1310 of the third ordinary power control process (FIG. 26) in the fourth embodiment.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1804, a change stop process is executed in step S1814. In the change stop processing, if the current state is the execution of the display continuation time in the third map display unit 133, the display continuation time in the third map display unit 133 is changed to the current display mode of the third map display unit 133. And temporarily stops the update of the third timer counter. Further, in the variable stop process, the third stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to “1”.

  Thereafter, on condition that the first general electric device 121 is in the open execution state or the second general electric device 122 is in the open execution state (step S1815: YES), the clear process of the third common map reservation area 143 is performed. It executes (step S1816). In the clear process, the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reserved area 143 are cleared to “0”. As a result, even if the third common map side hold information is stored on hold, the third general map hold information is erased and is not stored on hold. Further, in the clear process, the third common map execution area 143e is cleared to “0” and the third common map common power counter is cleared to “0”. Thereby, even if it is during execution of the display continuation time in the 3rd general map display part 133, it is invalidated.

  In the present embodiment, when the third ordinary power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, in the first ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 24), an affirmative determination is made in step S1104, and the change stop process (step S1116). In the second ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 25), an affirmative determination is made in step S1204 to execute the fluctuation stop process (step S1215), and the fourth ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 27). Then, by making an affirmative determination in step S1401, the change stop process (step S1411) is executed. Therefore, in the situation where the third ordinary power device 123 is in the opening execution state, the first ordinary power device 121 or the second ordinary power device 122 is not in the opening execution state, and the special winning device 35 is in the opening execution state. There is nothing.

  In the third general-purpose power control process, if a negative determination is made in step S1804 and the third stop flag in the main RAM 74 is set to “1” (step S1805: YES), 3. The stop flag is cleared to “0” (step S1806). As a result, when the third map display unit 133 is temporarily stopped during the display continuation, the display continuation is resumed and the update of the third timer counter is resumed.

  According to the above configuration, when the first common power device 121 or the second general power device 122 is in the open execution state, even if the third common map side hold information is stored on hold, it is erased. As a result, a situation in which the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth common map display unit 134, triggered by the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 being in the open execution state. Can be terminated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the situation in which a winning to the special winning device 35 can occur from continuing until after the first ordinary power device 121 or the second ordinary power device 122 is in the open execution state. Become.

<Eighth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the selection mode of the display continuation period of the third common map display unit 133 in the main MPU 72 is different from that in the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from the fourth embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the third common map fluctuation period specifying process executed by the main MPU 72. The third normal map fluctuation period specifying process is executed in the third normal map fluctuation start process of step S1307 in the third general map normal power control process (FIG. 26).

  First, whether or not one or more second map-side reservation information is stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second map reservation area 142, or the display continuation time of the second map display unit 132 is executed. It is determined whether it is in the middle (step S1901). If a negative determination is made in step S1901, a long period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time in the third common map display unit 133 (step S1902). The long period is set to 300 seconds, which is the same as the display continuation period of the third common map display unit 133 in the fourth embodiment. Therefore, it is possible to expect further winnings to the specific operation unit 124 in the display continuation time of the third common figure display unit 133. The third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1901, a short period is selected as the display continuation period for the current display continuation time in the third common map display unit 133 (step S1903). The short period is set to 0.5 seconds. In this case, since it is not possible to expect further winnings to the specific operation unit 124 during the display continuation time of the third map display unit 133, the third map-side reservation information is not stored and stored. The third display continuation period is not selected in the display continuation time of the figure display unit 134.

  When one of the processes in step S1902 and step S1903 is executed, the information on the display duration selected in either step S1902 or step S1903 is set in the third timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S1904). The update of the numerical information set in the third timer counter is executed in the timer update process in step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11).

  According to the above configuration, when the first common power device 121 is in the open execution state and the second common map side hold information is acquired based on the winning to the first general power device 121, the third common map side hold information is acquired. Will not be stored on hold. When the third map-side reservation information is not stored on hold, the third display continuation period is not selected in the display continuation time of the fourth map display unit 134, so that no special winning device 35 is won. Become. This prevents the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 from being triggered by the first power transmission device 121 being in the open execution state. Is possible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the situation where the special winning device 35 can be won from continuing until after the first power transmission device 121 enters the open execution state.

<Ninth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the specifying process for the fourth map fluctuation period executed by the main MPU 72 is different from that of the fourth embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from the fourth embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as the fourth embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the fourth common map variation period specifying process in the present embodiment. First, it is determined whether or not one or more pieces of third map-side reservation information are stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143 (step S2001). If a negative determination is made in step S2001, it is determined whether or not one or more pieces of fourth map-side reservation information are stored in the first to fourth areas of the fourth map reservation area (step S2002). ).

  Here, in the fourth embodiment, the fourth common map side hold information is not stored on hold, but in the present embodiment, the fourth general map display unit 134 performs a continuous display in the situation where the display is continuously performed. When winning to the winning portion 34 occurs, the fourth map-side holding information is acquired and stored on hold in response to the winning. The upper limit number stored in reserve is set to four, but is not limited to this, and may be one, two, or three, or may be five or more.

  When a negative determination is made in step S2002, a lottery process for selecting a period is executed (step S2003). In the lottery process, numerical information is acquired from a random number counter that is periodically updated (for example, at a cycle of 4 milliseconds) in the main RAM 74, and the acquired numerical information is stored in a period selection table stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. Check against. The period selection table is set so that a selection winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/500.

  If the result of the lottery process for period selection is not the selection winning result but the result of losing (step S2004: NO), the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S2005). Similar to the first embodiment, the first display duration is 0.45 seconds. In the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, even if the special prize winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35.

  On the other hand, when one or more pieces of the third common map side hold information are stored and an affirmative determination is made in step S2001, one or more fourth map hold information is stored and an affirmative determination is made in step S2002. In this case, or when the result of the lottery process for selecting a period is a selection winning result and an affirmative determination is made in step S2004, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S2006). Similar to the first embodiment, the third display continuation period is 1 second. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, one special winning device 35 out of eleven game balls reaching the position where the special winning device 35 can be won. You can expect to win a prize.

  When one of the processes in steps S2005 and S2006 is executed, the display duration information selected in either step S2005 or step S2006 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S2007).

  According to the above configuration, in the display continuation time of the fourth map display unit 134 not only when the third map-side hold information is stored but also when the fourth map-side hold information is stored. A third display duration is selected. Then, by selecting the third display continuation period, winning in the special winning device 35 can occur. Thereby, it is possible to increase the frequency of occurrence of winning in the special winning device 35.

  In particular, when the third display continuation period is selected, a new winning to the through winning part 34 is likely to occur in the situation where the display continuation time is being executed in the fourth map display part 134. It becomes easy to continue the situation where the hold information on the usual map side is stored on hold. That is, the third display continuation period is selected by the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 by storing the third general map side hold information on hold. When the third display continuation period is selected, the fourth map-side reserved information is easily stored, and when the fourth map-side reserved information is stored, the third map-side reserved information is stored. Even if it is not stored on hold, the third display continuation period is selected by the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134. Therefore, it is possible to easily continue the situation in which the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134.

<Tenth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that of the first embodiment, and is executed when a prize is awarded to the first operating unit 32 and when a prize is awarded to the special prize device 35. The processing contents are different from those of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from that of the first embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 36 is a front view of the game board 24 in the present embodiment. The game area PA is divided into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3, and a lower area PA4 by the variable display unit 37 as in the first embodiment. In the lower region PA4, the first operating part 32 is provided as in the first embodiment. On the other hand, in the first embodiment, the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided in the left area PA2, but in the present embodiment, the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are not in the left area PA2, but in the right side. It is provided in the area PA3. In the right area PA3, a first power transmission device 121, a second power transmission device 122, and a third power transmission device 123 are provided. The configurations of the first common power device 121, the second common power device 122, and the third common power device 123 are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

  In the right region PA3, the first common power device 121, the second common power device 122, and the third common power device 123 are arranged in the vertical direction at a predetermined interval. In this case, the first power transmission device 121 is disposed on the most upstream side, the second power transmission device 122 is disposed on the lower side, and the third power transmission device 123 is disposed on the lower side. The first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 are all incapable of winning a game ball when the corresponding power utility objects 121a to 123a are in a closed state. A game ball can be won when the corresponding electric utility items 121a to 123a are opened. Then, the game balls won in any one of the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, and the third general power device 123 are led to the back side of the game board 24 and discharged.

  By winning in the internal lottery executed based on the winning to the first operating unit 32, the first common power device 121 is opened and the first common power device 121 is opened. In addition, winning in the internal lottery executed based on the winning of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122 is opened, and the second power transmission device 122 is opened. In addition, by winning in the internal lottery executed based on the winning of the second power transmission device 122, the third power transmission device 123 is opened, and the third power transmission device 123 is opened. Even if a game ball enters any of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123, 15 games per game ball entry The ball is paid out.

  In the right area PA3, a through winning portion 34 and a special winning device 35 are provided on the downstream side of the first power transmission device 121 to the third power transmission device 123. A game ball that has flowed into the right area PA3 between the third power transmission device 123 and the through winning portion 34 and that has not won any of the first power transmission device 121 to the third power transmission device 123. An upper guide region 155 is formed for reliably guiding to the through winning portion 34. Although the formation method of the upper guide area 155 is arbitrary, in the pachinko machine 10, the upper guide area 155 is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b.

  The through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are arranged apart in the vertical direction so that the through winning portion 34 is on the upper side. In this case, the positional relationship in the vertical direction between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 is the same as that in the first embodiment except that the direction of the special winning device 35 is opposite to the direction in the first embodiment. This is the same as the embodiment. In addition, in the area between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35, the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 is surely applied to the inlet portion 42a of the discharge passage 42 or the opening / closing member 43 disposed at the non-receiving position. A lower guide region 156 for guiding is formed. The formation method of the lower guide region 156 is arbitrary, but in the pachinko machine 10, the lower guide region 156 is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24 b and the standing wall 48 of the special winning device 35. Since the lower guide region 156 is formed, if the opening / closing member 43 is placed in the non-accepting position, the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 is reliably placed in the non-accepting position. If the state reaches the member 43 and the opening / closing member 43 is disposed at the receiving position, the game ball won in the through winning portion 34 surely enters the discharge passage 42.

  In addition, since the upper surface of the opening / closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44 are formed so as to be inclined downward toward the left, the game balls placed on these surfaces flow down toward the left due to their own weight. It will be. In this case, the positional relationship of the special prize-winning device 35 with respect to the first operating part 32 is that a game ball that flows down the upper surface of the opening / closing member 43 and the ball receiving surface 44 to the left does not enter the first operating part 32 or The position is set so that it is difficult to enter the ball. In addition, since the introduction port 37b that allows the inflow of the game ball to the stage 37a in the variable display unit 37 is provided only in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37, the game ball is launched so as to flow down the right area PA3. When the operation is being performed, the game ball is not supplied to the stage 37a through the introduction port 37b. Therefore, in order to generate a winning to the first operating unit 32, the game ball is fired so as to flow down the left area PA2, not the game ball is fired so as to flow down the right area PA3. There is a need.

  In the area where the game ball does not pass on the lower right side of the game area PA, the first map display section 131, the second map display section 132, the third map display section 133, the fourth map display section 134, the first map A figure hold display unit 135, a second map hold display unit 136, and a third map hold display unit 137 are provided. Each of the first map display section 131 to the fourth map display section 134 is configured by a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display as in the symbol display device 51 in the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134, but the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display. It becomes possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the display unit 134. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, or a dot matrix display. Moreover, as a pattern displayed in the 1st general map display part 131-the 4th general map display part 134, the structure by which a multiple types of character is displayed, the structure by which a plurality of types of symbols are displayed, a plurality of types of characters A configuration in which is displayed or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed is conceivable. Moreover, the display range of the 1st common figure display part 131-the 4th general figure display part 134 is a range narrower than the display surface of the symbol display apparatus 51. FIG. Furthermore, the display range for both the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134 and the first general map reservation display unit 135 to the third general map reservation display unit 137 is also the same as that of the symbol display device 51. The range is narrower than the display surface. Thereby, the player's degree of attention to the symbol display device 51 is higher than that of the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134 and the first general map hold display unit 135 to the third general map hold display unit 137. It becomes possible to raise.

  Based on the game ball entering the first actuating unit 32, the first common map display unit 131 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. In addition, the first general map hold display unit 135 is provided at a position adjacent to the first general map display unit 131. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first operating unit 32 are held as first map-side reserved information, and the number of held is displayed when the first map-holding display unit 135 is turned on. It is like that. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a first map reservation area 141 as an area for storing the first map reservation information.

  Based on the game ball entering the first power transmission device 121, the second general map display unit 132 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. In addition, the second general map hold display unit 136 is provided at a position adjacent to the second general map display unit 132. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first power transmission device 121 are held as the second map-side reserved information, and the number of held is displayed by turning on the second map-holding display section 136. It has become so. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a second map reservation area 142 as an area for storing the second map reservation information.

  Based on the game ball entering the second power transmission device 122, the third general map display unit 133 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. Further, the third general map holding display unit 137 is provided at a position adjacent to the third general map display unit 133. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the second general electric device 122 are reserved as third common figure side hold information, and the number of reserved pieces is displayed by lighting the third general figure hold display section 137. It has become so. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a third map reservation area 143 as an area for storing third map reservation information.

  Based on the game ball entering the through winning portion 34, the fourth general-purpose display portion 134 performs display continuation including the display of the change of the pattern. Here, the universal map display unit is not provided for the fourth general map display unit 134. In other words, the fourth map-side reserved information acquired when winning the through winning part 34 is not stored. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a fourth map execution area 144 as an area for storing the fourth map-side reservation information.

  Here, the first display continuation period and the third display continuation period are set as the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the fourth general map display unit 134. The first display duration is set to 0.45 seconds as in the first embodiment. Further, the third display continuation period is set to 1.5 seconds unlike the first embodiment. In this case, the positional relationship between the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 is such that when the first display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth map display portion 134, the special winning device 35 is won. If the third display continuation period is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134, the ratio of one of the two game balls won in the through winning unit 34 Thus, the position relationship is set such that a winning to the special winning device 35 occurs. When a prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35, 15 game balls are paid out with respect to one game ball. Accordingly, when the third display continuation time is selected in the display continuation time of the fourth general chart display unit 134, a larger number of game balls than the number of game balls supplied to the through winning unit 34 are played. Will be paid out.

<First general power control process>
Next, various processes executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. First, a description will be given of a first general-purpose power control process for performing the display continuation execution control in the first general-purpose display unit 131 and the execution control of the first general-purpose device 121 in the open execution state. FIG. 37 is a slow chart showing the first ordinary power transmission control process.

  When the winning to the first operating unit 32 has occurred (step S2101: YES), the first map-side reservation information stored in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first map reservation area 141. On the condition that the number is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S2102: NO), the storage processing to the first map reservation area 141 is executed (step S2103). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the first general map side reservation information, and the first general map side reservation information in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. When the first map-side reservation information is acquired, the display content of the first map-hold display unit 135 is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the first map-side reservation information this time. Set the data to do this.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2101, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2102, or if the process of step S2103 is executed, is the second ordinary power device 122 or the third ordinary power device 123 in an open execution state? It is determined whether or not (step S2104). If a negative determination is made in step S2104, the processing in steps S2105 to S2115 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2105 to S2115 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1105 to S1115 of the first ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2104, the process of step S2116 is executed. The processing content of step S2116 is the same as the processing content of step S1116 of the first general power transmission control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment.

  As described above, by executing the first common map normal power control process, the first common map display unit 131 displays the variation of the pattern in response to the winning of the first operating unit 32. In the symbol display device 51, a variation display of symbols is performed. When the first public train opening lottery process is performed, the first public train device 121 is displayed after the first continuous display on the first general symbol display unit 131 and the symbol display device 51 is finished. The release execution state is entered. In the opening execution state, the first power transmission device 121 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with a 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the first power transmission device 121 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when a game ball wins the first general electric device 121, the second general figure side reservation information is stored in the second general figure reservation area 142 with an upper limit of four pieces.

  Further, in the first general-purpose power control process, when the second general-purpose power device 122 or the third general-purpose power device 123 is in the open execution state, a process for temporarily stopping the display continuation time of the first general-purpose display unit 131. Execute. As a result, when the second general power device 122 or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times of the first general map display unit 131 from proceeding. Therefore, when the second ordinary power device 122 or the third ordinary power device 123 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the first ordinary power device 121 from being in the open execution state. Become.

<2nd general power control process>
Next, the second general-purpose power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the second general-purpose power control process, the execution control for the continuous display in the second general-purpose display unit 132 and the execution control of the open execution state of the second general power device 122 are performed. FIG. 38 is a slow chart showing the second ordinary power transmission control process.

  When the winning to the first power transmission device 121 has occurred (step S2201: YES), the second normal map side reservation stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general map reservation area 142. On condition that the number of information is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S2202: NO), the storage processing in the second map reserved area 142 is executed (step S2203). In the storing process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the second general map side hold information, and the second general map side hold information in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general map hold area 142 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. When the second map-side hold information is acquired, the display content of the second map-hold display unit 136 is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the second map-side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2201, an affirmative determination is made in step S2202, or if the process of step S2203 is executed, is the first general power device 121 or the third general power device 123 in the open execution state? It is determined whether or not (step S2204). If a negative determination is made in step S2204, processing in steps S2205 to S2214 is executed. The processing contents of Steps S2205 to S2214 are the same as the processing contents of Steps S1205 to S1214 of the second ordinary power control process (FIG. 25) in the fourth embodiment. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2204, the process of step S2215 is executed. The processing content of step S2215 is the same as the processing content of step S1215 of the second general power transmission control process (FIG. 25) in the fourth embodiment.

  As described above, by executing the second general-purpose power transmission control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the second general-purpose map display unit 132 when a winning for the first general power transmission device 121 occurs. . When the second public power open lottery process is performed, the second general power display device 132 enters the open execution state after the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 ends. . In the opening execution state, the second power transmission device 122 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with a 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the second power transmission device 122 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins the second general electric device 122, the third general figure side reservation information is stored in the third general figure reservation area 143 with an upper limit of four pieces.

  Further, in the second general-purpose power control process, when the first general-purpose power device 121 or the third general-purpose power device 123 is in the open execution state, a process for temporarily stopping the display continuation time of the second general-purpose display unit 132. Execute. Thereby, when the 1st general power transmission apparatus 121 or the 3rd general power transmission apparatus 123 is an open execution state, it becomes possible to prevent the display continuation time of the 2nd general map display part 132 from advancing. Therefore, when the first general power device 121 or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the second general power device 122 from being in the open execution state. Become.

<Third general map power control process>
Next, the third ordinary power transmission control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the third general-purpose power control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the third general-purpose display unit 133 and the execution control of the open execution state of the third common power device 123 are performed. FIG. 39 is a slow chart showing the third general-purpose power control process.

  When the winning to the second power transmission device 122 has occurred (step S2301: YES), the third map-side reservation stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143 On condition that the number of information is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S2302: NO), the storage processing in the third map reserved area 143 is executed (step S2303). In the storing process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the third general map side reservation information, and the third general map side reservation information in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third general map reservation area 143 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. In addition, when the 3rd map side hold information is acquired, the display content of the 3rd map map display part 137 is updated according to the increase in the number of the 3rd map side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2301, an affirmative determination is made in step S2302, or if the process of step S2303 is executed, is the first general electric device 121 or the second general electric device 122 in an open execution state? It is determined whether or not (step S2304). If a negative determination is made in step S2304, the processes of steps S2305 and S2306 are executed. These processes will be described later. After that, the third general-purpose ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S2307). In the third general-purpose electric power address table, the start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the third general-purpose electric power counter is set. The third general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the third general-purpose power control process.

  The third general-purpose power counter can take values from “0” to “4”, and each value from “0” to “4” is the start address NA30 to NA34 of each process (step S2310 to step S2314). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the third general-purpose power counter is “0”, the third general-purpose fluctuation start process (the third general-purpose figure display unit 133 starts a display continuation cycle). Step S2310) is the execution target, and when the value of the third common map display counter is “1”, the third common map change is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the third general map display section 133. The third process is a process for ending the continuous display in the third map display unit 133 when the middle process (step S2311) is the execution target and the value of the third map map power counter is “2”. The process for determining the normal power diagram (step S2312) is an object to be executed, and when the value of the third general power general power counter is “3”, this is a process for controlling the open state of the third normal power device 123. 3 During the open operation of the ordinary power train (step S2313) If the value of the third normal power counter is “4”, the third normal power closed process (step S2314) is a process for opening the third normal power device 123 again. Is the execution target.

  In the third general power transmission control process, after the third general power address table is read (step S2307), the start address corresponding to the information in the third general power counter is set to the third general power address. Obtained from the table (step S2308), the process jumps to the processing indicated by the obtained start address (step S2309). Hereinafter, each process of step S2310 to step S2314 will be described individually.

  In the third map change start process in step S2310, the third map reservation area 143 is reserved and stored on the condition that the third map map hold information is stored in the third map reservation area 143. A process of shifting the hold information on the third general map side is executed. Specifically, the third map-side reservation information stored in the first area 143a of the third map reservation area 143 is shifted to the third map-use execution area 143e, and then the second area 143b → the second The third map-side reserved information is shifted so that the first area 143a, the third area 143c → the second area 143b, and the fourth area 143d → the third area 143c. In addition, when the 3rd map side hold information is shifted, the display content of the 3rd map map display unit 137 is updated in accordance with the decrease in the number of the 3rd map side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  In the third map fluctuation start process, after the above shift process is executed, the third map-opening lottery process is performed using the third map-side reserved information newly shifted to the third map map execution area 143e as a lottery value. Execute. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the third electric power release in the third electric power open lottery process is constant regardless of the gaming state, and specifically, the probability of 99/100 is the third electric power. It will be an open winner. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of winning the third public train may be higher or lower. In addition, when the third common service side hold information is acquired without executing the third general power release lottery process, the third general power device 123 may be reliably opened.

  In the third common figure variation start process, when the third public train opening lottery process is executed, a process for specifying the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is executed. In the specific process, a fixed display continuation period of 0.03 seconds is set in the third timer counter provided in the main RAM 74 regardless of the result of the third public train opening lottery process and the number of the third general map side hold information. set. In addition, when a display continuation time is performed in the 3rd general figure display part 133, the effect corresponding to it is not performed in the symbol display apparatus 51, the display light emission part 63, and the speaker part 64. FIG. After the first power transmission device 121 enters the release execution state, all of the second map-side reservation information acquired in the release execution state is digested and triggered by the second map-side reservation information. The release execution state of the second general electric device 122 is completed, and all of the third common map side hold information acquired by the release execution state is digested and triggered by the third general map side hold information. Until all the open execution states of the third power transmission device 123 are finished, it corresponds to the jackpot state of the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment, and in the jackpot state, an effect corresponding to the jackpot state is displayed on the symbol display device 51, display. This is executed by the light emitting unit 63 and the speaker unit 64.

  In the third map change start process, after the process for specifying the display continuation period is executed, the pattern change display on the third map display section 133 is started. In the case of causing the third common map display unit 133 to display the variation of the pattern, the variation display table for the conventional diagram already described is referred to. After starting the variable display of the pattern in the 3rd general map display part 133, 1 is added to the value of the 3rd general map counter. Since the value of the third normal power counter is “0” when the third normal signal fluctuation start process is executed, the value of the third normal power counter is increased by adding 1 to the second normal power counter. It becomes “1” corresponding to the changing process (step S2311).

  In the third map change process in step S2311, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the third timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.01 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the 3rd general map display part 133 will be performed. In addition, when it is time to make a final display, the display mode of the pattern in the third common map display unit 133 is set to a display mode corresponding to the result of the current third public train opening lottery process. After that, by adding 1 to the value of the third general-purpose power counter, the value corresponding to the third normal-figure changing process is changed from that corresponding to the third normal-figure changing process (step S2312). Update to

  In the third map determination process in step S2312, it is determined whether or not the fixed display period (specifically 0.01 seconds) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. When the fixed display period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the result of the third public train opening lottery process in the current display continuation round is the third public train opening winning. If it is not the third public train open winning, after clearing the value of the third general train power counter to “0”, the third regular train finalizing process is terminated. In the case of the third public power open winning, “3” is set to the third general power open counter provided in the main RAM 74 as information on the number of times of opening / closing the third general power device 123. Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the third general electric power device 123 in the current open execution state in the third general electric winning counter provided in the main RAM 74. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the third timer counter as information on the open duration of the third power transmission device 123. Moreover, the 3rd normal power apparatus 123 is made into an open state by starting the output of the drive signal to the 3rd normal power drive part 123b. Thereafter, 1 is added to the third ordinary power counter. Since the value of the third normal power counter is “2” when the third normal signal determination process is executed, “3” corresponding to the third normal power open process (step S2313) after 1 is added. "

  In the third open-electric-power-opening process in step S2313, if a win is generated in the third general electric device 123, a value corresponding to the winning number is subtracted from the value of the third general electric prize counter in the main RAM 74. To do. When the value of the third general electric prize counter is “0”, the value of the third general electric open counter is cleared to “0”, the value of the third timer counter is cleared to “0”, and By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 3 normal power drive unit 123b, the 3rd general power utility 123a is closed, and the value of the 3rd general power counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third general map normal power control process is the third general map fluctuation start process (step S2310). Further, if the value of the third timer counter is “0” even if the value of the third ordinary power winning prize counter is not “0”, the output of the drive signal to the third ordinary power driving unit 123b. Is stopped, the third common utility object 123a is closed, and the value of the third common power release counter in the main RAM 74 is decremented by one. Then, if the value of the third general electric power release counter is not “0”, the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically 1 second) of the third general electric utility 123a is set in the third timer counter. Updates the value of the counter of the third ordinary power system from “3” to “4”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third ordinary power transmission control process becomes the third ordinary power closed process (step S2314). When the value of the third common power open counter is “0”, the value of the third common power general counter is cleared to “0” without setting the value in the third timer counter. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third general map normal power control process is the third general map fluctuation start process (step S2310).

  In the third power transmission closing process in step S2314, on the condition that the value of the third timer counter is “0”, the output of the drive signal to the third power transmission drive section 123b is started to start the process. The numerical information of the opening continuation period (specifically, 3 seconds) in the case where the third common utility item 123a is opened and the third common utility item 123a is opened once is set in the third timer counter. . Then, the value of the third ordinary power counter is updated from “4” to “3”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the third ordinary power transmission control process becomes the third ordinary power open process (step S2313).

  As described above, by executing the third general-purpose power control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the third general-purpose display unit 133 in response to the winning of the second general power device 122. . And when it becomes the 3rd public power open lottery in the 3rd general power open lottery process, the 3rd general power equipment 123 will be in an open execution state after the display continuation time in the 3rd general map display part 133 is completed. . In the opening execution state, the 3rd power transmission device 123 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with the 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the third power transmission device 123 becomes 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

  In the third general-purpose power control process, when the first general power device 121 or the second general power device 122 is in the open execution state, by making an affirmative determination in step S2304, the variation stop processing is performed in step S2315. Run. In the change stop processing, if the current state is the execution of the display continuation time in the third map display unit 133, the display continuation time in the third map display unit 133 is changed to the current display mode of the third map display unit 133. And temporarily stops the update of the third timer counter. Further, in the variable stop process, the third stop flag provided in the main RAM 74 is set to “1”.

  In the third general-purpose power control process, when a negative determination is made in step S2304 and the third stop flag in the main RAM 74 is set to “1” (step S2305: YES), 3. The stop flag is cleared to “0” (step S2306). As a result, when the third map display unit 133 is temporarily stopped during the display continuation, the display continuation is resumed and the update of the third timer counter is resumed.

  As described above, in the third general-purpose power control process, when the first general-purpose power device 121 or the second general-purpose power device 122 is in the open execution state, the display continuation times of the third general-purpose display unit 133 are temporarily stopped. Execute the process. As a result, when the first general power device 121 or the second general power device 122 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times of the third general map display unit 133 from proceeding. Therefore, when the first ordinary power device 121 or the second ordinary power device 122 is in the open execution state, it is possible to prevent the third ordinary power device 123 from entering the open execution state. Become.

<4th general power control process>
Next, the fourth general-purpose power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the fourth general-purpose power control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 and the execution control of the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 are performed. FIG. 40 is a slow chart showing the fourth general-purpose power control process.

  First, the fourth general-purpose ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S2401). The start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the fourth general-purpose power counter is set in the fourth general-purpose power address table. The fourth general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the fourth general-purpose power control process.

  The fourth general-purpose power counter can take values from “0” to “3”, and each value from “0” to “3” is the start address NA40 to NA43 of each process (steps S2404 to S2407). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “0”, the fourth general-purpose figure change start process (the fourth general-purpose figure change start process) Step S2404) is the execution target, and when the value of the fourth general-purpose map electric power counter is “1”, the fourth general-purpose fluctuation is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the fourth general-purpose map display unit 134. The fourth process is a process for ending the continuous display in the fourth map display unit 134 when the middle process (step S2405) is the execution target and the value of the fourth map map power counter is “2”. The process for determining the common figure (step S2406) is to be executed, and when the value of the fourth common figure normal electricity counter is “3”, the fourth universal process is a process for controlling the acceptance state of the special prize device 35. Processing during power release (step S2407) The target.

  In the fourth general-purpose electric power control process, after the fourth general-purpose electric power address table is read (step S2401), the start address corresponding to the information in the fourth general-purpose electric power counter is set to the fourth general-purpose electric power address. Obtained from the table (step S2402), the process jumps to the processing indicated by the obtained start address (step S2403). The processing contents of Steps S2405 to S2407 are the same as the processing contents of Steps S1407 to S1410 of the fourth ordinary power control process (FIG. 27) in the fourth embodiment. Also, the process contents of the fourth map change start process in step S2404 are the same as the process of the fourth map change start process (FIG. 28) in the fourth embodiment except for the process contents of the specific process of the fourth map change period. This is the same as the processing content.

  FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a process for specifying the fourth common map fluctuation period.

  First, it is determined whether or not one or more second map-side reservation information is stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second map reservation area 142 (step S2501). If a negative determination is made in step S2501, the first display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S2501). Similar to the first embodiment, the first display duration is 0.45 seconds. In the situation where the first display continuation period is selected, as in the first embodiment, even if the special prize winning device 35 enters the acceptance execution state, basically no prize is awarded to the special prize winning device 35.

  On the other hand, if one or more pieces of second map-side reserved information are stored and an affirmative determination is made in step S2501, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time (step S2503). The third display continuation period is 1.5 seconds. In the situation where the third display continuation period is selected, it is possible to expect winning of one special winning device 35 out of two game balls that reach a position where the special winning device 35 can win.

  When any one of steps S2502 and S2503 is executed, the display duration information selected in either step S2502 or step S2503 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S2504).

  With the above configuration, the third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the fourth general map display unit 134 in the situation where the second general map side hold information is stored on hold. Winning to the special winning device 35 can occur with high frequency. As a result, in the big hit state where the second power transmission device 122 and the third power transmission device 123 are in the open execution state, not only the second power transmission device 122 and the third power transmission device 123 but also the special prize winning device 35 is won. It is possible to expect an increase in game balls based on this, and it is possible to increase the advantage of the big hit state.

<Relationship between the display duration of the fourth map display unit 134 and the acceptance state of the special prize device 35>
Next, the relationship between the display continuation period of the fourth common map display unit 134 and the acceptance state of the special winning device 35 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 42 (a) shows a period during which the first ordinary power device 121 is in an open state, and FIG. 42 (b) shows that a game ball is detected by the first ordinary power detection sensor 121c of the first ordinary power device 121. 42 (c) shows a period during which the display continuation time is executed in the second general map display unit 132, and FIG. 42 (d) shows that one or more second general map side hold information is stored on hold. 42 (e) shows a period during which the game ball passes through the through winning portion 34, and FIG. 42 (f) shows a game ball at a position where the special winning device 35 can be won. 42 (g) shows a period in which the display continuation time is executed in the fourth common map display unit 134, and FIG. 42 (h) shows that the special prize winning device 35 is in the accepting state. Period.

  As already described, all the game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 and have not won any of the first to third power devices 123 to 123 will win the through winning portion 34. . Therefore, before the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121 is started, as shown in FIG. 42 (e), a winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs at the timings t1, t4, and t9. . In these cases, as shown in FIG. 42 (g), in the respective periods of the timing t1 to the timing t2, the timing t4 to the timing t7, and the timing t9 to the timing t13, the fourth display period according to the first display continuation period. The display continuation times of the figure display unit 134 are performed. Then, as shown in FIG. 42 (h), as shown in FIG. 42 (h), a special prize is awarded in the respective periods of the timing t2 to the timing t3, the timing t7 to the timing t8, and the timing t13 to the timing t14. The device 35 enters the receiving execution state. In this case, the game ball that won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t1 extends from the timing of t5 to the timing of t6, and the game ball that won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t4 at the timing of t10 to the timing of t11. The game balls that have won the through winning portion 34 at the timing of t9 will reach positions where they can win the special winning device 35 from the timing of t15 to the timing of t16. During this period, since the special prize winning device 35 is not in the accepting state, the special prize winning device 35 is not won.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 42 (a), the first power transmission device 121 enters the open execution state from the timing t10 to the timing t21. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42 (b), a winning for the first power transmission device 121 is generated at each of the timing t12, the timing t17, and the timing t18, and the second common-side holding information is acquired. In this case, with the winning of the first power transmission device 121 at the timing t12 as an opportunity, as shown in FIG. Is done. On the other hand, since the winning to the first power transmission device 121 at the timing of t17 and the timing of t18 occurs in a situation where the display of the second general map display unit 132 is continuously performed, the second common map side hold information Will be stored on hold. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42 (d), one or more pieces of second common map side hold information are held and stored at the timing of t17.

  As shown in FIG. 42 (e), a winning to the through winning portion 34 occurs at a timing t20, in which one or more pieces of second-general-side holding information are held and stored. Then, at the timing t20, as shown in FIG. 42 (g), the display continuation times in the fourth general map display unit 134 are started. Since one or more pieces of the second map-side hold information are stored on hold, the display continuation time is the third display continuation period. Therefore, the display continuation is performed from the timing t20 to the timing t22. And after the said display continuation time is complete | finished, as shown in FIG.42 (h), the special prize-winning apparatus 35 will be in a receiving execution state over the timing of t22-timing of t24. In this case, the position at which the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 at the timing t20 can win the special winning device 35 from the timing t22 to the timing t23 as shown in FIG. 42 (f). Exists. Since this period corresponds to a period in which the special prize winning device 35 is in the accepting state, a prize winning to the special prize winning device 35 occurs.

  According to the embodiment described above in detail, the following excellent effects are obtained in addition to or instead of the effects described in the first embodiment.

  In the big hit state, not only the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 are in the open execution state, but the special winning device 35 can be in the reception execution state. Thereby, it is possible to increase the advantage in the jackpot state, and it is possible to increase the player's attention to the jackpot state.

  In the big hit state, first the first power transmission device 121 is in the open execution state, and the second general figure side hold information is acquired by the winning of the first power transmission device 121 in the open execution state. Thus, the second power transmission device 122 enters the open execution state. In this case, the third display continuation period is displayed as the display continuation period of the display continuation time when the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is executed in a situation where the second general map side hold information is held and stored. Is set, and the third display continuation period is set, so that a special winning device 35 is won at a predetermined frequency. As a result, it becomes possible to create a situation in which winning to the plurality of devices 35 and 122 is possible with the winning of the first power transmission device 121 as an opportunity, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the big hit state. .

  In addition, the second ordinary power device 122 is in the open execution state without requiring any further winning when the second common map side holding information is acquired, whereas the special winning device 35 accepts In order to enter the execution state, it is necessary to generate a winning in the through winning portion 34 in a situation where the second map-side holding information is stored on hold, and in order to generate a winning in the special winning device 35 It is necessary for the game ball to reach a position where it is possible to enter the special winning device 35 after the third display continuation period is set in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134. Thereby, even if it becomes possible to win each of the special winning device 35 and the second electric power device 122 by acquiring the second general map side holding information, the special winning device sets the conditions for generating the winning. 35 and the second power transmission device 122 can be made different.

  The through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 are provided on the downstream side of the first common power device 121, the second common power device 122, and the third common power device 123 in the right region PA3. As a result, game balls that have not won the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 in the big hit state can win the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the number of game balls that are wasted in the big hit state.

  In the configuration in which the second map-side reserved information is stored and stored in the jackpot state, in the situation where the second map-side stored information is not stored and stored, the first display is performed at the display continuation time of the fourth map display unit 134. By setting the continuation period, basically, winning in the special winning device 35 does not occur. As a result, it is possible to limit the situation where the winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency to the big hit state.

  If any one of the opening execution state of the first common power device 121, the opening execution state of the second common power device 122, and the opening execution state of the third common power device 123 occurs, the other state among them Is not generated, but one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 occurs. Even so, the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 may occur. As a result, it is possible to diversify the manner in which the prizes are generated, and to improve the interest of the game.

  The second power transmission device 122 enters an open execution state based on the winning of the first power transmission device 121 and the third power transmission device 123 based on the winning of the second power transmission device 122. Is in the open execution state, any one of the open execution state of the first common power device 121, the open execution state of the second general power device 122, and the open execution state of the third general power device 123 has occurred. In some cases, no other state occurs. Thus, the player can aim for winnings to the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 step by step. On the other hand, the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 occurs regardless of the winnings to the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, and the third general power device 123. In this case, even when any one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 occurs. An opening execution state of the special winning device 35 can occur. Thereby, the situation which makes it possible to aim at the winning to any one of the 1st general electric power device 121, the 2nd general electric power device 122, and the 3rd general electric power device 123 and the special winning device 35 simultaneously is produced. It becomes possible.

  In a configuration in which the acceptance execution state of the special winning device 35 and the opening execution state of any one of the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, and the third general power device 123 may overlap, the special prize winning device 35 is provided at a position where a winning can be made when the game ball is flowing down so as to flow down toward the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122 and the third general electric device 123. Thereby, it is possible to perform the launch operation aiming at both the winning to the special winning device 35 and the winning to any of the first ordinary power device 121, the second ordinary power device 122 and the third ordinary power device 123. It becomes.

  When any one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 occurs, the other devices out of them The display continuation times in the corresponding normal map display portions 131, 132, 133 are prevented from proceeding. Thus, any one of the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121, the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122, and the opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 can be performed by simply adjusting the progress of the display continuation times. It is possible to prevent other states from occurring when these occur.

  The state in which the display continuation time is not advanced as described above includes the opening execution state of the first general electric device 121, the opening execution state of the second general electric device 122, and the opening execution state of the third general electric device 123. Of these, it is canceled after the state corresponding to the general map display units 131, 132, 133 that are not subject to the progress of the display continuation is terminated, and if the display continuation is temporarily stopped, the display is continued. Progress is resumed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times that are subject to being stopped from being invalidated.

<Another embodiment of the tenth embodiment>
(1) Even if the fourth map-side reservation information is acquired, the special winning device 35 is configured not to be in the acceptance execution state unless the acceptance determination result is obtained in the acceptance determination process. If acquired, the special winning device 35 may be surely placed in the receiving execution state. When the fourth map-side reserved information is acquired, the special winning device 35 receives the execution with a probability of approximately 100%. It is good also as composition which will be in a state.

  (2) When a predetermined device 121, 122, 123 that does not correspond to the general map display unit 131, 132, 133 is in the open execution state during the display continuation time in the general map display unit 131, 132, 133 Although the display continuation times during execution are temporarily stopped, the present invention is not limited to this, and the display continuation display is continued for the period during which the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123 are in the open execution state. The period may be extended. In this case, in the period in which the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123 are in the open execution state, the variable display of the pattern is continuously displayed on the general-purpose display units 131, 132, 133 corresponding to the display continuation times during the execution. It is good.

  (3) The third display continuation period is selected as the display continuation period in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 in the situation where the second general map side hold information is stored on hold. There is no limitation, and the third display continuation period may be selected as the display continuation period in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 in a situation where the third general map side hold information is stored on hold. The third display continuation period is often used as the display continuation period in the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 in the situation where either the second general map side hold information or the third general map side hold information is stored. The configuration may be selected, and in the situation in which both the second map-side reservation information and the third map-side reservation information are stored, the display continuation period of the fourth map display unit 134 is displayed continuously. 3 tables May be configured to duration is selected.

  (4) The display continuation times of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 are not temporarily stopped even if any of the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, and the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and if any of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth power transmission device 121 The display continuation time of the fourth display diagram 134 may be resumed when the display continuation time of the figure display unit 134 is temporarily stopped and the event that temporarily triggered the stop is completed.

  (5) Limited to a configuration in which the third display continuation period is surely set when the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is started in a situation where the second general map side hold information is stored on hold. However, the third display continuation period may be easily set. Specifically, the display of the fourth map display unit 134 is continued regardless of whether the second map-side hold information is not stored on hold or the second map-side hold information is stored on hold. The third display continuation period may be set at the second time, but the situation in which the second map-side hold information is stored on hold is the fourth map than the situation in which the second map-side hold information is not stored on hold. The third display continuation period may be easily set in the display continuation time of the display unit 134.

<Eleventh embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from that of the first embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 43 is a front view of the game board 24 in the present embodiment. The game area PA is divided into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3, and a lower area PA4 by the variable display unit 37 as in the first embodiment. In the lower area PA4, a first through winning portion 160 is provided instead of the first operating portion 32 in the first embodiment. In the first through winning portion 160, when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2, and the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3. In any case, it is provided at a position where a prize can be won. However, in the variable display unit 37, an introduction port 37b that allows the game ball to flow into the stage 37a is provided in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37, and the game ball supplied to the stage 37a is the stage 37a. If the ball is sufficiently decelerated near the center in the horizontal direction and then flows downward, it is easy for a ball to enter the first through winning portion 160. Accordingly, when the launch operation is performed so that the game ball flows down toward the left area PA2 to the right of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1, the game is directed toward the right area PA3. It is easier for the player to enter the first through winning portion 160 than when the launch operation is performed so that the ball flows down.

  The first through winning portion 160 has a through hole penetrating in the vertical direction, and a game ball passes through the through hole and is detected by the first through detection sensor 160a. Occurrence of winning in the through winning portion 160 is specified. Further, when winning the first through winning portion 160, only the vertical direction passes through the through hole, so that the game balls winning the first through winning portion 160 continue to flow down the game area PA. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball that has entered the first through winning portion 160 may be discharged to the back side of the game board 24. In addition, when a winning to the first through winning portion 160 occurs, three game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the number of payouts is other than three. Alternatively, the game ball may not be paid out. The left area PA2 is not provided with a winning portion including the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 in the first embodiment.

  In the right area PA3, a first power transmission device 121, a second power transmission device 122, a third power transmission device 123, a fourth power transmission device 161, and a second through winning portion 162 are provided. The first ordinary electric device 121, the second ordinary electric device 122, the third ordinary electric device 123, the fourth ordinary electric device 161, and the second through prize winning portion 162 are fired so as to flow down the left area PA2. If it is, the winning is impossible, and the winning operation becomes possible by performing the launch operation so as to flow down the right area PA3.

  The first power transmission device 121 is provided with a first power utility item 121a as a guide piece including a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the first power utility 121a, the game ball cannot win the first power device 121, and when the first power utility 121a is in the open state, the first power device 121 can be won. It becomes. The first general electric power driving unit 121b for opening and closing the first general electric utility 121a and the first general electric power detection sensor 121c for detecting a game ball won in the first general electric device 121 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the drive signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the first general electric drive unit 121b, the first general electric utility 121a is opened, and when the transmission of the drive signal is stopped, the first general electric utility 121a is stopped. Returns to the closed state. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the first general electric device 121 based on the detection result of the first general electric power detection sensor 121c. In addition, when a winning to the first power transmission device 121 occurs, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the payout number is other than 15. Also good.

  The second power transmission device 122 is provided with a second power utility object 122a as a guide piece including a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the second power utility item 122a, the game ball cannot win the second power device 122, and the second power device 122a becomes open so that the second power device 122 can be won. It becomes. The second general electric drive part 122b for opening and closing the second general electric utility 122a and the second general electric power detection sensor 122c for detecting a game ball won in the second general electric device 122 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the drive signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the second general electric drive unit 122b, the second general electric component 122a is opened, and when the transmission of the drive signal is stopped, the second general electric component 122a is stopped. Returns to the closed state. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the second power transmission device 122 based on the detection result of the second power transmission detection sensor 122c. In addition, when a prize is won for the second power transmission device 122, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball as in the case of the first power transmission device 121. The number of payouts may be other than 15.

  The third power transmission device 123 is provided with a third power utility object 123a as a guide piece composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the third power utility item 123a, the game ball cannot win the third power device 123, and when the third power tool 123a is in the open state, it is possible to win the third power device 123. It becomes. The third general electric drive unit 123b for opening and closing the third general electric utility 123a and the third general electric power detection sensor 123c for detecting a game ball won in the third general electric device 123 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the driving signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the third normal power driving unit 123b, the third general power object 123a is opened, and when the transmission of the driving signal is stopped, the third general power object 123a is stopped. Returns to the closed state. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the third power transmission device 123 based on the detection result of the third power transmission detection sensor 123c. Further, when a prize is awarded to the third power transmission device 123, 15 game balls are obtained for one game ball as in the case of the first power transmission device 121 and the second power transmission device 122. However, the number of payouts may be other than 15.

  The fourth power transmission device 161 is provided with a fourth power utility item 161a as a guide piece composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the fourth power utility 161a, the game ball cannot win the fourth power device 161, and when the fourth power utility 161a is opened, the game can be awarded to the fourth power device 161. It becomes. The fourth general electric drive 161b for opening and closing the fourth general electric utility 161a and the fourth general electric detection sensor 161c for detecting a game ball won in the fourth general electric device 161 are both electrically connected to the main controller 70. Connected. When the drive signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the fourth general electric drive unit 161b, the fourth general electric component 161a is opened, and the transmission of the drive signal is stopped to stop the fourth general electric component 161a. Returns to the closed state. In addition, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the fourth power transmission device 161 based on the detection result of the fourth power transmission detection sensor 161c. In addition, when a prize is awarded to the fourth power transmission device 161, as with the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123, one game ball is entered. In contrast, the payout of 15 game balls is executed, but the number of payouts may be other than 15.

  The second through winning portion 162 has a through-hole penetrating in the vertical direction, and a game ball passes through the through-hole and is detected by the second through detection sensor 162a. The occurrence of winning in the through winning portion 162 is specified. In addition, when winning the second through winning portion 162, it only passes through the through hole in the vertical direction, so that the game balls winning the second through winning portion 162 continue to flow down the game area PA. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball that has entered the second through winning portion 162 may be discharged to the back side of the game board 24. In addition, when a winning to the second through winning portion 162 occurs, two game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the number of payouts is other than one. Alternatively, the game ball may not be paid out.

  The first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, the third general power device 123, and the fourth general power device 161 are the first general power device 121 → the second general power device 122 → from the upstream side in the right region PA3. They are arranged side by side in the vertical direction with a predetermined interval so that the third power transmission device 123 is changed to the fourth power transmission device 161. In addition, the second through winning portion 162 is provided on the downstream side of the fourth general power device 161 on the left side of the region where the first general power device 121 to the fourth general power device 161 are provided in the right region PA3. Yes. On the upstream side of the second through winning portion 162, gaming balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 and have not won the first ordinary electric device 121 to the fourth ordinary electric device 161 are placed in the second through winning portion 162. A right guide region 163 is formed for guiding to the right side. The right guide region 163 can be formed by any method. In the pachinko machine 10, the right guide region 163 is formed by arranging a plurality of nails 24b. By forming the right guide region 163, one of the two game balls that have flowed into the right region PA3 and have not won the first to fourth power devices 161 to 161. The probability of entering the second through winning portion 162 is set so that the player can expect to enter the second through winning portion 162.

  Here, as described above, two game balls are paid out when one game ball wins the second through winning portion 162. On the other hand, as described above, one second through out of two game balls that have flowed into the right area PA3 and have not won the first to fourth power devices 161 to 161. The probability of entering the second through winning portion 162 is set so that the player can expect to enter the winning portion 162. Accordingly, the player can aim to win the second through winning portion 162 while substantially not increasing or decreasing the holding ball.

  In the area where the game ball does not pass on the lower right side of the game area PA, the first map display section 131, the second map display section 132, the third map display section 133, the fourth map display section 134, the first map A figure hold display unit 135, a second map hold display unit 136, and a third map hold display unit 137 are provided. Each of the first map display section 131 to the fourth map display section 134 is configured by a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform a complicated display as in the symbol display device 51 in the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134, but the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display. It becomes possible to reduce the processing load for controlling the display of the display unit 134. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, or a dot matrix display. Moreover, as a pattern displayed in the 1st general map display part 131-the 4th general map display part 134, the structure by which a multiple types of character is displayed, the structure by which a plurality of types of symbols are displayed, a plurality of types of characters A configuration in which is displayed or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are displayed is conceivable. Moreover, the display range of the 1st common figure display part 131-the 4th general figure display part 134 is a range narrower than the display surface of the symbol display apparatus 51. FIG. Furthermore, the display range for both the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134 and the first general map reservation display unit 135 to the third general map reservation display unit 137 is also the same as that of the symbol display device 51. The range is narrower than the display surface. Thereby, the player's degree of attention to the symbol display device 51 is higher than that of the first general map display unit 131 to the fourth general map display unit 134 and the first general map hold display unit 135 to the third general map hold display unit 137. It becomes possible to raise.

  On the basis of the game ball entering the first through winning portion 160, the first common figure display portion 131 performs display continuation including the display of variation of the pattern. In addition, the first general map hold display unit 135 is provided at a position adjacent to the first general map display unit 131. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first through prize winning portion 160 are reserved as the first general figure side hold information, and the number of reserved pieces is displayed when the first general figure hold display portion 135 is lit. It has become so. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a first map reservation area 141 as an area for storing the first map reservation information.

  Based on the game ball entering the first power transmission device 121 or the fourth power transmission device 161, the second general map display unit 132 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. In addition, the second general map hold display unit 136 is provided at a position adjacent to the second general map display unit 132. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the first general electric device 121 or the fourth general electric device 161 are reserved as the second general figure side hold information, and the second general figure hold display unit 136 is turned on. The hold number is displayed. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a second map reservation area 142 as an area for storing the second map reservation information.

  Based on the game ball entering the second power transmission device 122, the third general map display unit 133 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. Further, the third general map holding display unit 137 is provided at a position adjacent to the third general map display unit 133. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the second general electric device 122 are reserved as third common figure side hold information, and the number of reserved pieces is displayed by lighting the third general figure hold display section 137. It has become so. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a third map reservation area 143 as an area for storing third map reservation information.

  Based on the game ball entering the second through winning portion 162, the fourth general-purpose display portion 134 performs display continuation including the display of the variation of the pattern. Here, the universal map display unit is not provided for the fourth general map display unit 134. That is, the 4th figure side reservation information acquired when winning the 2nd through winning part 162 is not stored. As in the fourth embodiment, the main RAM 74 is provided with a fourth map execution area 144 as an area for storing the fourth map-side reservation information.

<First general power control process>
Next, various processes executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. First, a description will be given of a first general-purpose power control process for performing the display continuation execution control in the first general-purpose display unit 131 and the execution control of the first general-purpose device 121 in the open execution state. FIG. 44 is a slow chart showing the first general power control process.

  When the winning to the first through winning portion 160 has occurred (step S2601: YES), the first common figure side reservation stored in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first common figure reservation area 141 is held. On condition that the number of information is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S2602: NO), the storage processing in the first map reservation area 141 is executed (step S2603). In the storage process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the first general map side reservation information, and the first general map side reservation information in the first area 141a to the fourth area 141d of the first general map reservation area 141 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. When the first map-side reservation information is acquired, the display content of the first map-hold display unit 135 is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the first map-side reservation information this time. Set the data to do this.

  When a negative determination is made in step S2601, an affirmative determination is made in step S2602, or when the process of step S2603 is executed, the second power transmission device 122, the third power transmission device 123, or the fourth power transmission device 161 is performed. Is determined to be in the open execution state (step S2604). If a negative determination is made in step S2604, processing in steps S2605 to S2615 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2605 to S2615 are the same as the processing contents of steps S1105 to S1115 of the first ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment. In this case, the probability of winning the first public train opening in the first public train opening lottery process in the first common map change starting process (step S2611) is 1/100. In addition, the display continuation period of the display continuation times in the first common figure display unit 131 and the symbol display device 51 selected in the first common figure variation start process (step S2611) is 1 second to 180 seconds. These configurations are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2604, the process of step S2616 is executed. The processing content of step S2616 is the same as the processing content of step S1116 of the first general power transmission control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment.

  As described above, by executing the first general-purpose power control process, the first general-purpose display unit 131 displays the variation of the pattern in response to the winning of the first through winning unit 160. At the same time, the symbol display is performed in the symbol display device 51. When the first public train opening lottery process is performed, the first public train device 121 is displayed after the first continuous display on the first general symbol display unit 131 and the symbol display device 51 is finished. The release execution state is entered. In the opening execution state, the first power transmission device 121 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with a 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the first power transmission device 121 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when a game ball wins the first general electric device 121, the second general figure side reservation information is stored in the second general figure reservation area 142 with an upper limit of four pieces.

  Further, in the first general-purpose power control process, when the second general-purpose power device 122, the third general-purpose power device 123, or the fourth general-purpose power device 161 is in the open execution state, the display number of the first general-purpose display unit 131 is continuously displayed. A process for temporarily stopping the process is executed. As a result, when the second power transmission device 122, the third power transmission device 123, or the fourth power transmission device 161 is in the open execution state, the display continuation cycle of the first common map display unit 131 is prevented from proceeding. It becomes possible. Therefore, when the 2nd general power device 122, the 3rd general power device 123, or the 4th general power device 161 is an open execution state, the 1st general power device 121 does not become an open execution state redundantly. It becomes possible to do so.

<2nd general power control process>
Next, the second general-purpose power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the second general-purpose power control process, the execution control for the continuous display in the second general-purpose display unit 132 and the execution control of the open execution state of the second general power device 122 are performed. FIG. 45 is a slow chart showing the second ordinary power transmission control process.

  When a prize is generated for the first power transmission device 121 or the fourth power transmission device 161 (step S2701: YES), it is stored in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second common map reservation area 142. On the condition that the number of the second map-side reserved information that is present is less than the upper limit of 4 (step S2702: NO), the storage processing in the second map-holding area 142 is executed (step S2703). In the storing process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the second general map side hold information, and the second general map side hold information in the first area 142a to the fourth area 142d of the second general map hold area 142 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. When the second map-side hold information is acquired, the display content of the second map-hold display unit 136 is updated in accordance with the increase in the number of the second map-side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  When a negative determination is made at step S2701, an affirmative determination is made at step S2702, or when the process of step S2703 is executed, the first general electric device 121, the third general electric device 123, or the fourth general electric device 161 It is determined whether or not is in an open execution state (step S2704). If a negative determination is made in step S2704, the processing of step S2705 to step S2714 is executed. The processing contents of Steps S2705 to S2714 are basically the same as the processing contents of Steps S1205 to S1214 of the second ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 25) in the fourth embodiment. However, in the second general map fluctuation starting process (step S2710), the second general electric circuit opening lottery process is not executed, and the second general electric circuit is surely performed after the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 is ended. The device 122 is in an open execution state. Further, the display continuation period of the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 selected in the second general map change start process (step S2710) is fixed at 0.2 seconds.

  If an affirmative decision is made in step S2704, the process of step S2715 is executed. The processing content of step S2715 is the same as the processing content of step S1215 of the second general power transmission control process (FIG. 25) in the fourth embodiment.

  As described above, the second general-purpose power transmission control process is executed, and the second general-purpose display unit 132 receives the winning of the first general power device 121 or the fourth general power device 161 as an opportunity. The change display of the pattern is performed. And after the display continuation time in the 2nd general map display part 132 is complete | finished, the 2nd general electric equipment 122 will be in an open execution state reliably. In the opening execution state, the second power transmission device 122 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with a 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the second power transmission device 122 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated. In addition, when the game ball wins the second general electric device 122, the third general figure side reservation information is stored in the third general figure reservation area 143 with an upper limit of four pieces.

  Further, in the second general-purpose power control process, when the first general-purpose power device 121, the third general-purpose power device 123, or the fourth general-purpose power device 161 is in the open execution state, the second general-purpose display unit 132 displays continuously. A process for temporarily stopping the process is executed. Thereby, when the 1st general power transmission apparatus 121, the 3rd general power transmission apparatus 123, or the 4th general power transmission apparatus 161 is an open execution state, the display continuation rotation of the 2nd general map display part 132 is prevented from progressing. It becomes possible. Therefore, when the first common power device 121, the third general power device 123, or the fourth general power device 161 is in the open execution state, the second general power device 122 does not overlap with the open execution state. It becomes possible to do so.

<Third general map power control process>
Next, the third ordinary power transmission control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the third general-purpose power control process, the execution control of the display continuation time in the third general-purpose display unit 133 and the execution control of the open execution state of the third common power device 123 are performed. FIG. 46 is a slow chart showing the third general-purpose power control process.

  When the winning for the second power transmission device 122 has occurred (step S2801: YES), the third map-side reservation stored in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third map reservation area 143 On condition that the number of information is less than the upper limit number of 4 (step S2802: NO), the storage processing in the third map reserved area 143 is executed (step S2803). In the storing process, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the third general map side reservation information, and the third general map side reservation information in the first area 143a to the fourth area 143d of the third general map reservation area 143 is stored. It stores in the area where digestion order is early among the areas that are not. In addition, when the 3rd map side hold information is acquired, the display content of the 3rd map map display part 137 is updated according to the increase in the number of the 3rd map side hold information this time. Set the data to do this.

  When a negative determination is made in step S2801, an affirmative determination is made in step S2802, or when the process of step S2803 is executed, the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122, or the fourth general electric device 161 Is determined to be in the open execution state (step S2804). If a negative determination is made in step S2804, the processing from step S2805 to step S2814 is executed. The processing contents of these steps S2805 to S2814 are basically the same as the processing contents of steps S2305 to S2314 of the third ordinary power control process (FIG. 39) in the tenth embodiment. However, in the third general map fluctuation start process (step S2810), the third general electric circuit opening lottery process is not executed, and the third general electric circuit is surely performed after the display continuation time in the third general map display unit 133 is completed. The device 123 is in an open execution state.

  Further, the display continuation period of the display continuation time in the third general map display unit 133 selected in the third general map change start process (step S2810) is fixed at 0.03 seconds. As already described, the display duration of the display continuation time in the second map display unit 132 is fixed at 0.2 seconds, and when the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, the second duration is displayed. The progress of the display continuation times in the normal map display unit 132 is temporarily stopped and the progress of the display continuation times is resumed when the opening execution state is finished. In this configuration, the display continuation period of the third map display unit 133 is a period obtained by multiplying the display continuation period by “4” which is a value corresponding to the upper limit number of the hold information of the third map-side hold information. By setting the period to be shorter than the display continuation period of the general map display unit 132, all of the third general map side hold information acquired in the single open execution state of the second general electric device 122 It is possible to prevent a new open execution state of the second general electric power device 122 from being started before the open execution state of the third general electric power device 123 corresponding to.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2804, the process of step S2815 is executed. The processing content of step S2815 is the same as the processing content of step S2315 of the third general power transmission control process (FIG. 39) in the tenth embodiment.

  As described above, by executing the third general-purpose power control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the third general-purpose display unit 133 in response to the winning of the second general power device 122. . And after the display continuation time in the 3rd common figure display part 133 is complete | finished, the 3rd normal power apparatus 123 will be in an open execution state reliably. In the opening execution state, the 3rd power transmission device 123 performs the 3 seconds opening state three times with the 1 second closing duration. Also, if the number of winning game balls to the third power transmission device 123 becomes 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

  Further, in the third general-purpose power control process, when the first general-purpose power device 121, the second general-purpose power device 122, or the fourth general-purpose power device 161 is in the open execution state, the third general-purpose display unit 133 continues to display. A process for temporarily stopping the process is executed. Thereby, when the 1st general electric power apparatus 121, the 2nd general electric power apparatus 122, or the 4th general electric power apparatus 161 is an open execution state, it prevents that the display continuation time of the 3rd general map display part 133 is advanced. It becomes possible. Therefore, when the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, or the fourth power transmission device 161 is in the open execution state, the third power transmission device 123 does not overlap with the open execution state. It becomes possible to do so.

<4th general power control process>
Next, the fourth general-purpose power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the fourth general-purpose power control process, the execution control for the continuous display time in the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 and the execution control of the open execution state of the fourth general power device 161 are performed. FIG. 47 is a slow chart showing the fourth general-purpose power control process.

  First, it is determined whether or not the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, or the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state (step S2901). If a negative determination is made in step S2901, the processing in steps S2902 and S2903 is executed. These processes will be described later. Thereafter, the fourth general-purpose ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S2904). The start address of a program for executing processing corresponding to the numerical information of the fourth general-purpose power counter is set in the fourth general-purpose power address table. The fourth general-purpose power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify the processing contents to be executed in the fourth general-purpose power control process.

  The fourth general-purpose power counter can take a value from “0” to “4”, and each value from “0” to “4” is the start address NA40 to NA44 of each process (step S2907 to step S2911). It corresponds to. Specifically, when the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “0”, the fourth general-purpose figure change start process (the fourth general-purpose figure change start process) Step S2907) is the execution target, and when the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “1”, the fourth general-purpose figure change is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the fourth general-purpose map display unit 134. The fourth process is a process for ending the continuous display in the fourth map display unit 134 when the middle process (step S2908) is the execution target and the value of the fourth map map power counter is “2”. The process for determining the normal map (step S2909) is the execution target, and when the value of the fourth general map counter is “3”, the process for controlling the open state of the fourth general converter 161 is performed. 4 During the open operation of the ordinary train (step S2910) If the value of the 4th general electric power counter is “4”, the fourth normal electric power closing process, which is a process for opening the fourth general electric device 161 again (step S2911). Is the execution target.

  In the fourth general-purpose electric power control process, after the fourth general-purpose electric power address table is read (step S2904), the start address corresponding to the information in the fourth general-purpose electric power counter is set to the fourth general-purpose electric power address. Obtained from the table (step S2905), the process jumps to the processing indicated by the obtained start address (step S2906). Hereinafter, each process of step S2907-step S2911 is demonstrated separately.

  FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the fourth map change start process in step S2907. When a winning to the second through winning portion 162 has occurred (step S3001: YES), an opening determination process is executed (step S3002). In the release determination process, the current numerical value information of the general power random number counter C11 is stored in the fourth general map execution area 144 as the fourth general map side hold information. Then, the release determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the fourth map holding information stored in the fourth map execution area 144 is checked against the read release determination table. In this case, the probability of being determined to be the result of opening winning in the opening determination process is the first public power opening lottery process in the first general map fluctuation starting process (step S2611) of the first general public power control process (FIG. 44). It is 1/100, which is the same as the probability of winning the first public train.

  When the result of the opening determination process is the opening winning result (step S3003: YES), the stop result setting process for the opening winning result is executed (step S3004). Specifically, the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the open winning result that is finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134 is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. . It should be noted that one type of pattern stop mode may be set for the open winning result, and a plurality of types of pattern stop mode may be set for the open win result.

  When the result of the opening determination process is not the opening winning result (step S3003: NO), a stop result setting process for a losing result is executed (step S3005). Specifically, the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the detachment result that is finally stopped and displayed on the fourth map display unit 134 in the current display continuation time is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. The information on the pattern mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the open winning result.

  After executing one of the stop result setting processes, the fourth normal map change period specifying process is executed (step S3006). Thereafter, the variation display of the pattern on the fourth general map display unit 134 is started (step S3007). In the case where the fourth common map display unit 134 performs the variable display of the pattern, the previously described variable display table for general maps is referred to.

  Thereafter, 1 is added to the value of the fourth ordinary power counter (step S3008). Since the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “0” when the fourth normal-number fluctuation start process is executed, the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is added to the fourth general-purpose counter by adding one. It becomes “1” corresponding to the changing process (step S2908).

  FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing the fourth common map fluctuation period specifying process in step S3006.

  In the specific process, if the result of the release determination process in the current display continuation time is not the open winning result (step S3101: NO), the display duration of the current display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134 is long. Is selected (step S3102). The fixed period is set to 600 seconds. This period is longer than the longest display continuation period that can be selected in the display continuation time in the first map display unit 131. As described above, when the result is not the open winning result, the display duration of the display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134 is set to 600 seconds for a long period of time. When the game ball is fired so as to flow down the right area PA3 in a situation other than the big hit state where either the electric device 122 or the third ordinary electric device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth It is possible to deteriorate the digestion efficiency of the display continuation time in the general map display unit 134, and in this situation, the player should be instructed to perform a game ball firing operation so as to flow down the left area PA2 instead of the right area PA3. It can be recognized.

  On the other hand, if the result of the release determination process in the current display continuation time is the result of the open win (step S3101: YES), a short period is selected as the display continuation period of the current display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134. (Step S3103). The short period is set to a fixed 0.1 seconds.

  As described above, when the fourth power transmission device 161 is in an open execution state and a winning for the fourth power transmission device 161 is generated, the second power transmission device 161 is the same as when the first power transmission device 121 is winning. The figure side hold information is stored on hold. When the second map-side hold information is stored on hold, when the second map display unit 132 continues to display and when the second map map display unit 132 continues to display, The second general electric device 122 is in an open execution state, and further, the third general electric device side hold information is reserved and stored based on the winning to the second general electric device 122, and then the third general electric device 123 is surely opened. It will be in the execution state. In other words, basically, the first public train opening lottery process is used as the first public train opening lottery process with the first general map side holding information acquired based on the winning to the first through winning section 160 as a first. The second power transmission device 122 and the third power transmission device 123 are shifted to a jackpot state in which the open execution state is set, but the fourth power transmission device 161 is in the opening execution state in the middle of the jackpot state. The number of times that the second general power device 122 and the third general power device 123 are in the open execution state in the jackpot state is increased by storing the second general map side reservation information based on the winning to 161. It becomes. In this configuration, the display duration of the display continuation times in the second map display unit 132 is fixed to 0.2 seconds and the display continuation time of the display continuations in the third map display unit 133 is 0.03 seconds. It is fixed to. In this case, since the display continuation period of the fourth general map display unit 134 selected when the open winning result is obtained is set to a period shorter than the display continuation period of the second general map display unit 132, Even if the display continuation times of the 4th general map display unit 134 corresponding to the open winning result is executed at any timing of the big hit state, a winning to the 4th general power transmission device 161 occurs and the 2nd general map side hold It is possible to generate a situation in which information is newly acquired at a timing close to a situation in which the second power transmission device 122 or the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state. In addition, since the display continuation period of the fourth general map display unit 134 selected when the winning winning result is set to a period longer than the display continuation period of the third general map display unit 133, It is possible to guarantee the period during which the display continuation times are executed in the normal map display unit 134 to some extent.

  After selecting the short period, a short period selection command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 (step S3104). The short period selection command is a command for causing the sound light side MPU 92 to recognize that the fourth power transmission device 161 is in the open execution state. When the sound light side MPU 92 receives the short-term selection command in the jackpot state where the second general power device 122 or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth general power device 161 is in the open execution state. The symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 perform an effect that makes it possible for the player to recognize that the fourth power transmission device 161 should win a game ball. To do.

  The sound light side MPU 92 uses the command transmitted by the main MPU 72 when the second map-side hold information is acquired and the command transmitted by the main MPU 72 when the third map-side hold information is acquired. Based on this, the number of the second map-side reserved information and the number of the third map-side reserved information are grasped, and the number of the second map-side reserved information and the number of the third map-side reserved information are recognized by the player. It is good also as a structure which the production | presentation made possible is performed by the symbol display apparatus 51, the display light emission part 63, and the speaker part 64. FIG. In this case, when the fourth common power device 161 is in the open execution state in the big hit state and the second common map side hold information is acquired based on the winning to the fourth general power device 161, the corresponding effect is displayed. By being executed by the display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64, the number of times that the second common power device 122 and the third general power device 123 are in the open execution state in the current big hit state has increased. The player can clearly recognize. The sound light side MPU 92 executes the display continuation time based on the command transmitted by the main side MPU 72 when the display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134 is executed. An effect corresponding to the result of the opening determination process may be configured to be executed by the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64. Thereby, it becomes possible to make a player pay attention to whether the 4th utility power apparatus 161 will be in an open execution state in a big hit state.

  When any one of steps S3102 and S3104 is executed, the display duration information selected in either step S3102 or step S3104 is set in the fourth timer counter of the main RAM 74 (step S3105).

  In the fourth map change process in step S2908, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the fourth timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.05 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before a fixed display, the process for changing regularly the display mode of the pattern in the 4th general map display part 134 will be performed. In addition, when it is time to make the final display, the display mode of the pattern in the fourth general map display unit 134 is set to a display mode corresponding to the result of the current release determination process. Thereafter, by adding 1 to the value of the 4th general map counter, the value corresponding to the 4th general map changing process is changed to the 4th general map determining process (step S2909). Update to

  In the fourth map determination process in step S2909, it is determined whether or not the fixed display period (specifically, 0.05 seconds) of the current display continuation time has elapsed. When the fixed display period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the result of the opening determination process in the current display continuation time is the opening winning result. If it is not the result of winning the opening, after clearing the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter to “0”, the fourth normal-number determination process is terminated. If the result is an open winning result, “3” is set as information on the number of open / close operations of the fourth general electric device 161 in the fourth general electric open counter provided in the main RAM 74. Further, “10” is set as information on the upper limit of the number of winnings to the fourth general electric power device 161 in the current open execution state in the fourth general electric winning counter provided in the main RAM 74. In addition, information corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the fourth timer counter as information on the open duration of the fourth power transmission device 161. Moreover, the 4th normal power apparatus 161 is made into an open state by starting the output of the drive signal to the 4th normal power drive part 161b. Then, 1 is added to the 4th ordinary power counter. Since the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is “2” when the fourth normal-number determination process is executed, “3” corresponding to the fourth normal-power release process (step S2910) after 1 is added. "

  In the process of releasing the fourth general electric power in step S2910, when a winning in the fourth electric power device 161 has occurred, a value corresponding to the number of winning is subtracted from the value of the fourth general electric winning counter in the main RAM 74 To do. Then, if the value of the fourth general electric winning counter is “0”, the value of the fourth general electric open counter is cleared to “0”, the value of the fourth timer counter is cleared to “0”, and By stopping the output of the drive signal to the 4 normal power drive unit 161b, the 4th general power utility 161a is closed, and the value of the 4th general power counter is cleared to "0". As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth general map normal power control process is the fourth general map fluctuation start process (step S2907). If the value of the fourth timer counter is “0” even if the value of the fourth general power prize counter is not “0”, the drive signal is output to the fourth general power drive unit 161b. Is stopped, the fourth common utility item 161a is closed, and the value of the fourth common power release counter in the main RAM 74 is decremented by one. Then, when the value of the fourth public power open counter is not “0”, the numerical information of the closing duration (specifically 1 second) of the fourth general electric utility 161a is set in the fourth timer counter. The value of the 4th general-purpose power counter is updated from “3” to “4”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth ordinary power transmission control process is the fourth ordinary power closed process (step S2911). When the value of the fourth common power open counter is “0”, the value of the fourth common power general counter is cleared to “0” without setting the value in the fourth timer counter. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth general map normal power control process is the fourth general map fluctuation start process (step S2907).

  In the fourth power transmission closing process in step S2911, the output of the drive signal to the fourth power transmission drive 161b is started on the condition that the value of the fourth timer counter is “0”. The numerical information of the opening continuation period (specifically 3 seconds) in the case where the fourth common utility item 161a is opened and the fourth common utility item 161a is opened once is set in the fourth timer counter. . Then, the value of the fourth general-purpose power counter is updated from “4” to “3”. As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth general power transmission control process is the fourth normal power open process (step S2910).

  As described above, by executing the fourth general-purpose power control process, the variation display of the pattern is performed on the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 when a winning to the second through winning unit 162 occurs. . And when it becomes an opening winning result in an opening determination process, after the display continuation time in the 4th common figure display part 134 is complete | finished, the 4th general electric apparatus 161 will be in an open execution state. In the open execution state, the 4th power transmission device 161 performs the 3 seconds open state three times with a 1 second closing duration. In addition, if the number of winning game balls to the fourth power transmission device 161 is 10 or more before the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times, the 3 seconds open state is performed 3 times before Even if there is, the current release execution state is terminated.

  In the fourth general-purpose power control process, when the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state, an affirmative determination is made in step S2901, thereby In S2912, adjustment processing is executed. FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing the adjustment process.

  In the adjustment process, when it is the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 (step S3201: YES), if the current display continuation time does not correspond to the open winning result (step S3202: NO), the change ends. Processing is executed (step S3203). In the variation end process, the state is maintained if the display mode of the fourth map display unit 134 is a stop result corresponding to the detachment result, and the stop result corresponding to the detachment result is not the stop result corresponding to the detachment result. And In the variation end process, the fourth timer counter is cleared to “0”. As a result, the current display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134 is terminated halfway in a state in which the stop result corresponding to the outlier result is displayed. Note that the stop result corresponding to the disconnection result corresponds to the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the disconnection result read out to the main RAM 74 in step S3005 of the fourth common figure variation start process (FIG. 48). Thereafter, the value of the fourth ordinary power counter is cleared to “0” (step S3204). As a result, the process to be executed in the next processing round of the fourth general map normal power control process is the fourth general map fluctuation start process (step S2907).

  If the current display continuation time corresponds to the open winning result (step S3202: YES), a change stop process is executed (step S3205). In the change stop process, the display continuation time in the fourth map display unit 134 is temporarily stopped in the state of the current display mode of the fourth map display unit 134 and the update of the fourth timer counter is temporarily stopped. Further, in the fluctuation stop process, “4” is set to the fourth stop flag provided in the main RAM 74.

  In the fourth general-purpose power control process, if a negative determination is made in step S2901, and if the fourth stopping flag of the main RAM 74 is set to “1” (step S2902: YES), 4 The in-stop flag is cleared to “0” (step S2903). As a result, when the fourth map display unit 134 is temporarily stopped in the middle of the display continuation, the display continuation is resumed and the update of the fourth timer counter is resumed.

  As described above, in the fourth general power control process, when the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth general map does not correspond to the open winning result. If it is the display continuation time of the display unit 134, the display continuation time is terminated halfway. Thereby, the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth map display unit 134 corresponding to the detachment result in order to suppress the operation of launching the game ball so as to flow down the right area PA3 in a situation that is not the big hit state In the configuration in which the power is long, the first common power device 121, the second general power device 122, or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state in response to the result of the losing in the big hit state. It becomes possible to end the display continuation time of the 4 map display unit 134 halfway. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the display continuation times of the fourth common map display unit 134 corresponding to the result of losing in the big hit state from continuing meaninglessly, and as a result, in the big hit state, the fourth common power device 161. It is possible to increase the possibility that the will be in the open execution state.

  On the other hand, in the 4th general power control process, when the 1st general power device 121, the 2nd general power device 122, or the 3rd general power device 123 is in the open execution state, the 4th general map display corresponding to the open winning result is displayed. The process for once stopping the display continuation time of the part 134 is performed. Thereby, when the 1st general electric power device 121, the 2nd general electric power device 122, or the 3rd general electric power device 123 is an open execution state, the display continuation times of the 4th common figure display part 134 corresponding to an open winning result are shown. Can be prevented from proceeding. Therefore, the first general power device 121, the second general power device 122, or the third general power device 123 is in the open execution state while preventing the fourth general power device 161 from invalidating the right to be in the open execution state. In such a case, it is possible to prevent the fourth ordinary power transmission device 161 from being in the open execution state.

<Big hit state>
Next, the state of the jackpot state will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 51A shows a period in which the display continuation time is executed in the first common map display unit 131, FIG. 51B shows a period in which the first common power device 121 is in the open execution state, FIG. 51 (c) shows the timing at which the second common map side hold information is acquired, and FIG. 51 (d) shows the period during which the second general map display unit 132 continues the display, and FIG. e) shows the period during which the second power transmission device 122 is in the open execution state, FIG. 51 (f) shows the timing at which the third common-side holding information is acquired, and FIG. FIG. 51 (h) shows a period in which the display continuation time is executed in the general-purpose display unit 133, FIG. 51 (h) shows a period in which the third general electric power device 123 is in the open execution state, and FIG. A period during which the display continuation time in the general map display unit 134 is executed is shown in FIG. Indicate the period during which the fourth Hiroshiden device 161 is in the open execution state.

  As shown in FIG. 51A, display continuation is performed in the first common map display unit 131 from the timing t1 to the timing t2. Since this display continuation time corresponds to the first public power open winning, after the display continuation time ends, as shown in FIG. 51 (b), the first power transmission device 121 extends from the timing t2 to the timing t7. Is in the open execution state. When the first power transmission device 121 is in an open execution state, the player has changed the launch operation so far that the game ball has flowed down the left area PA2 to the launch operation in which the game ball has flowed down the right area PA3. To do. Thereby, the winning to the 1st general electric equipment 121 becomes possible. Then, as shown in FIG. 51 (c), the second common map side hold information is acquired and stored in the t3 timing, t4 timing, t5 timing, and t6 timing in the middle of the release execution state. Is done. In addition, in the open execution state of the 1st general power supply apparatus 121, since the display continuation time in the 2nd general map display part 132 is not started, even if 2nd general map side hold information is hold-stored, the 2nd general map display part The display continuation times at 132 are not started.

  After that, when the opening execution state of the first power transmission device 121 ends at the timing of t7, the display continuation cycle in the second common map display unit 132 is started at the timing of the t7 as shown in FIG. 51 (d). The display continuation times are executed until the timing t9. In addition, as shown in FIG. 51A, the display continuation times in the first common map display unit 131 are also started at the timing of t7. Further, in this situation, since the launch operation is performed so that the game ball flows down in the right area PA3, a winning to the second through winning portion 162 occurs, and at the timing of t8 as shown in FIG. 51 (i). The display continuation times in the fourth map display unit 134 are started. The display continuation times are not the result of opening winning in the opening determination process.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t9, the display continuation time in the second common map display unit 132 ends as shown in FIG. 51 (d), so that the second general electric device 122 is opened as shown in FIG. 51 (e). It becomes a state. In this case, the display continuation times in the fourth common map display unit 134 that does not correspond to the open winning result is terminated halfway at the timing t9 as shown in FIG. 51 (i). Further, at the timing of t9, as shown in FIG. 51A, the display continuation time in the first common map display unit 131 is temporarily stopped.

  The opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122 started at the timing t9 is executed until the timing t14 as shown in FIG. Then, as shown in FIG. 51 (f), the third common map side hold information is acquired and stored in the t10 timing, t11 timing, t12 timing, and t13 timing in the middle of the release execution state. Is done. In addition, in the open execution state of the 2nd general electric device 122, since the display continuation time in the 3rd general map display part 133 is not started, even if the 3rd general map side hold information is hold-stored, the 3rd general map display part The display continuation times at 133 are not started.

  After that, when the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122 ends at the timing of t14, the display continuation time in the first common map display unit 131 is resumed at the timing of the t14 as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 51 (d), the display continuation time in the second general map display unit 132 is started, and as shown in FIG. 51 (g), the display continuation time in the third general map display unit 133 is started. Then, as shown in FIG. 51 (g), at the timing of t15, the display continuation time in the third common map display unit 133 ends first, so that the third power transmission device 123 of FIG. The release execution state is entered. In this case, as shown in FIG. 51 (a), the display continuation time in the first common map display unit 131 is temporarily stopped at the timing t15, and the second general map display unit as shown in FIG. 51 (d). The display continuation times at 132 are temporarily stopped.

  The opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 started at the timing t15 ends at the timing t16 as shown in FIG. 51 (h). As a result, the display continuation cycle in the first common map display unit 131 is resumed at the timing t16 as shown in FIG. 51A, and the display in the second general map display unit 132 is displayed as shown in FIG. 51D. The continuous times are resumed, and the display continuous times in the third common map display unit 133 are started as shown in FIG. Then, at the timing of t17, as shown in FIG. 51 (g), the display continuation time in the third common map display unit 133 ends first, so that as shown in FIG. The release execution state is entered. In this case, at the timing t17, as shown in FIG. 51 (a), the display continuation time in the first general map display unit 131 is temporarily stopped and the second general map display unit as shown in FIG. 51 (d). The display continuation times at 132 are temporarily stopped.

  Thereafter, by repeating the above-described operation, the jackpot state progresses and the number of the second map-side reserved information becomes zero. From the timing t18 to the timing t19 shown in FIG. 51 (g). As shown in FIG. 51, the display continuation time in the third general map display unit 133 is started, and the display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134 is started as shown in FIG. In addition, the said display continuation time in the 4th general map display part 134 respond | corresponds to an open winning result. Then, as shown in FIG. 51 (g) at the timing of t19, the display continuation cycle in the third common map display unit 133 ends, and at the timing of t19, as shown in FIG. 51 (h). The device 123 is in an open execution state. In this case, as shown in FIG. 51 (i), the display continuation times in the fourth general map display unit 134 corresponding to the open winning result are temporarily stopped at the timing of t19.

  Thereafter, the opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 ends at the timing of t20. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 51 (i), the display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134 corresponding to the open winning result is resumed at the timing t20. Then, when the display continuation time in the fourth common map display unit 134 ends at the timing of t21, as shown in FIG. 51 (j), the fourth power transmission device 161 has a timing of t21 to t26. The release execution state is entered. Then, at the timing t22, the timing t23, the timing t24, and the timing t25 in the middle of the release execution state, as shown in FIG. Is done. Thereby, the opportunity that the 2nd utility power apparatus 122 will be in an open execution state will be provided again.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  When the opening execution state of any of the first to third power transmission devices 121 to 123 is started during the display continuation time in the fourth general map display unit 134, the display continuation time is subsequently changed to the fourth common power display device 134. In the case where it corresponds to the occurrence of the open execution state of the electric device 161, the display continuation time is ended as it is. Thus, the display continuation time of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 that does not lead to the occurrence of the open execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 is the open execution of any of the first general electric device 121 to the third general electric device 123. It is possible to end the process by the occurrence of the state, and the display of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 is continuously digested while giving priority to the occurrence of the open execution state of any of the first general power device 121 to the third general power device 123. Efficiency can be increased. On the other hand, when the display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth common power device 161 thereafter, the generation timing of the opening execution state of the fourth common power device 161 is delayed. As a result, while giving priority to the occurrence of the opening execution state of any of the first power transmission device 121 to the third power transmission device 123, the profit of the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161 will not be lost. It becomes possible to do so.

  The opening execution state of any of the first to third power transmission devices 121 to 123 during the continuous display of the fourth general map display unit 134 corresponding to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161. When started, the progress of the display continuation times is stopped, and then the progress of the display continuation times is resumed when the opening execution state of the first ordinary power device 121 to the third ordinary power device 123 is ended. It is a configuration. As a result, the above-described excellent effects can be achieved by merely temporarily stopping and canceling the display continuation times of the fourth general map display unit 134.

  Even if a winning to the second through winning portion 162 occurs in a situation where the display continuation time of the fourth ordinary display portion 134 cannot be started, the fourth ordinary-side holding information is not acquired. That is, the fourth map-side hold information is not stored on hold. As a result, in the situation where the display continuation time of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 is not executed, any one of the first ordinary power device 121 to the third ordinary power device 123 is executed, and further, the second through prize winning Even if a winning in the unit 162 occurs, it is not necessary to acquire the fourth map-side reserved information for the occurrence of the winning, and it is necessary to perform processing such as deleting the acquired fourth map-side reserved information. Does not occur.

  The display duration of the display continuation times of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 corresponding to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161 is the fourth time that does not correspond to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161. It is shorter than the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the figure display unit 134. As a result, it is possible to shorten the period required from the start of the continuous display of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 to the start of the open execution state of the fourth general power transmission device 161. In this case, the display continuation time of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 that does not correspond to the occurrence of the open execution state of the fourth general power device 161 is the open execution of any of the first general power device 121 to the third general power device 123. Exit if a condition occurs. Thereby, it becomes possible to improve the digestion efficiency of the display continuous time of the 4th general map display part 134. FIG.

  The second through prize winning portion 162 and the fourth power transmission device 161 are provided in the right area PA3 together with the first power transmission device 121 to the third power transmission device 123. When the winning portion 162 can be won and the second through winning portion 162 is won, the fourth power transmission device 161 can be opened. On the other hand, the display continuation period of the display continuation time of the 4th general map display part 134 which does not respond | correspond to generation | occurrence | production of the open execution state of the 4th general electric power apparatus 161 is set long. As a result, it is possible to reduce the gaming efficiency when aiming to win the second through winning portion 162 in a state that is not a big win state. In this case, the display continuation time of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 that does not correspond to the occurrence of the open execution state of the fourth general power device 161 is the open execution of any of the first general power device 121 to the third general power device 123. Exit if a condition occurs. Thereby, in the big hit state, it becomes possible to increase the digestion efficiency of the display continuation times of the fourth general map display unit 134.

  When the first power transmission opening lottery process executed based on the winning to the first through winning portion 160 is the first power transmission opening winning, the first power transmission device 121 enters the opening execution state, and the first power transmission is performed. On the basis of winning in the device 121, second hold-side holding information that triggers the occurrence of the opening execution state of the second power transmission device 122 is acquired, while executing based on winning in the second through winning portion 162 In the fourth lottery opening lottery process that has been performed, the fourth public electric device 161 is placed in the open execution state due to the winning of the fourth public electric device open, and the second common figure side is reserved based on the winning of the fourth public electric device 161 Information is acquired. As a result, the player expects that the fourth power transmission device 161 is in the open execution state.

<Another form of the eleventh embodiment>
(1) When a game ball is fired so as to flow down the right area PA3 in a situation that is not a big hit state, a corresponding notification may be performed. Specifically, when a game ball enters the second through winning portion 162 in the big hit state, the right region is obtained using at least one of the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting portion 63, and the speaker portion 64. A notification is made to enable the player to recognize that the launch of the game ball toward PA3 is stopped. As a result, it is possible to discourage the player from aiming for the game ball to enter the second through winning portion 162 in a game state that is not a big win state.

  (2) The display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth general map display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth general electric device 161 being in the open execution state is determined according to the number of the second general map side hold information held. It is good also as a structure to be made. Specifically, a shorter display continuation period may be selected as the display continuation period as the number of second hold information in the second map side holding information is smaller. More specifically, as the configuration, in a situation where the number of reserved information in the second map-side reservation information is 4, the fourth map display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth power transmission device 161 being in the open execution state. In the situation where a period of time required to digest four pieces of the second map-side reserved information is selected as the display continuation period of the display continuation time, and the number of held pieces of the second map-side reserved information is three As much as it is necessary to digest three pieces of second map-side reserved information as the display continuation period of the display continuation time of the fourth map display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth power transmission device 161 being in the open execution state. In a situation in which the period is selected and the number of the second map-side reservation information is two, the fourth map display unit 134 continues to display corresponding to the fact that the fourth power transmission device 161 enters the open execution state. As a display continuation period, 2 pieces of 2nd map side hold information is digested 4th map display corresponding to the 4th power transmission device 161 being in the open execution state in the situation where the period required for the 2nd map diagram side hold information is 1 and the number of the 2nd map side hold information is 1 As a display continuation period of the display continuation times of the unit 134, a period required to digest one piece of the second map-side reserved information is selected. As a result, in a situation where the number of reserved pieces of the second common map side hold information acquired by winning the first general electric device 121 is reduced, the open execution state of the fourth general electric device 161 is started and the second It becomes possible to make new acquisition of the reserved-side reserved information, and it is possible to increase the number of the reserved-side reserved information that is digested in one big hit state.

  In addition, the display continuation period of the display continuation times of the fourth general map display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth normal power transmission device 161 being in the open execution state is performed with reference to the number of reservations in the second general map side reservation information. Instead of this, a configuration may be made in which the number of reserved information in the second map-side reserved information and the number of reserved information in the third map-side reserved information are referred to. In this case, not only the shorter display continuation period is selected as the number of reserved information in the second map-side reserved information is smaller, but also the third map information is stored in the third map in comparison with the case where the second map-side reserved information has the same number of held information. The number of the second general map side hold information and the third general map side hold information digested in one big hit state by adopting a configuration in which the shorter display continuation period is selected as the number of the hold information of the figure side hold information is smaller Can be increased.

  (3) The display duration of the display continuation times of the fourth common map display unit 134 corresponding to the fourth public power device 161 being in the open execution state is not fixed, but a plurality of types are set, and display of the setting target is continued. The period may be determined by lottery. As a result, it is possible to diversify the period required from the start of the continuous display of the fourth general-purpose display unit 134 until the fourth general electric device 161 enters the open execution state.

  (4) Although the fourth common map side hold information is not stored on hold, the fourth general map hold information may be stored on hold. In this case, in a situation where any one of the first power transmission device 121 to the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state, the fourth general map side reservation information is reached when the fourth general map side reservation information is consumed. Is invalidated if it does not correspond to the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161, and if the fourth general map side hold information corresponds to the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161. It is good also as a structure which waits until it sets as the start object of the display continuation time of the 4th common figure display part 134 until the open execution state of the 1st common power apparatus 121-the 3rd general power apparatus 123 is complete | finished. Accordingly, it is possible to increase the digestion efficiency of the fourth general-purpose-side reserved information without losing the profit of the fourth general electric device 161 being in the open execution state.

  (5) In the right side area PA3, the fourth power transmission device 161 is provided on the downstream side of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123. There is no limitation, and the fourth power transmission device 161 may be provided upstream of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 in the right region PA3. Good. Thereby, it becomes possible to make it easy to generate a prize for the fourth power transmission device 161.

  (6) The predetermined device 121, 122, 123, 161 not corresponding to the general map display unit 131, 132, 133, 134 is in the open execution state during the continuous display in the general map display unit 131, 132, 133, 134 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the period during which the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123, 161 are in the open execution state is not limited to this. The display continuation period of the display continuation times may be extended by the amount. In this case, during the period when the predetermined devices 121, 122, 123, and 124 are in the open execution state, the fluctuation display of the pattern is displayed on the general-purpose display units 131, 132, 133, and 134 corresponding to the display continuation times during the execution. It is good also as a structure continued.

  (7) One of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state while the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is being executed. If the display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the open execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161, the display continuation time is terminated and invalidated, and the display continuation time is changed to the fourth power transmission device. In the case of not corresponding to the occurrence of the open execution state 161, the display continuation time may be temporarily stopped and then restarted.

  (8) One of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 is in an open execution state while the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is being executed. In the case where the display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161, the display continuation time is shortened, and the display continuation time is the opening execution time of the fourth power transmission device 161. When the state does not correspond to the occurrence of the state, the display continuation time may be terminated and invalidated.

  (9) One of the first power transmission device 121, the second power transmission device 122, and the third power transmission device 123 is in the open execution state while the display continuation time of the fourth general map display unit 134 is being executed. In the case where the display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the opening execution state of the fourth power transmission device 161, the display continuation time is extended, and the display continuation time is the opening execution time of the fourth power transmission device 161. When the state does not correspond to the occurrence of the state, the display continuation times may be shortened.

<Twelfth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the configuration of the game area PA is different from that of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the configuration different from that of the first embodiment will be described, and the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment will be basically omitted.

  FIG. 52 is a front view of the game board 24 in the present embodiment. The game area PA is divided into an upper area PA1, a left area PA2, a right area PA3, and a lower area PA4 by the variable display unit 37 as in the first embodiment. In the lower area PA4, a predetermined through winning portion 171 is provided instead of the first operating portion 32 in the first embodiment. In the predetermined through winning portion 171, when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the left area PA 2 and when the shooting operation device 28 is operated so that the game ball flows down the right area PA 3. Any of these is provided at a position where a prize can be awarded. However, in the variable display unit 37, an introduction port 37b that allows the game ball to flow into the stage 37a is provided in the upper left part of the variable display unit 37, and the game ball supplied to the stage 37a is the stage 37a. If the ball is sufficiently decelerated near the center in the horizontal direction and then flows downward, it is easy for a ball to enter the predetermined through winning portion 171. Accordingly, when the launch operation is performed so that the game ball flows down toward the left area PA2 to the right of the left end of the variable display unit 37 in the upper area PA1, the game is directed toward the right area PA3. It is easier for the player to enter the predetermined through winning portion 171 than when the launch operation is performed so that the ball flows down.

  The predetermined through winning portion 171 has a through hole penetrating in the vertical direction. A game ball passes through the through hole and is detected by the predetermined through detection sensor 171a, so that the main MPU 72 determines the predetermined through winning portion. Occurrence of winning 171 is identified. In addition, when winning the predetermined through winning portion 171, the game ball that has won the predetermined through winning portion 171 continues to flow down because it only passes through the through hole in the vertical direction. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball that has entered the predetermined through winning portion 171 may be discharged to the back side of the game board 24. In addition, when a winning to the predetermined through winning portion 171 occurs, three game balls are paid out for one game ball, but even if the number of payouts is other than three, It is possible to adopt a configuration in which game balls are not often paid out. The left area PA2 is not provided with a winning portion including the through winning portion 34 and the special winning device 35 in the first embodiment.

  The right area PA3 is provided with a predetermined normal power device 172, a first non-electric device 173, a second non-electric device 177, and a third non-electric device 179. These predetermined general electric device 172, first non-electric device 173, second non-electric device 177, and third non-electric device 179 cannot receive a prize when the launch operation is performed so as to flow down the left area PA2. In addition, a winning operation is possible by performing a launch operation so as to flow down the right area PA3. The predetermined normal power device 172, the first non-electric device 173, the second non-electric device 177, and the third non-electric device 179 are the predetermined general power device 172 → first non-electric device 173 → second from the upstream side in the right area PA3. The non-electric device 177 and the third non-electric device 179 are arranged in the vertical direction at a predetermined interval.

  The predetermined power transmission device 172 is provided with a predetermined power utility 172a as a guide piece made up of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the predetermined power utility 172a, the game ball cannot win the predetermined power device 172, and the predetermined power generator 172a becomes open so that the game can be won. Both the predetermined general electric drive unit 172b for opening and closing the predetermined general electric utility 172a and the predetermined general electric power detection sensor 172c for detecting a game ball won in the predetermined general electric device 172 are electrically connected to the main controller 70. ing. When the drive signal is transmitted from the main MPU 72 to the predetermined general electric drive unit 172b, the predetermined normal electric component 172a is opened, and when the transmission of the drive signal is stopped, the predetermined general electric component 172a is closed. Return to. Further, the main MPU 72 grasps whether or not a game ball has entered the predetermined general electric device 172 based on the detection result of the predetermined general electric power detection sensor 172c. When a winning to the predetermined power transmission device 172 occurs, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the number of payouts may be other than 15.

  The first non-electric device 173 is provided with a first guide piece 173a composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the first guide piece 173a, the game ball cannot win the first non-electric device 173, and the first non-electric device 173 can be won by opening the first guide piece 173a. A drive unit for opening and closing the first guide piece 173a is not provided. Instead, the game ball won in the predetermined general electric device 172 contacts the first opening operation mechanism 173b provided in the first non-electric device 173 through the first guide passage 174, and the first opening operation mechanism 173b is displaced. As a result, the first guide piece 173a is opened, and the game ball won in the first non-electric device 173 is provided in the first non-electric device 173 in the process of going to the second non-electric device 177 through the second guide passage 175. When the first closing operation mechanism 173c is displaced in contact with the first closing operation mechanism 173c, the first guide piece 173a is closed.

  The game ball that has won the predetermined general electric device 172, is guided to the first opening operation mechanism 173b by the first guide passage 174, and is in contact with the first opening operation mechanism 173b is discharged to the second non-electricity by the discharge passage 176. It is discharged to a side different from the device 177 side. Further, when the first opening operation mechanism 173b opens the first guide piece 173a, the first closing operation mechanism 173c returns to the initial position, and the first closing operation mechanism 173c closes the first guide piece 173a. When the state is reached, the first opening operation mechanism 173b returns to the initial position. Further, even when the first guide piece 173a is already in the open state, even if the game ball enters the predetermined general electric device 172 and the game ball comes into contact with the first opening operation mechanism 173b, the first guide piece 173a is in the open state. The open state of the one guide piece 173a is maintained.

  The game ball won in the first non-electric device 173 flows down toward the second non-electric device 177 through the second guide passage 175 as described above, A first non-electricity detection sensor 173d for detecting a game ball won in the first non-electric device 173 is provided. The first non-electric detection sensor 173d is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main MPU 72 enters the first non-electric device 173 based on the detection result of the first non-electric detection sensor 173d. Know the presence or absence of a sphere. When a winning to the first non-electric device 173 occurs, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the number of payouts may be other than 15. . Note that a game ball that wins the predetermined general electric device 172 and passes through the first guide passage 174 and is discharged by the discharge passage 176 is not detected by the first non-electric detection sensor 173d.

  The second non-electric device 177 is provided with a second guide piece 177a composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the second guide piece 177a, the game ball cannot win the second non-electric device 177, and the second non-electric device 177 can be won by opening the second guide piece 177a. A drive unit for opening and closing the second guide piece 177a is not provided. Instead, the game ball won in the first non-electric device 173 contacts the second opening operation mechanism 177b provided in the second non-electric device 177 through the second guide passage 175, and the second opening operation mechanism 177b is Due to the displacement, the second guide piece 177a is opened, and the game ball won in the second non-electric device 177 is provided in the second non-electric device 177 in the process of going to the third non-electric device 179 through the third guide passage 178. When the second closing operation mechanism 177c is displaced in contact with the second closing operation mechanism 177c, the second guide piece 177a is closed.

  The game ball that has won the first non-electric device 173 and is guided to the second opening operation mechanism 177b by the second guide passage 175 and abutted against the second opening operation mechanism 177b is not transferred to the third non-electric device 173 by the discharge passage 176. It is discharged to a side different from the electric device 179 side. In addition, when the second opening operation mechanism 177b opens the second guide piece 177a, the second closing operation mechanism 177c returns to the initial position, and the second closing operation mechanism 177c closes the second guide piece 177a. When the state is reached, the second opening operation mechanism 177b returns to the initial position. In addition, when two or more game balls enter the first non-electric device 173 at the same time, the game balls come into contact with the second opening operation mechanism 177b in a situation where the second guide piece 177a is already open. Even if it does, the open state of the 2nd guide piece 177a is maintained.

  The game ball won in the second non-electric device 177 flows down toward the third non-electric device 179 through the third guide passage 178 as described above. 2 A second non-electricity detection sensor 177d for detecting a game ball won in the non-electric device 177 is provided. The second non-electricity detection sensor 177d is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main MPU 72 enters the game balls into the second non-electricity device 177 based on the detection result of the second non-electricity detection sensor 177d. Know the presence or absence of a sphere. When a prize is won for the second non-electric device 177, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the number of payouts may be other than 15. . Note that the game ball that wins the first non-electric device 173 and passes through the second guide passage 175 and is discharged by the discharge passage 176 is not detected by the second non-electric detection sensor 177d.

  The third non-electric device 179 is provided with a third guide piece 179a composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In the closed state of the third guide piece 179a, the game ball cannot win the third non-electric device 179, and the third non-electric device 179 can be won by opening the third guide piece 179a. A drive unit for opening and closing the third guide piece 179a is not provided. Instead, the game ball won in the second non-electric device 177 contacts the third opening operation mechanism 179b provided in the third non-electric device 179 through the third guide passage 178, and the third opening operation mechanism 179b The third guide piece 179a is opened by the displacement, and the third non-electric device 179 is provided in the third non-electric device 179 in a process in which the game ball winning the third non-electric device 179 moves downward through the downstream discharge passage 181. When the third closing operation mechanism 179c is displaced by coming into contact with the closing operation mechanism 179c, the third guide piece 179a is closed.

  The game ball that has won the second non-electric device 177 and was guided to the third opening operation mechanism 179b by the third guide passage 178 and contacted with the third opening operation mechanism 179b is discharged downstream by the discharge passage 176. It is discharged to a side different from the use passage 181 side. When the third guide operation 179b opens the third guide piece 179a, the third closing operation mechanism 179c returns to the initial position, and the third closing operation mechanism 179c closes the third guide piece 179a. When the state is reached, the third opening operation mechanism 179b returns to the initial position. In addition, when two or more game balls enter the second non-electric device 177 at the same time, the game balls come into contact with the third opening operation mechanism 179b in a situation where the third guide piece 179a is already open. Even if it does, the open state of the 3rd guide piece 179a is maintained.

  As described above, the game ball won in the third non-electric device 179 flows down through the downstream discharge passage 181, but the third non-electric device 179 is disposed in the upstream portion of the downstream discharge passage 181. A third non-electric detection sensor 179d for detecting a game ball won in the device 179 is provided. The third non-electric detection sensor 179d is electrically connected to the main controller 70, and the main MPU 72 enters the game ball into the third non-electric device 179 based on the detection result of the third non-electric detection sensor 179d. Know the presence or absence of a sphere. When a prize is won for the third non-electric device 179, 15 game balls are paid out for one game ball, but the number of payouts may be other than 15. . Note that the game ball that has won the second non-electric device 177 and passed through the third guide passage 178 and discharged by the discharge passage 176 is not detected by the third non-electric detection sensor 179d.

  A predetermined normal figure display unit 182 and a predetermined normal figure holding display unit 183 are provided in an area where the game ball does not pass on the lower right side of the game area PA. The predetermined common map display unit 182 includes a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. In this case, it is impossible to perform complicated display like the symbol display device 51 in the predetermined general symbol display unit 182, but it is possible to reduce the processing load for display control of the predetermined general symbol display unit 182. Become. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured by other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, or a dot matrix display. In addition, the design displayed on the predetermined map display unit 182 includes a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are displayed, or a plurality of types of characters. A configuration in which colors are displayed can be considered. Further, the display range of the predetermined common symbol display unit 182 is narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51. Furthermore, the display range for both the predetermined common figure display unit 182 and the predetermined general figure hold display unit 183 is also narrower than the display surface of the symbol display device 51. Thereby, the player's attention to the symbol display device 51 can be increased more than the predetermined general symbol display unit 182 and the predetermined general symbol hold display unit 183.

  Based on the game ball entering the predetermined through winning portion 171, the display of the display including the change display of the pattern is performed in the predetermined normal display portion 182. In addition, the predetermined general map display unit 183 is provided at a position adjacent to the predetermined general map display unit 182. Up to four pieces of information corresponding to the number of game balls won in the predetermined through winning portion 171 are reserved as predetermined general figure side hold information, and the predetermined number is displayed by turning on the predetermined general figure hold display portion 183. It has become. Although not shown in the drawing, the main RAM 74 is provided with a predetermined common map reservation area as an area for storing predetermined general map reservation information. The configuration of the predetermined common map reservation area is the same as that of the first general map reservation area 141 in the fourth embodiment, the numerical information of the general telephone random number counter C11 is stored as the predetermined general map reservation information, and the predetermined general map reservation area is further stored. In the display continuation times of the display unit 182, the predetermined common map side hold information that is not an execution target of the display continuation times is held and stored with an upper limit of four.

<Game flow>
Next, the flow of the game in this embodiment will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. FIG. 53 (a) shows a period during which the display continuation time is executed in the predetermined normal signal display unit 182, and FIG. 53 (b) shows a period during which the predetermined general electric device 172 is in an open state. c) shows the timing at which a winning to the predetermined ordinary electric device 172 occurs, FIG. 53 (d) shows the period during which the first non-electric device 173 is open, and FIG. 53 (e) shows the first non-electric device. FIG. 53 (f) shows a period when the second non-electric device 177 is in an open state, and FIG. 53 (g) shows a timing when the winning to the electric device 173 occurs. FIG. 53 (h) shows a period during which the third non-electric device 179 is in an open state, and FIG. 53 (i) shows a timing at which a winning to the third non-electric device 179 occurs. Indicates.

  As a result of winning the predetermined through winning portion 171, as shown in FIG. 53 (a), display continuation is performed on the predetermined normal display portion 182 from the timing t 1 to the timing t 2. Since this display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the open execution state of the predetermined power transmission device 172, after the display continuation time is finished, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), it is predetermined from the timing t2 to the timing t4. The general electric device 172 is opened. When the predetermined power transmission device 172 is in the open state, the player changes the shooting operation that has been performed so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2 to the shooting operation in which the game ball flows down the right area PA3. As a result, it is possible to win a prize for the predetermined ordinary power transmission device 172.

  As shown in FIG. 53 (c), a winning for the predetermined general electric device 172 occurs at the timing of t3 in the middle of the situation where the predetermined general electric device 172 is in the open state. As a result of the winning of the predetermined power transmission device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing t3 as shown in FIG. 53 (d). Then, at the timing of t5, as shown in FIG. 53 (e), a winning for the first non-electric device 173 occurs. As a result of winning the first non-electric device 173, the first non-electric device 173 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing t5 as shown in FIG. 53 (d), and FIG. 53 (f). As shown, the second non-electric device 177 is changed from the closed state to the open state.

  As shown in FIG. 53 (g), a winning for the second non-electric device 177 occurs at the timing of t6, which is a state where the second non-electric device 177 is in an open state. As a result of winning the second non-electric device 177, the second non-electric device 177 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing t6 as shown in FIG. 53 (f), and FIG. 53 (h) As shown in FIG. 3, the third non-electric device 179 changes from the closed state to the open state.

  As shown in FIG. 53 (i), a prize for the third non-electric device 179 occurs at the timing of t7, which is a state where the third non-electric device 179 is in an open state. When the winning of the third non-electric device 179 occurs, the third non-electric device 179 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing of t7 as shown in FIG. 53 (h).

  As described above, when one game ball enters the predetermined general electric device 172, not only the 15 game balls are paid out, but also the first non-electric device 173 is opened. In addition, not only is the payout of 15 game balls performed when one game ball enters the opened first non-electric device 173, but also the first non-electric device 173 is in the closed state. At the same time, the second non-electric device 177 is opened. In addition, not only is the payout of 15 game balls performed when one game ball enters the opened second non-electric device 177, but the second non-electric device 177 is in the closed state. At the same time, the third non-electric device 179 is opened. In addition, when one game ball enters the third non-electric device 179 that has been opened, 15 game balls are paid out, and the third non-electric device 179 is further closed. In this way, after one game ball is inserted into the predetermined general electric device 172, the game balls are inserted in the order of the first non-electric device 173 → the second non-electric device 177 → the third non-electric device 179. By making the ball, at least 60 game balls are paid out. When the launch operation is performed so that the game ball flows down the right area PA3, the predetermined non-electric device 172, the first non-electric device 173, the second non-electric device 177, and the third non-electric device 179 Among them, the game ball wins with a high probability to the open device. Therefore, the number of game balls owned by the player can be increased by performing the one cycle.

  Although the details will be described later when the predetermined power transmission device 172 is in the open execution state, the predetermined power transmission device 172 is opened a plurality of times with a predetermined closing duration. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), the predetermined general power transmission device 172 is again opened from the timing t8 to the timing t10. Then, as shown in FIG. 53 (c), a prize is awarded to the predetermined power transmission device 172 at the timing of t9 in the middle of the situation where the predetermined power transmission device 172 is in the open state. As a result of the winning of the predetermined ordinary electric device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing of t9 as shown in FIG. 53 (d). In this case, the occurrence of winning in the first non-electric device 173 is delayed due to the clogging of game balls in the upper plate 65a and the like, and finally the first as shown in FIG. 53 (e) at the timing of t11. Winning to the non-electric device 173 occurs.

  As a result of the winning of the first non-electric device 173, the first non-electric device 173 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing t11 as shown in FIG. 53 (d), and FIG. 53 (f). As shown, the second non-electric device 177 is changed from the closed state to the open state. In this case, the occurrence of winning in the second non-electric device 177 is delayed due to the occurrence of a game ball clogging in the upper plate 65a again. Then, at the timing t12 when the second non-electric device 177 is still in an open state, the next opening of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started as shown in FIG. 53 (b). That is, in this situation, both the predetermined ordinary power device 172 and the second non-electric device 177 are in an open state. In the right area PA3, the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is provided on the upstream side of the second non-electric device 177, so that the winning to the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is more likely to occur than the second non-electric device 177. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 53 (c), at the timing of t13, a winning to the predetermined ordinary power device 172 occurs before the second non-electric device 177.

  As a result of the winning of the predetermined power transmission device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing of t13 as shown in FIG. 53 (d). In other words, in this situation, each of the predetermined ordinary power device 172, the first non-electric device 173, and the second non-electric device 177 is open. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), the predetermined general power transmission device 172 is closed at the timing of t14. In this situation, both the first non-electric device 173 and the second non-electric device 177 are open. Since the first non-electric device 173 is provided on the upstream side of the second non-electric device 177 in the right side area PA3, a winning to the first non-electric device 173 is more likely to occur than the second non-electric device 177. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 53 (e), at the timing of t15, a winning for the first non-electric device 173 occurs before the second non-electric device 177.

  As a result of the winning of the first non-electric device 173, the first non-electric device 173 is closed at the timing t15 as shown in FIG. 53 (d). However, since the second non-electric device 177 is already in an open state, the open state of the second non-electric device 177 is maintained even if a winning for the first non-electric device 173 occurs.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 53 (g), a prize for the second non-electric device 177 occurs at the timing of t16. As a result of winning the second non-electric device 177, the second non-electric device 177 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing t16 as shown in FIG. 53 (f). As shown in FIG. 3, the third non-electric device 179 changes from the closed state to the open state. Then, at the timing of t17, as shown in FIG. 53 (i), a winning for the third non-electric device 179 occurs. When the winning of the third non-electric device 179 occurs, the third non-electric device 179 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. 53 (h) at the timing of t17.

  As described above, the predetermined power transmission device 172 → the first non-electric device 173 → the second non-electric device 177 → the third non-electric device 179 before the completion of one cycle of entering the game ball is completed. When a new winning is generated, the currently executed cycle is substantially terminated halfway. If it does so, the payout number of the game ball provided to a player will decrease by that much. In the present embodiment, a configuration for suppressing the occurrence of such inconvenience is employed. This configuration will be described later.

<General-purpose power control processing>
Next, a general-purpose normal power control process executed by the main MPU 72 will be described. In the general map / electric power control process, execution control of the continuous display time in the predetermined general map display unit 182 and execution control of the open execution state of the predetermined general power device 172 are performed. FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing the ordinary power control process in this embodiment.

  If a winning to the predetermined through winning portion 171 has occurred (step S3301: YES), the number of the predetermined map-side holding information stored in the predetermined map holding area is less than the upper limit of four. As a condition (step S3302: NO), the storage processing in the predetermined ordinary map reservation area is executed (step S3303). The processing contents of the storage processing are the same as the storage processing (step S1103) in the first general map reservation area of the first general power control process (FIG. 24) in the fourth embodiment.

  If a negative determination is made in step S3301, an affirmative determination is made in step S3302, or if the processing in step S3303 is executed, the ordinary-use ordinary telephone address table stored in the main ROM 73 is read (step S3304). . The starting address of the program for executing the processing corresponding to the numerical information of the general-purpose electric power counter is set in the general-purpose electric power address table. The ordinary map / electric power counter is a counter for the main MPU 72 to specify processing contents to be executed in the ordinary / common power control process.

  The ordinary power counter can take a value from “0” to “4”, and each value from “0” to “4” corresponds to the start address NA0 to NA4 of each process (step S3307 to step S3311). doing. Specifically, when the value of the normal map normal power counter is “0”, the normal map change start process (step S3307), which is a process for starting the continuous display in the predetermined general map display unit 182, is executed. If the value of the general-purpose electric power counter is “1”, the normal-fluctuating process (step S3308), which is a process for advancing the display continuation times in the predetermined normal-signal display unit 182, is the execution target. When the value of the ordinary map / general counter is “2”, the process of determining the usual map (step S3309), which is a process for ending the continuous display in the predetermined ordinary map display unit 182, is executed. When the value of the figure normal power counter is “3”, the normal power open process (step S3310), which is a process for controlling the open state of the predetermined normal power supply device 172, is the execution target. A processing of controlling a closed state is Hiroshiden closed during the processing of a given Hiroshiden device 172 (step S3311) is executed when the value is "4".

  In the general-purpose power transmission control process, after the general-purpose power transmission address table is read (step S3304), the start address corresponding to the information of the general-purpose power transmission counter is acquired from the general-purpose power transmission address table (step S3305). Then, the process jumps to the process indicated by the acquired start address (step S3306). Hereafter, each process of step S3307-step S3311 is demonstrated separately.

<Normal map change start processing>
First, the routine change start process of step S3307 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the normal map change start process, the data setting process is executed (step S3402) on condition that the predetermined normal map side hold information is stored (step S3401: YES). The processing contents of the data setting process are the same as the data setting process (step S702) of the common figure change start process (FIG. 16) in the first embodiment. As a result, the predetermined map-side reservation information stored in the first area of the predetermined map reservation area is shifted to the execution area for the map in the predetermined map reservation area.

  After executing the data setting process, an open determination process is executed (step S3403). In the release determination process, the release determination table is read from the main ROM 73, and the general-purpose random number counter C11 in the predetermined general map side hold information that is the execution target of the current release determination process is read from the read release determination table. The numerical information of is collated. In this case, an open winning result is obtained with a probability of 1/100.

  When the result of the opening determination process is the opening winning result (step S3404: YES), the stop result setting process for the opening winning result is executed (step S3405). Specifically, the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the open winning result that is finally stopped and displayed in the current display continuation time in the predetermined map display unit 182 is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. It should be noted that one type of pattern stop mode may be set for the open winning result, and a plurality of types of pattern stop mode may be set for the open win result.

  If the result of the opening determination process is not the opening winning result (step S3404: NO), a stop result setting process for a losing result is executed (step S3406). Specifically, the information on the stop mode of the pattern for the detachment result to be finally stopped and displayed on the predetermined map display unit 182 in the current display continuation time is read from the main ROM 73 and stored in the main RAM 74. The information on the pattern mode selected in this case is different from the information on the pattern mode selected in the case of the open winning result.

  After executing one of the stop result setting processes, the process for specifying the normal fluctuation period is executed (step S3407). In the specific process, first, it is determined whether or not the current display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the reach effect. Specifically, when the current display continuation time corresponds to the open winning result, it is determined that a reach effect occurs. Even if the current display continuation time does not correspond to the open winning result, the value of the reach random number counter C12 (see FIG. 23) is acquired, and the value of the acquired reach random number counter C12 causes the reach to occur. In the case of corresponding numerical information, it is determined that a reach effect occurs. When it is determined that the reach effect is generated, the reach generation table is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the variation type counter C14 (see FIG. 23) is collated with the read reach generation table. The display continuation period is determined, and information on the determined display continuation period is set in a timer counter provided in the main RAM 74. If it is determined that the reach effect does not occur, the reach non-occurrence table is read from the main ROM 73, and the current numerical information of the variation type counter C14 (see FIG. 23) is read from the read reach non-occurrence table. And the display continuation period is determined by collating the combination of the number of the present predetermined map-side reserved information and the information on the determined display continuation period is set in the timer counter provided in the main RAM 74. When the reach generation table is referred to, the display continuation period corresponding to the value of the variation type counter C14 is selected regardless of the number of the predetermined map-side reserved information, whereas the reach non-occurrence table is referred to. In such a case, a shorter display continuation period is selected as the number of the predetermined map-side reserved information increases. The update of the numerical information set in the timer counter is executed in the timer update process of step S210 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 11). By the way, the display continuation period that can be selected when the predetermined map-side hold information is triggered to start the display continuation time is 1 second to 180 seconds.

  Thereafter, a change start command corresponding to the result of the release determination process and the determined display duration information is read from the main ROM 73 and transmitted to the sound light MPU 92 (step S3408). The sound light side MPU 92 performs control for causing the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 to execute an effect for continuous display corresponding to the received variation start command. In the symbol display device 51, an effect similar to the effect for the game times in the first embodiment is executed as an effect for the continuous display times.

  Thereafter, the variable display of the pattern on the predetermined general map display unit 182 is started (step S3409). As a table to be referred to by the main MPU 72 when the predetermined map display unit 182 displays a pattern in a variable manner, a map display table is stored in the main ROM 73 in advance. When the pattern variation display is executed in the predetermined map display unit 182, the same variation display table is used regardless of the result of the opening determination process. When the variation display of the pattern is performed in the predetermined usual figure display unit 182, the variation display of the pattern according to the predetermined pattern is repeated. The control data for one round at is set. Therefore, when the variation display of the pattern is performed in the predetermined map display unit 182, the map variation display table is repeatedly used until immediately before the fixed display is performed.

  Then, 1 is added to the value of the ordinary power counter (step S3410). The value of the general-purpose power counter is “0” when the general-purpose fluctuation start process is executed, so that the value of the general-purpose power counter is added to the normal-fluctuating process (step S3308) by adding 1. Corresponding “1”.

<Processing during normal changes>
Next, the process during normal map change in step S3308 in the general map / electric power control process (FIG. 54) will be described.

  In the process of changing the normal map, it is determined whether or not the display is being continued and the timing is before the fixed display. Specifically, when the value of the timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is 0.4 seconds remaining, it is determined that the timing is before the fixed display. If it is before the fixed display, the process for regularly changing the display mode of the pattern in the predetermined general map display unit 182 is executed. This regular change is continued until it is time to start the fixed display. Further, this regular change is performed in a certain manner regardless of whether or not the opening determination process is performed. In addition, when it is time to confirm the display, the display mode of the pattern in the predetermined general map display unit 182 is set to a display mode corresponding to the determination result of the current release determination process. Then, by adding 1 to the value of the ordinary power normal counter, the value of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the normal diagram changing process to the one corresponding to the normal figure determining process (step S3309).

<Processing during normalization>
Next, the process for determining the general map in step S3309 in the general map / electric power control process (FIG. 54) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  By determining whether or not the value of the timer counter that measures the display continuation period of the current display continuation time is “0”, the fixed display period (specifically, 0. It is determined whether or not (4 seconds) has elapsed (step S3501). If the fixed display period has elapsed (step S3501: YES), it is determined whether or not the result of the opening determination process in the current display continuation time is the opening winning result (step S3502). When it is not the result of the open winning (step S3502: NO), after clearing the value of the common-purpose normal power counter to “0” (step S3503), the normal-figure fixed process is terminated. As a result, in the next general-purpose normal power control process (FIG. 54), the general-purpose fluctuation start process (step S3307) becomes an execution target.

  If the result is an open winning result (step S3502: YES), “20” is set as information on the number of open / close operations of the predetermined general power device 172 in the general power open counter provided in the main RAM 74 (step S3504). In addition, “10” is set as information on the upper limit number of winnings to the predetermined ordinary powering device 172 in the current open execution state in the ordinary winning prize counter provided in the main RAM 74 (step S3505). Further, information corresponding to 0.3 seconds is set in the timer counter as information on the open duration of the predetermined general power transmission device 172 (step S3506). In addition, since the firing period of the game balls is 0.6 seconds, the number of game balls that can win the predetermined power device 172 in one opening of the power device 172 is about one.

  In addition, the output of the drive signal to the predetermined normal power drive unit 172b is started to open the predetermined normal power device 172 (step S3507). In addition, a power transmission start command indicating that the predetermined power transmission device 172 has been opened is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 (step S3508). The sound light side MPU 92 receives the general electric power start command, thereby producing an effect that makes it possible for the player to recognize that the opening state of the predetermined general electric device 172 has been started. It is started at the speaker unit 64.

  After that, add 1 to the usual power counter. In this case, since the value of the general-purpose normal power counter is “2” when the normal-call determination process is executed, “1” is added to the value “3” corresponding to the normal-power release open process (step S3310) .

<Treatment during open operation>
Next, the normal power open process of step S3310 in the normal power control process (FIG. 54) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  When the winning to the predetermined power transmission device 172 has occurred (step S3601: YES), the value corresponding to the number of winnings is subtracted from the value of the main power winning counter in the main RAM 74 (step S3602). In addition, when the value of the public power prize winning counter becomes “0”, no further subtraction is performed. Also, a general power winning command in which information corresponding to the number of current winnings to the predetermined general power device 172 is set is transmitted to the sound-side MPU 92 (step S3603). The sound light side MPU 92 receives the general power winning command, thereby grasping the current number of winnings for the predetermined general power device 172, and the corresponding effects are displayed on the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64. To be executed.

  If the value of the general power prize counter after the subtraction is “0” (step S3604: YES), the output of the drive signal to the predetermined general power drive unit 172b is stopped to put the predetermined general power device 172 in the closed state. (Step S3605). Thereafter, the value of the public power open counter in the main RAM 74 is cleared to “0” (step S3606). Also, the value of the ordinary power counter is cleared to “0” (step S3607). As a result, in the next general-purpose normal power control process (FIG. 54), the general-purpose fluctuation start process (step S3307) becomes an execution target. Thereafter, a normal power end command is transmitted to the sound-side MPU 92 (step S3608). When the sound light side MPU 92 receives the normal power end command, an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined execution state of the predetermined general power device 172 has ended is produced by the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker. This is executed by the unit 64.

  If a negative determination is made in step S3601, or if a negative determination is made in step S3604, it is determined whether or not the value of the timer counter in the main RAM 74 is “0”. It is determined whether or not the opening continuation period in the opening operation of the device 172 has elapsed (step S3609). If an affirmative determination is made in step S3609, the output of the drive signal to the predetermined normal power drive unit 172b is stopped to place the predetermined general power device 172 in a closed state (step S3610).

  Thereafter, 1 is subtracted from the value of the normal power open counter in the main RAM 74 (step S3611), and it is determined whether or not the value of the normal power open counter after the subtraction is “0” (step S3612). If an affirmative determination is made in step S3612, the value of the public power prize counter in the main RAM 74 is cleared to “0” (step S3613). Further, the value of the ordinary power counter is cleared to “0” (step S3614). As a result, in the next general-purpose normal power control process (FIG. 54), the general-purpose fluctuation start process (step S3307) becomes an execution target. Thereafter, a normal power end command is transmitted to the sound-side MPU 92 (step S3615). When the sound light side MPU 92 receives the normal power end command, an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined execution state of the predetermined general power device 172 has ended is produced by the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker. This is executed by the unit 64.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S3612, information corresponding to 2 seconds is set in the timer counter of the main-side RAM 74 as information on the closing duration of the predetermined power transmission device 172 (step S3616). The closing duration of 2 seconds is a period longer than 3 times the game ball firing period. When the game ball is fired so as to flow down the right area PA3, the first non-electric device 173 is opened after the winning to the predetermined ordinary electric device 172 occurs, and the first non-electric device 173 is released. The second non-electric device 177 is opened when the prize is won, and the third non-electric device 179 is opened when the second non-electric device 177 is awarded, so that the third non-electric device 177 is opened. The period is slightly longer than the shortest period that is assumed as a period required for winning the device 179. Therefore, in the open execution state of the predetermined general power device 172, the first non-electrical power device 172 is started until the next open time of the predetermined general power device 172 is started after the completion of one open time of the predetermined general power device 172. There are cases where each winning in the order of device 173 → second non-electric device 177 → third non-electric device 179 is completed or not.

  Thereafter, 1 is added to the value of the ordinary power counter (step S3617). As a result, in the next ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 54), the power transmission closed process (step S3311) becomes an execution target. Thereafter, a power transmission closing command is transmitted to the sound-side MPU 92 (step S3618). When the sound light side MPU 92 receives the general power close command, the sound light side MPU 92 grasps that the predetermined duration of the general power device 172 has started, and the corresponding effects are displayed on the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker. This is executed by the unit 64.

<Treatment during power train closure>
Next, the process for closing the ordinary power transmission in step S3311 in the ordinary power transmission control process (FIG. 54) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  If a prize for the predetermined power transmission device 172 has been generated immediately before the predetermined power transmission device 172 is closed, it is specified that a winning for the predetermined power transmission device 172 has occurred in the processing during the power transmission closure. Will be. Therefore, when a winning to the predetermined power train device 172 has occurred (step S3701: YES), a value corresponding to the number of winning is subtracted from the value of the power receiving counter of the main RAM 74 (step S3702). In addition, when the value of the public power prize winning counter becomes “0”, no further subtraction is performed. Further, a general power winning command in which information corresponding to the number of current winnings to the predetermined general power device 172 is set is transmitted to the sound-side MPU 92 (step S3703). The sound light side MPU 92 receives the general power winning command, thereby grasping the current number of winnings for the predetermined general power device 172, and the corresponding effects are displayed on the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64. To be executed.

  If the value of the general power winning counter after the subtraction is “0” (step S3704: YES), the value of the general power release counter in the main RAM 74 is cleared to “0” (step S3705). Further, the value of the ordinary power counter is cleared to “0” (step S3706). As a result, in the next general-purpose normal power control process (FIG. 54), the general-purpose fluctuation start process (step S3307) becomes an execution target. Thereafter, a normal power end command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 (step S3707). When the sound light side MPU 92 receives the normal power end command, an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined execution state of the predetermined general power device 172 has ended is produced by the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker. This is executed by the unit 64.

  If a negative determination is made in step S3701, or if a negative determination is made in step S3704, it is determined whether or not the value of the timer counter in the main RAM 74 is “0”. It is determined whether or not the closing duration of the closing time of the device 172 has elapsed (step S3708). If an affirmative determination is made in step S3708, information corresponding to 0.3 seconds is set in the timer counter of the main RAM 74 as information on the open duration of the predetermined general electric device 172 (step S3709). Then, by starting to output a drive signal to the predetermined normal power drive unit 172b, the predetermined normal power device 172 is opened (step S3710).

  Thereafter, the ordinary power counter is decremented by 1 (step S3711). In this case, since the value of the general-purpose power counter is “4” in the case where the process during the normal power-off operation is executed, “1” corresponding to the process during the normal-power open operation (step S <b> 3310) is obtained after 1 subtraction. . Thereafter, a normal power release command is transmitted to the sound light side MPU 92 (step S3712). The sound light side MPU 92 receives the general electric power release command, thereby grasping that a new open time of the predetermined general electric device 172 has been started and producing a corresponding effect on the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and It is executed by the speaker unit 64.

<Public power notification processing>
Next, the power transmission notification process executed by the sound light side MPU 92 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. It should be noted that the general electric power notification process is repeatedly activated in the light-side MPU 92 at a relatively short period (for example, 4 milliseconds).

  When a power transmission start command is received from the main MPU 72 (step S3801: YES), a power transmission notification start process is executed (step S3802). In the start process of the general power notification, an effect that allows the player to recognize that the predetermined execution state of the general power transmission device 172 is started is executed by the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64. The process for doing so is executed.

  In this case, the sound light side MPU 92 transmits a general power start command to the MPU 102 of the display control apparatus 100. The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 receives the general power start command, and finishes the upper limit number of winnings to the predetermined general power device 172 as a condition for terminating the current release execution state and the current release execution state. The symbol display device 51 displays an image that allows the player to recognize the upper limit number of opening times of the predetermined ordinary power transmission device 172 that is a condition to be released.

  FIG. 60A is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of the image. As shown in FIG. 60A, the symbol display device 51 includes an image G1 indicating that the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is in an open execution state, and an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winnings to the predetermined ordinary power device 172. , An image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined power transmission device 172 is opened is displayed. As a result, the player not only recognizes that the predetermined power transmission device 172 is in the open execution state, but also the remaining number of winnings to the predetermined power transmission device 172 in the current release execution state and the predetermined power transmission device 172 It becomes possible to clearly recognize the remaining number of times of opening. In addition, when the predetermined execution state of the predetermined power transmission device 172 is started, since the first opening time of the predetermined power transmission device 172 is started, an image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined power transmission device 172 is opened is displayed. , An image corresponding to “19” is displayed instead of “20”. In addition, it is good also as a structure by which an opening effect is performed over an opening period, before the first opening | release time of the predetermined general electric apparatus 172 is started in the open execution state of the predetermined general electric apparatus 172. In this case, during the opening period, “20” is displayed as an image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined general power device 172 is opened, and when the first open time of the predetermined general power device 172 is started, “20” is displayed as the image G3. 19 ”may be displayed.

  Returning to the description of the general power notification process (FIG. 59), when a general power prize command is received from the main MPU 72 (step S3803: YES), a process of updating the remaining prize number notification is executed (step S3804). In the update process, the value subtracted by the number corresponding to the number of winnings for the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is displayed as an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winnings for the predetermined ordinary power device 172.

  When the power transmission closing command is received from the main MPU 72 (step S3805: YES), a closing period notification start process is executed (step S3806). In the closing period notification start process, the sound light side MPU 92 transmits a normal power closing command to the MPU 102 of the display control device 100. The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 displays the image on the symbol display device 51 that allows the player to recognize the remaining closing continuation period in the current closing time of the predetermined general power device 172 by receiving the general power close command. Let

  FIG. 60B is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of the image. As shown in FIG. 60B, the symbol display device 51 has an image G1 indicating that the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is in an open execution state, an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winnings for the predetermined ordinary power device 172, and Not only the image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined power transmission device 172 is opened, but also the image G4 indicating the remaining closing duration during the current closing time is displayed. As the image G4 indicating the remaining closing continuation period, meter display is performed in which the length of the band display with respect to the frame display becomes shorter as time passes. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example, time countdown display May be configured, or a time count-up display may be performed.

  Returning to the description of the power transmission notification process (FIG. 59), in the situation where the image G4 indicating the closing continuation period is displayed (step S3807: YES), is the update timing of the image G4 indicating the closing continuation period? It is determined whether or not (step S3808). Specifically, the update timing comes every time 0.1 second elapses. If it is the update timing (step S3808: YES), the closed period notification update process is executed (step S3809). In the update process, an update command is transmitted to the MPU 102 of the display control apparatus 100. By receiving the update command, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 updates the display content of the image G4 indicating the remaining closing duration in the symbol display device 51 to the display content corresponding to the passage of 0.1 second. .

  When the utility power release command has been received from the main MPU 72 (step S3810: YES), the remaining release frequency notification update process is executed (step S3811). In the update process, the value obtained by subtracting 1 is displayed as an image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined general power transmission device 172 is opened. Further, a closing period notification end process is executed (step S3812). Thereby, the display of the image G4 which shows the remaining closing continuation period in the symbol display apparatus 51 is complete | finished.

  When a power transmission end command is received from the main MPU 72 (step S3813: YES), a power transmission notification end process is executed (step S3814). In the end processing of the power transmission notification, the symbol display device 51, the display light emitting unit 63, and the speaker unit 64 perform an effect that enables the player to recognize that the opening state of the predetermined power transmission device 172 is ended. Execute the process to make it. In this case, the sound light side MPU 92 transmits a normal power end command to the MPU 102 of the display control apparatus 100. The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 receives the general power end command, and terminates the display of the images G1 to G3 corresponding to the predetermined general power device 172 being in the open execution state, and enters the normal gaming state. The display of the corresponding image is resumed by the symbol display device 51.

<Effects of the execution of the public power notification>
Next, the effect | action by having a general electric power notification performed by the symbol display apparatus 51 is demonstrated, referring the time chart of FIG. FIG. 61 (a) shows a period during which the display continuation time is executed in the predetermined normal signal display unit 182. FIG. 61 (b) shows a period during which the predetermined general electric device 172 is in an open state. c) shows the timing at which a winning to the predetermined ordinary electric device 172 occurs, FIG. 61 (d) shows the period during which the first non-electric device 173 is open, and FIG. 61 (e) shows the first non-electric device. 61 (f) shows a period in which the second non-electric device 177 is in an open state, and FIG. 61 (g) shows a timing when the winning to the electric device 173 occurs. FIG. 61 (h) shows a period when the third non-electric device 179 is in an open state, and FIG. 61 (i) shows a timing when a prize is generated for the third non-electric device 179. Indicates.

  As a result of winning the predetermined through winning portion 171, as shown in FIG. 61 (a), display continuation is performed on the predetermined normal display portion 182 from the timing t 1 to the timing t 2. Since this display continuation time corresponds to the occurrence of the open execution state of the predetermined power transmission device 172, after the display continuation time ends, as shown in FIG. 61 (b), it is predetermined from the timing t2 to the timing t4. The general electric device 172 is opened. When the predetermined power transmission device 172 is in the open state, the player changes the shooting operation that has been performed so that the game ball flows down the left area PA2 to the shooting operation in which the game ball flows down the right area PA3. As a result, it is possible to win a prize for the predetermined ordinary power transmission device 172. In addition, at the timing t2, the image G1 indicating that the predetermined power transmission device 172 is in an open execution state in the symbol display device 51, the image G2 indicating the remaining number of winnings to the predetermined power transmission device 172, and the predetermined power transmission device 172. The display of the image G3 indicating the remaining number of times of opening (see FIG. 60A) is started.

  As shown in FIG. 61 (c), a winning for the predetermined general electric device 172 occurs at the timing of t3 in the middle of the situation where the predetermined general electric device 172 is open. As a result of the winning of the predetermined power transmission device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened at the timing t3 as shown in FIG. 61 (d). Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 61 (b), the predetermined ordinary power transmission device 172 is closed at the timing of t4. In this case, in the symbol display device 51, display of an image G4 indicating the remaining closing continuation period in the current closing time (see FIG. 60B) is started. Thereby, it becomes possible for the player to grasp the remaining period until the predetermined normal power transmission device 172 is next opened.

  Thereafter, the occurrence of winning in the first non-electric device 173 is delayed due to the clogging of game balls in the upper plate 65a, and the first non-electricity is finally reached at the timing of t5 as shown in FIG. 61 (e). A winning for the device 173 occurs. As a result of winning the first non-electric device 173, at the timing t5, the first non-electric device 173 changes from the open state to the closed state as shown in FIG. 61 (d), and FIG. 61 (f) As shown, the second non-electric device 177 is changed from the closed state to the open state. On the other hand, the occurrence of winning in the second non-electric device 177 is delayed due to the occurrence of a ball clogging of game balls in the upper plate 65a again. Then, at the timing t6 when the second non-electric device 177 is still in the open state, the next opening of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started as shown in FIG. 61 (b).

  Here, the release execution state of the predetermined general power device 172 is a predetermined general power that becomes the end condition of the release execution state rather than the upper limit number of winning numbers to the predetermined general power device 172 that is the end condition of the release execution state. The upper limit number of opening times of the device 172 is set to be larger. Therefore, in a situation where the number of remaining open times of the predetermined power transmission device 172 is larger than the number of remaining winnings to the predetermined power transmission device 172, the predetermined power transmission device 172 is opened to the predetermined power transmission device 172 once. Even if no winning has occurred, it is possible to cause the predetermined number of game balls to be awarded to the predetermined number of power transmission devices 172 in the open execution state. In this case, in the opening execution state of the predetermined power transmission device 172, an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winnings to the predetermined power transmission device 172 on the symbol display device 51 and the number of remaining opening times of the predetermined power transmission device 172 are indicated. Since the image G3 is displayed, it becomes possible for the player to know whether or not it is necessary to win a game ball in the predetermined power transmission device 172 at a predetermined opening time of the predetermined power transmission device 172. Further, during the closing period of the predetermined power transmission device 172, an image G4 indicating the remaining closing continuation period is displayed on the symbol display device 51. Therefore, the player can stop the launching of the game ball toward the predetermined general electric device 172 in advance before a new opening of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started. As a result, the game ball does not enter the predetermined power device 172 during the cycle of winning the game ball in the order of the first non-electric device 173 → the second non-electric device 177 → the third non-electric device 179. It becomes possible to do so.

  Specifically, in the case of FIG. 61, a predetermined normal power transmission is performed as shown in FIG. 61 (b) from the timing t6 to the timing t7, which is the middle timing when the second non-electric device 177 is in the open state. Although the device 172 is in the open state, no prize for the predetermined power transmission device 172 is generated in the open times. As a result, it is possible to prevent a game ball from entering the predetermined general electric device 172 during the cycle.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 61 (g), a prize for the second non-electric device 177 occurs at the timing of t8. As a result of winning the second non-electric device 177, at the timing of t8, the second non-electric device 177 is closed as shown in FIG. 61 (f) and as shown in FIG. 61 (h). The third non-electric device 179 is opened. Then, at the timing of t9, as shown in FIG. 61 (i), a winning for the third non-electric device 179 occurs. As a result of the winning of the third non-electric device 179, the third non-electric device 179 changes from the open state to the closed state at the timing t9 as shown in FIG. 53 (h).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 61 (b), a new opening operation of the predetermined power transmission device 172 is executed from the timing of t10 to the timing of t12, and at the timing of t11, as shown in FIG. 61 (c). Winning to the electric device 172 occurs. As a result. A new cycle is started as shown after the timing t12.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  The opening execution state of the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is greater than the upper limit of the number of winnings to the predetermined ordinary power device 172 that is the end condition of the opening execution state. The upper limit of the number of opening is higher. Thereby, even if one or more game balls are not inserted into the predetermined general power device 172 in each execution time of the predetermined general power device 172 in the open state, the upper limit number of the normal power devices 172 in the open execution state. It becomes possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined power transmission device 172. In this case, in the open execution state of the predetermined general power device 172, the player pays attention to the number of times that the predetermined general power device 172 is in the open state whether or not the upper limit number of game balls enter the predetermined general power device 172. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Since the opening duration of one opening operation of the predetermined power transmission device 172 is set to 0.3 seconds, a game that can win the predetermined power transmission device 172 in one opening operation of the predetermined power transmission device 172. The number of balls is about one, and it is possible that a game ball does not enter the predetermined general electric device 172 in one opening of the predetermined general electric device 172. In this case, since the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number as described above, the player can receive the upper limit number of game balls in the predetermined general electric device 172 in the open execution state of the predetermined normal electric device 172. Whether or not to enter the ball will be predicted while paying attention to the number of times that the predetermined ordinary power transmission device 172 is in an open state, so that it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In the opening execution state of the predetermined ordinary power device 172, an image G2 indicating the remaining number of winnings to the predetermined ordinary power device 172 on the symbol display device 51 and an image G3 indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined ordinary power device 172 is opened are displayed. Is displayed. Thereby, it becomes possible for the player to know whether or not it is necessary to win the game ball in the predetermined power transmission device 172 at a predetermined opening time of the predetermined power transmission device 172. Then, by performing the grasp, the game ball is placed in the predetermined power device 172 in the middle of the cycle in which the game balls are won in the order of the first non-electric device 173 → the second non-electric device 177 → the third non-electric device 179. It will be possible to avoid entering the ball.

  During the closing period of the predetermined general power device 172 in the open execution state of the predetermined general power device 172, an image G4 indicating the remaining closing duration is displayed on the symbol display device 51. Therefore, the player can stop the launching of the game ball toward the predetermined general electric device 172 in advance before a new opening of the predetermined general electric device 172 is started.

<Another form of the twelfth embodiment>
(1) A plurality of types are selected so that the relationship between the upper limit of the number of winning game balls to the predetermined ordinary electric device 172 and the upper limit of the number of times the predetermined ordinary electric device 172 is opened in the case of a big hit state is different. It is good also as a structure by which the big hit state is set. In this case, the number of upper limit numbers is larger than the upper limit number in any jackpot state, but the difference may be different depending on the type of jackpot state. Although the difference is the same, the upper limit number and the upper limit number of times may be different depending on the type of jackpot state. In the first big hit state, the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number, in the second big hit state, the upper limit number and the upper limit number are the same, and in the third big hit state, the upper limit number is more than the upper limit number. It is good also as a structure with few. Thereby, it becomes possible to vary a player's advantage according to the kind of jackpot state.

  (2) In the opening execution state of the predetermined power transmission device 172, a notification indicating the remaining number of winnings to the predetermined power transmission device 172, a notification indicating the remaining number of times the predetermined power transmission device 172 is opened, and the predetermined power transmission device The notifications indicating the remaining closing duration of 172 are all configured to be performed by the symbol display device 51. However, a part of these notifications may be performed by other than the symbol display device 51. It is good also as a structure by which each alerting | reporting is performed by a dedicated display part.

  (3) At least one of the first non-electric device 173, the second non-electric device 177, and the third non-electric device 179 may be configured such that switching between the open state and the closed state is performed by electrical drive. Good. For example, in the configuration in which the first non-electric device 173 is electrically driven, when one game ball enters the predetermined general electric device 172, the first non-electric device 173 is opened and the first non-electric device 173 is in the open state. When one game ball enters the non-electric device 173, the first non-electric device 173 is controlled to be in a closed state. Further, in the configuration in which the second non-electric device 177 is electrically driven, when one game ball enters the first non-electric device 173, the second non-electric device 177 is opened and the second non-electric device 177 is in the open state. Control is performed so that the second non-electric device 177 is closed when one game ball enters the second non-electric device 177. Further, in the configuration in which the third non-electric device 179 is electrically driven, when one game ball enters the second non-electric device 177, the third non-electric device 179 is opened and the third non-electric device 179 is in the open state. When one game ball enters the 3 non-electric device 179, the third non-electric device 179 is controlled to be in a closed state.

  (4) The number of game balls that can be won in the predetermined general electric device 172 in the single open state of the predetermined general electric device 172 is not limited to the configuration of about one, but in the single open state A configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of game balls can enter the predetermined power transmission device 172. Even in this configuration, the first non-electric device 173 is in an open state with respect to one game ball entering the predetermined general electric device 172, and the game ball enters the first non-electric device 173. Thus, the first non-electric device 173 is in a closed state, and therefore it is preferable that the predetermined general electric device 172 wins only one game ball when the predetermined ordinary electric device 172 is opened once. .

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of embodiment mentioned above, A various deformation | transformation improvement is possible within the range which does not deviate from the meaning of this invention. For example, you may change as follows. Incidentally, the configuration of the following different embodiment may be applied individually or in combination to the configuration of the above embodiment, and may be applied to an embodiment different from the illustrated embodiment. Also good.

  (1) The special winning device 35 is configured such that no winning is possible in the non-accepting state and the winning state is possible when the special winning device 35 is in the accepting state. In this case, a winning of a game ball may occur, but it may be configured such that a winning of a game ball is likely to occur by entering an acceptance state. In addition, the configuration is the first general electric device 121, the second general electric device 122, the third general electric device 123, the fourth general electric device 161, the predetermined general electric device 172, the first nonelectric device 173, the second nonelectric device. The present invention may be applied to the device 177 and the third non-electric device 179.

  (2) When the first display continuation period is set as the display continuation period of the general-purpose display units 39a and 134 corresponding to the special winning device 35, the special winning device 35 cannot be reliably won. Alternatively, the special winning device 35 may be awarded with a predetermined probability although the probability is lower than when the third display continuation period is set.

  (3) In the first to tenth embodiments, a plurality of types of first display continuation periods are set in the display continuation times of the general-purpose display units 39a and 134. The first display continuation period may be determined by lottery. In this case, it is preferable that the special winning device 35 cannot be won or it is difficult for a winning to occur regardless of which first display continuation period is set.

  (4) In the first to tenth embodiments, a plurality of types of third display continuation periods are set in the display continuation times of the general-purpose display sections 39a and 134, and any of the three display continuation periods is set Whether to set the third display continuation period may be determined by lottery. In this case, it is preferable that a winning to the special winning device 35 occurs at a predetermined frequency regardless of which third display continuation period is set. Moreover, in the said structure, it is good also as a structure from which the winning frequency to the special prize-winning apparatus 35 differs according to the kind of 3rd display continuation period selected.

  (5) In the first to tenth embodiments, the special winning device 35 is not limited to the configuration in which the type of the opening execution state is only one type, and can be expected in one opening execution state. A configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of types of open execution states are set so that the number of winnings to 35 is different.

  (6) In the first to tenth embodiments, the game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 is configured to surely reach the position where the special winning device 35 can be won, but instead, The game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 may reach the position where the winning of the special winning device 35 is possible with a probability of approximately 100%. The game ball that has won the through winning portion 34 has a special winning device 35. It is good also as a structure which does not reach | at a predetermined | prescribed ratio, such as 1 piece out of 10 in the position where a prize can be won.

  (7) In the first to tenth embodiments described above, the predetermined hold information that triggers the start of the display continuation is stored and stored, so that it becomes a situation that is advantageous to the player regarding the winning frequency to the special winning device 35. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is decided whether or not to generate a profit advantageous to the player when a predetermined number of hold information that is a trigger for starting the display continuation time is held and stored. The winning probability of the lottery process to be performed may be high, and when predetermined hold information that triggers the start of the display continuation is stored and stored, the game ball is paid out when a game ball enters the predetermined ball-entry part A configuration may be adopted in which the number of game balls increases. In this case, the predetermined number may be one, or may be two or more.

  (8) In the sixth embodiment, in the situation in which the display continuation times in the third common map display unit 133 are being executed, a configuration is advantageous for the player with respect to the winning frequency to the special winning device 35. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when a predetermined display continuation time is being executed, the winning probability of the lottery process for determining whether or not to generate a profit advantageous to the player may be increased. When a predetermined display continuation time is being executed, the number of game balls to be paid out when a game ball enters a predetermined entrance may be increased.

  (9) In the first embodiment, a plurality of through winning portions 34 may be provided such as two, three, four, or five or more instead of one. In this case, the plurality of through winning portions 34 correspond to the trigger ball means in the first embodiment. In the fourth embodiment, a plurality of specific operation units 124 may be provided such as two, three, four, or five or more instead of one. In this case, the plurality of specific operation parts 124 correspond to the trigger ball means in the fourth embodiment. In the tenth embodiment, a plurality of first power transmission devices 121 may be provided such as two, three, four, or five or more instead of one. In this case, the plurality of first power transmission devices 121 correspond to the trigger ball means in the tenth embodiment.

  (10) The configurations of the above-described embodiments may be applied to each other in any combination, and are described in <Other Embodiments> after the configurations of the above-described embodiments are applied to each other in any combination. The configurations may be applied in any combination.

  (11) The player cannot refill the pachinko machine 10 with game balls, and the game balls circulate in the pachinko machine 10, and information on the number of game balls that can be used by the player is stored and held. The configuration of each of the above embodiments may be applied to a configuration in which a game ball can be launched within the range of information on the number of usable game balls stored and held.

  (12) Display control based on a command transmitted from the main control device 70 instead of a configuration in which the display control device 100 is controlled by the sound emission control device 90 based on a command transmitted from the main control device 70 The apparatus 100 may be configured to control the sound emission control device 90. In addition, instead of the configuration in which the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 are separately provided, the two control devices may be provided as one control device, and one of the functions of the two control devices may be provided. May be integrated into the main controller 70, and both functions of these two controllers may be integrated into the main controller 70. Further, the configuration of the command transmitted from the main control device 70 to the sound emission control device 90 and the configuration of the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are also arbitrary.

  (13) Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiments, for example, a pachinko machine in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball in a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine that generates a right if a player enters, a pachinko machine equipped with other objects, an arrangement ball machine, a sparrow ball, and other gaming machines.

  Also, a non-ball-type gaming machine, for example, a plurality of reels with a plurality of types of symbols attached in the circumferential direction, starts rotation of the reel by inserting a medal and operating a start lever, and a stop switch is operated. If a specific symbol or a combination of specific symbols is established on the active line visible from the display window after the reel has stopped after a predetermined time has passed, a privilege such as paying out medals is given to the player The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine.

  In addition, the gaming machine main body that is supported by the outer frame so as to be openable and closable is provided with a storage unit and a capture device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage unit are captured by the capture device. Thus, the present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, which starts rotating the reel.

<Invention Group Extracted from Each Embodiment>
Hereinafter, the characteristics of the invention group extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, in order to facilitate understanding, the corresponding configuration in each of the above embodiments is appropriately shown in parentheses, but is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses. .

<Feature A group>
Feature A1. The first state (acceptance state) in which a game ball can enter the predetermined entrance part (discharge passage 42) or can easily enter, and the game ball cannot enter the predetermined entrance part A predetermined winning means (special winning device 35) provided so as to be switched to the second state (non-accepting state) where it is difficult or difficult to generate a ball;
Predetermined control means (in the first embodiment, the process of step S907 in the main MPU 72 is performed so that the predetermined pitching means is brought into the first state when a predetermined period has elapsed since the occurrence of a predetermined opportunity. Function, a function of executing the process of step S1409 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, a function of executing the process of step S2406 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
As the predetermined period, in a situation where game balls are flowing down in a predetermined manner in the game area, the game is placed at a position where the predetermined entry means can enter the predetermined entry portion in the situation where the predetermined entry means is in the first state. First setting means for setting a first period (third display continuation period) that enables or facilitates the arrival of the sphere (function of executing step S806 in the main MPU 72 in the first embodiment) In the second embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1008 in the main MPU 72. In the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1605 in the main MPU 72. In the sixth embodiment, the process of executing the process in the main MPU 72. A function for executing the process of S1705, a function for executing the process of step S2006 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment, And functions) for executing the processing of step S2503 in the main side MPU72 in embodiments,
The position at which the predetermined entry means can enter the predetermined entry portion in the situation where the predetermined entry means is in the first state in the situation where the game ball is flowing down in the predetermined form as the predetermined period. The second setting means for setting a second period (first display continuation period) in which it is impossible or difficult for the game ball to reach the second stage (in the first embodiment, the process of step S804 in the main MPU 72 is executed) In the second embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S1004 in the main MPU 72, the function of executing the process of step S1604 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, and the main MPU 72 in the sixth embodiment. The function of executing the process of step S1704 in FIG. 9, the function of executing the process of step S2005 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment. , A function) for executing the processing of step S2502 in the main side MPU72 in the tenth embodiment,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature A1, since the predetermined entry means is in the first state when a predetermined period has elapsed since the occurrence of the predetermined opportunity, it is possible to predict in advance that the predetermined entry means will be in the first state. It becomes possible. In this case, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball-entry part or to easily generate the ball, whereas as the predetermined period, When the second period is set, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entering part, or it is difficult to generate the ball. Thereby, the player expects that the first period is set as the predetermined period, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Moreover, since it becomes possible to produce the above situations by adjusting the predetermined period, the above-mentioned control can be made without complicating the control for switching the predetermined entry means between the first state and the second state. It is possible to achieve such excellent effects.

  Feature A2. The predetermined control means sets the predetermined pitching means to the first state in the same manner regardless of whether the first period is set as the predetermined period or the second period is set. The gaming machine according to Feature A1, wherein:

  According to the feature A2, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above while simplifying the control for switching the predetermined entry means between the first state and the second state.

  Feature A3. The gaming machine according to Feature A1 or A2, wherein the second period is shorter than the first period.

  According to the feature A3, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball-entry part, or the second period is relative in a configuration in which it is difficult to generate the ball. It is possible to prevent the situation where it is difficult for game balls to enter the predetermined entrance area or excessive entry continues due to the short period being set. It becomes.

  Feature A4. One of the features A1 to A3, wherein the first period is equal to or longer than the shortest supply cycle of the game balls to the game area, and the second period is shorter than the shortest supply cycle. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature A4, in a situation where the first period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to expect one or more game balls to be supplied to a position such as predetermined entry means, while It is possible to prevent the game balls from being wasted in a situation where the second period is set as the period.

Feature A5. Provided with an opportunity ball entry means (through winning portion 34) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
The predetermined opportunity is generated based on the game ball entering the opportunity entry means,
The opportunity ball entry means is provided upstream of the predetermined ball entry means in the flow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has entered the opportunity ball entry means can enter the predetermined ball entry portion. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A4, wherein:

  According to the feature A5, since a predetermined opportunity occurs based on the game ball entering the opportunity entry means, the occurrence of the predetermined opportunity becomes clear to the player. In this case, the trigger ball entry means is provided on the upstream side of the predetermined ball entry means, and the game ball that has entered the trigger ball entry means can reach a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entry portion. As a result, it is possible to cause both the entrance of the entrance ball means and the entrance to the predetermined entrance portion by one game ball.

  Feature A6. The gaming machine according to feature A5, wherein the gaming ball that has entered the triggering ball means surely reaches a position where it can enter the predetermined pitching portion.

  According to the feature A6, since it becomes easy to specify the timing at which the game ball reaches a position where the predetermined ball can enter the predetermined ball portion with respect to the timing at which the predetermined opportunity occurs, the game ball to the predetermined ball portion according to the predetermined period setting. It becomes easy to adjust the ease of entering the ball.

  Feature A7. The second period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball that has entered the opportunity ball entry means to reach a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry part. Or the game machine as described in A6.

  According to the feature A7, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the game ball that has entered the trigger ball means and generated the predetermined trigger is prevented from entering the predetermined ball portion. Is possible.

  Feature A8. In the second period, when the measurement of the second period is started when a predetermined game ball has entered the trigger ball means, the firing order one previous to the predetermined game ball is started. The gaming machine according to Feature A7, wherein the gaming ball is a period that elapses after the game ball passes through a position where it can enter the predetermined entrance portion.

  According to the feature A8, when the predetermined period is set to the second period, one game ball that has entered the trigger ball means and generated the predetermined trigger, and one for the predetermined game ball It is possible to prevent both of the game balls in the previous firing order from entering the predetermined entrance portion of the predetermined entrance means that is in the first state with respect to the occurrence of the predetermined opportunity by the predetermined game ball It becomes. As a result, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined entrance part or to make it difficult to generate the entrance.

Feature A9. When the predetermined period is set to the first period, a game ball enters the predetermined ball-entry unit with a specific probability.
The specific probability is 1 / X (X is an integer of 1 or more),
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A8, wherein when a game ball enters the predetermined ball entry portion, X game balls are given to the player.

  According to the feature A9, when the predetermined period is set to the first period, the game balls enter the predetermined entrance part at a rate of 1 per X, whereas the game enters the predetermined entrance part. When a ball enters, X game balls are given to the player. Therefore, if the predetermined period is set to the first period, the number of game balls owned by the player is substantially increased or decreased. It is possible to aim at the entrance of the game ball to the predetermined entrance part while avoiding it.

Feature A10. Provided with an opportunity ball entry means (through winning portion 34) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
The predetermined opportunity is generated based on the game ball entering the opportunity entry means,
This game machine
Information acquisition means (in the main MPU 72) for acquiring opportunity information (usually held information) when a game ball enters the opportunity entry means in a situation where measurement of the predetermined period cannot be started The function of executing the process of step S603);
Measurement means for starting measurement of the predetermined period when the measurement of the predetermined period is possible in the situation in which the trigger information is acquired (execution of the start of normal map change in the main MPU 72) Function)
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A9, comprising:

  According to the feature A10, since a predetermined opportunity occurs based on the game ball entering the opportunity entry means, the occurrence of the predetermined opportunity becomes clear to the player. Also, when a game ball enters the trigger ball means in a situation where measurement of the predetermined period cannot be started, the trigger information is acquired, and when the trigger information is acquired, the predetermined period of time is acquired. Measurement starts anew. This makes it possible to give many opportunities for measurement during a predetermined period.

  Feature A11. The gaming machine according to Feature A10, wherein the second period is a period during which acquisition of the opportunity information is disabled or a period during which acquisition is difficult.

  According to the feature A11, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the trigger information is not acquired or is difficult to acquire. Thereby, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the measurement of the predetermined period is started at the timing when the game ball enters the opportunity ball means, so the second period is set. In this situation, it is possible to make it difficult for a game ball to enter a predetermined ball-entry part.

  Feature A12. The gaming machine according to Feature A10 or A11, wherein the first period is a period during which the opportunity information can be acquired or a period during which the acquisition is easily generated.

  According to the feature A12, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, the trigger information is acquired or is easily acquired. Accordingly, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, the measurement of the predetermined period is easily started at a timing different from the timing at which the game ball enters the opportunity ball means. In the set situation, it is possible to irregularly generate a game ball to enter a predetermined ball entry portion.

  Feature A13. The second setting unit sets the second period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not acquired. A gaming machine according to any one of A12.

  According to the feature A13, when measurement of a predetermined period is started in a situation where the predetermined number or more of trigger information has not been acquired, the second period is set as the predetermined period. In such a situation, it is easy to design the predetermined entrance means in the first state at a timing at which it is difficult or difficult to enter a game ball into the predetermined entrance portion.

  Feature A14. The first setting unit sets the first period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information is acquired. The gaming machine according to any one of A to A13.

  According to the feature A14, the first period is set as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information is acquired. A player who expects this will pay attention to whether or not a predetermined number of pieces of opportunity information are acquired.

  Feature A15. The gaming machine according to Feature A14, wherein the first period is a period during which the opportunity information can be acquired or a period during which the acquisition is easily generated.

  According to the feature A15, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, the trigger information is acquired or is easily acquired. As a result, the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period once the predetermined number of pieces of opportunity information has been acquired can be maintained by continuously entering the game balls in the opportunity entry means. It becomes possible.

  Feature A16. The gaming machine according to Feature A14 or A15, wherein the predetermined number is a plurality of numbers.

  According to feature A16, since the first period is set as the predetermined period in a situation where a plurality of pieces of trigger information are acquired, the trigger information is accidentally acquired in the situation where the second period is set as the predetermined period However, the first period is not set as the predetermined period thereafter. Thereby, it is possible to make it difficult to generate a situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period.

Feature A17. The first setting means sets the first period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the trigger information is acquired,
The second setting means sets the second period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where the trigger information of a predetermined number or more is not acquired,
The gaming machine has a third setting unit (main-side MPU 72) that sets the first period or a period during which the trigger information can be acquired as the predetermined period in a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not acquired. The gaming machine according to any one of features A10 to A16, including a function of executing the process of step S805 in FIG.

  According to the feature A17, the first period is set as the predetermined period when the measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number of pieces of opportunity information are acquired. A player who expects this will pay attention to whether or not a predetermined number of pieces of opportunity information are acquired. In addition, when measurement of a predetermined period is started in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information has not been acquired, the second period is set as the predetermined period. Therefore, in the situation where the second period is set, It becomes easy to design the predetermined entry means in the first state at a timing at which entry of a game ball into the entry part is impossible or difficult to generate.

  In this case, the first period or a period during which the trigger information can be acquired can be set as the predetermined period even if a predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not acquired. Thereby, even if the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to cause a situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period thereafter. Further, it is possible to realize such an opportunity for switching the predetermined period by setting the predetermined period.

  Feature A18. The gaming machine according to Feature A17, wherein the predetermined period set by the third setting means is a period that allows acquisition of a greater number of the trigger information than the predetermined number.

  According to the feature A18, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, it is possible to acquire the number of trigger information exceeding the predetermined number. As a result, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, it is possible to continue the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period thereafter.

Feature A19. In the first embodiment, the first setting means holds a predetermined situation (in the first embodiment, a situation in which more than the reference number of reserved information is stored in the standard number, and in the fourth embodiment, at least one third information in the reserved map side is reserved. The situation stored, the situation where one or more third map-side reservation information is stored on hold in the sixth embodiment, or the situation where the display continuation time is executed in the third map display section 133; In the embodiment, the situation in which one or more third map-side reservation information is stored on hold or the condition in which one or more fourth map-side reservation information is stored is stored. In the tenth embodiment, the second map is stored in the second map. When the measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation in which one or more side hold information is held and stored, the first period is set as the predetermined period,
In any one of the features A1 to A18, the second setting unit sets the second period as the predetermined period when measurement of the predetermined period is started in a situation other than the predetermined situation The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature A19, the first period is selected as the predetermined period due to the predetermined situation, and it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball-entry part or to easily generate the ball. As a result, the player plays a game while expecting a predetermined situation.

Feature A20. A specific ball entry means (a specific operation unit 124 in the fourth embodiment and a first power transmission device 121 in the tenth embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
The gaming machine according to Feature A19, wherein the predetermined situation occurs based on a game ball entering the specific ball entry means.

  According to the feature A20, since the predetermined situation occurs based on the game ball entering the specific entry means, the player who expects the first period to be selected as the predetermined period will play the game in the specific entry means. Attention will be paid to whether or not the ball enters, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Feature A21. The gaming machine according to Feature A20, wherein the predetermined opportunity does not occur even if a gaming ball enters the specific entry means.

  According to feature A21, the player plays a game while expecting both the occurrence of a predetermined opportunity and the game ball entering the specific ball entry means. Diversified, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature A22. The specific period measurement is performed based on the game ball entering the specific ball entry means,
The gaming machine according to Feature A21, wherein the predetermined situation is a situation that occurs in a situation in which the measurement for the specific period is performed or a situation in which the measurement for the specific period is performed.

  According to the feature A22, a predetermined situation occurs when the specific period is measured based on the game ball entering the specific entry means, and in the predetermined situation, the first period is set as the predetermined period. By setting, it becomes possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry part or to easily generate the ball. In this case, the longer the specific period lasts, the longer the period during which a game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry part or the time when the ball is likely to be generated easily continues. Therefore, it is possible to draw attention to the player during a specific period, and it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball-entry part or to cause a situation where the situation where the ball is likely to be generated continues for a long time. It becomes possible.

  Feature A23. The gaming machine according to any one of features A19 to A22, wherein the predetermined situation occurs when a special gaming state (a big hit state) advantageous to a player occurs.

  According to the feature A23, when a special gaming state advantageous to the player occurs, not only that, but the first period is set as the predetermined period, so that it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined pitching part. Or the entry is likely to occur. Thereby, it is possible to increase the advantage of occurrence of the special gaming state.

Feature A24. Provided with a specific ball entry means (first electric power device 121 in the tenth embodiment) that allows a game ball to enter when the special game state is entered,
The predetermined ball entry means is provided at a position where the ball can enter when the game ball is supplied to the game area so that the game ball flows down toward the specific ball entry means. The gaming machine according to Feature A23.

  According to the feature A24, when a special game state is entered, not only can the game ball be entered into the specific ball entry means, but also the game ball can be entered into the predetermined ball entry part. The entry is likely to occur. Further, in a special game state, by supplying the game balls to the game area in a predetermined manner, both the game balls entering the specific ball entry means and the game balls entering the predetermined ball entry means It becomes possible to aim. Therefore, it is possible to increase the advantage of occurrence of the special game state while suppressing the complexity of the game operation in the special game state.

  Feature A25. The situation in which the first period is set by the first setting unit as the predetermined period can be ended when a transition to a special gaming state (a big hit state) advantageous to the player occurs. The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A24.

  According to feature A25, since the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period may end upon the transition to the special gaming state, the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period will continue excessively. It becomes possible not to be.

  In addition, with respect to the configuration of the features A1 to A25, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

<Feature B group>
Feature B1. An opportunity ball means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter (through winning portion 34 in the first embodiment, specific operating portion 124 in the fourth embodiment, first power transmission device in the tenth embodiment) 121),
Based on the fact that a game ball has entered the opportunity ball entry means, the opportunity information (the first figure hold information in the first embodiment, the third figure hold information in the fourth embodiment, the tenth embodiment) Then, the information acquisition means for acquiring the second general map side hold information) (the function of executing step S603 in the main MPU 72 in the first embodiment, the process of step S1303 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment). A function to be executed, a function to execute the process of step S2203 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment), and
Predetermined profits to the player on the condition that the opportunity information is acquired (in the first embodiment, the special winning device 35 is in the receiving execution state, and in the fourth embodiment, the third common power device 123 is opened) State, predetermined profit granting means for granting the state of execution of the second power transmission device 122 in the tenth embodiment (in the first embodiment, the function of executing the process of step S610 in the main MPU 72, the fourth implementation) In the embodiment, a function of executing the process of step S1310 in the main MPU 72, a function of executing the process of step S2213 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
Measuring means for measuring for a predetermined period based on the acquisition of the trigger information (in the first embodiment, the function of executing steps S607 to S609 in the main MPU 72, the main side in the fourth embodiment) A function of executing the processing of Step S1307 to Step S1309 in the MPU 72, a function of executing the processing of Step S2210 to Step S2212 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
An information storage for storing the trigger information acquired by the information acquisition means when a game ball enters the trigger ball means in a situation where the measurement means measures at least the predetermined period. Means (general map reservation area 116 in the first embodiment, third general map reservation area 143 in the fourth embodiment, second general map reservation area 142 in the tenth embodiment),
With
The measurement means starts measurement of the predetermined period when it becomes a situation where measurement of the predetermined period can be started in the situation where the opportunity information is acquired,
This gaming machine enables a player to be given a specific profit (winning a special prize device 35) in a situation where a predetermined number or more of the opportunity information is stored in the information storage means, or a predetermined number or more In the situation in which the opportunity information is stored in the information storage means, the specific profit (winning in the special prize winning device 35) is more than the situation in which the predetermined number or more of the opportunity information is not stored in the information storage means. Specific profit granting means (a function for executing the process of step S806 in the main MPU 72 in the first embodiment, a function for executing the process of step S1008 in the main MPU 72 in the second embodiment, In the fourth embodiment, the main MPU 72 executes the process of step S1605. In the sixth embodiment, the main MPU 72 performs the processing. A function for executing the process of step S2006 in the main side MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment, and a function for executing the process of step S2503 in the main side MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the feature B1, the opportunity information is acquired based on the game ball having entered the opportunity ball means, and a predetermined profit is given to the player on the condition that the opportunity information is acquired. Therefore, the player expects the game ball to enter the opportunity ball entry means. In this case, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, the specific profit can be given or is easily given. Accordingly, not only a predetermined profit but also a specific profit can be given based on the game ball entering the opportunity ball means, so the advantage of having the game ball entered the opportunity ball means Can be increased. Therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Feature B2. The situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means is more in the information storage means than the situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not stored in the information storage means. The gaming machine according to Feature B1, wherein the opportunity information is easily stored.

  According to the feature B2, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, the specific profit can be easily or easily given, and the trigger information is easily stored in the information storage means. . As a result, when the predetermined number or more of trigger information is once stored in the information storage means, the situation is likely to continue. Therefore, the advantage of storing the predetermined number or more of trigger information in the information storage means is increased. It becomes possible.

  Feature B3. The period in which the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage unit is longer than the predetermined number of the trigger information in the information storage unit. The gaming machine according to the feature B1 or B2, wherein the game machine is selected or easily selected.

  According to the feature B3, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, a long period is selected or easily selected as the predetermined period, so that the predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage unit. In the situation stored in the means, the specific profit can be easily or easily given, and the opportunity information is easily stored in the information storage means. As a result, when the predetermined number or more of trigger information is once stored in the information storage means, the situation is likely to continue. Therefore, the advantage of storing the predetermined number or more of trigger information in the information storage means is increased. It becomes possible.

Feature B4. In the situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means, the trigger ball means before the predetermined period becomes a situation where new measurement can be performed. It is configured to be set in the first period that allows game balls to enter or facilitates the generation of the balls,
This game machine
In a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not stored in the information storage means, the trigger ball means before the predetermined period becomes a situation where a new measurement can be performed for the predetermined period. Second setting means (a function for executing the process of step S804 in the main MPU 72) for setting a second period during which a game ball cannot be entered or is difficult to generate.
In a situation where the predetermined number or more of the trigger information has not been acquired, third setting means (step S805 in the main MPU 72) sets the first period or a period during which the trigger information can be acquired as the predetermined period. Function to execute processing)
A gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B3, characterized by comprising:

  According to feature B4, in a situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, a first period is set as the predetermined period, and a predetermined number or more of trigger information is not stored in the information storage means In the situation where the second period is set as the predetermined period, in the situation where a predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, the specific profit can be given or easily given, and the information storage Trigger information is easily stored in the means. As a result, when the predetermined number or more of trigger information is once stored in the information storage means, the situation is likely to continue. Therefore, the advantage of storing the predetermined number or more of trigger information in the information storage means is increased. It becomes possible. In this case, the first period or a period during which the trigger information can be acquired can be set as the predetermined period even if a predetermined number or more of the trigger information is not acquired. Thereby, even if the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to cause a situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period thereafter. Further, it is possible to realize such an opportunity for switching the predetermined period by setting the predetermined period.

  Feature B5. The gaming machine according to Feature B4, wherein the predetermined period set by the third setting means is a period that allows acquisition of a greater number of the trigger information than the predetermined number.

  According to the feature B5, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting unit, it is possible to store the trigger information exceeding the predetermined number in the information storage unit. As a result, when the predetermined period is set by the third setting means, it is possible to continue the situation in which the first period is set as the predetermined period thereafter.

Feature B6. The specific profit granting means generates a situation in which a game ball can be entered into a predetermined winning means (special winning device 35) as the specific profit granting,
The gaming machine includes means for shifting the gaming state to a special gaming state advantageous to the player on the basis of at least one condition that a gaming ball has entered the predetermined entry means (in the first embodiment, in the main MPU 72). Any one of features B1 to B5 including a function of executing the processes of steps S308 to S311 and a function of executing the processes of steps S1114 and S1115 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment) The gaming machine according to 1.

  According to feature B6, when a predetermined number or more of opportunity information is stored in the information storage means, it is possible to enter a game ball into the predetermined entry means, and the game ball enters the predetermined entry means. Based on, it shifts to the special game state. As a result, a player who expects a transition to the special gaming state expects that a predetermined number or more of opportunity information is stored in the information storage means, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature B7. A separate ball entry means (first actuating part 32) capable of entering a game ball regardless of whether the predetermined number or more of the trigger information is stored in the information storage means;
Means for shifting the gaming state to the special gaming state on the basis of at least one condition that a game ball has entered the separate ball entry means (in the first embodiment, the processing in steps S308 to S311 in the main MPU 72 is executed) A gaming machine according to the feature B6, which is provided with a function for executing the processing of the steps S1114 and S1115 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment.

  According to the feature B7, the transition to the special game state may occur even when a game ball enters the separate ball entry means. However, when more than a predetermined number of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, A transition to the special gaming state can occur based on the entrance of the game ball into the predetermined entrance means. As a result, a player who expects a transition to the special gaming state expects not only that the game ball will enter the separate entry means but also that the game ball will enter the opportunity entry means. It is possible to improve the interest of

  Feature B8. The trigger ball entry means, the predetermined ball entry means, and the separate ball entry means are provided at positions that can be reached when a game ball is supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner. A gaming machine according to Feature B7.

  According to the feature B8, the game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner, thereby aiming for the game balls to enter the trigger ball means, the predetermined ball means, and the separate ball means. Is possible. As a result, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above while suppressing the complexity of the game operation.

Feature B9. In the special game state, the game area is configured so that a profit can be given to the player by supplying a game ball in a specific manner.
The gaming machine according to any one of features B6 to B8, wherein when the gaming ball is supplied in the specific mode, the gaming ball does not enter or is unlikely to enter the triggering ball means. .

  According to the feature B9, the game ball does not enter the opportunity ball means based on the transition to the special game state, and the game ball does not enter the opportunity ball means. There is a situation in which a predetermined number or more of trigger information is not stored in the information storage means. Therefore, it is possible to end the situation in which the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry means with the transition to the special game state.

  Feature B10. The gaming machine according to any one of the features B1 to B9, wherein a gaming ball can be inserted into the triggering ball entry means when a special gaming state advantageous to a player is achieved.

  According to the feature B10, when a game ball can enter the trigger ball means in the special game state, a predetermined number or more of trigger information is stored in the information storage means, and the predetermined number or more of trigger information is obtained. Is stored in the information storage means, the specific profit can be given or the specific profit is easily given. Thereby, it is possible to increase the advantage over the occurrence of the transition to the special gaming state.

  For the configuration of the features B1 to B10, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

<Feature C group>
Feature C1. Trigger ball entry means (specific operation unit 124) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area,
Information acquisition means for acquiring opportunity information (third map-side reserved information in the fourth embodiment) based on the game ball entering the opportunity entry means (step S1303 in the main MPU 72) Function)
Predetermined profit granting means (step in the main MPU 72) for granting a predetermined profit (opening execution state of the third power transmission device 123 in the fourth embodiment) to the player on at least one condition that the opportunity information is acquired The function of executing the processing of S1310),
Measurement means (a function for executing the processing of step S1307 to step S1309 in the main MPU 72) that performs measurement for a predetermined period based on the acquisition of the opportunity information;
In a situation where the predetermined period is being measured, a specific profit (winning to the special winning device 35) can be given to the player, or in the situation where the predetermined period is being measured, the predetermined period is being measured. Specific profit giving means (a function for executing the processing of step S1605 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, which makes it easier for a player to be given a specific profit (winning in the special winning device 35) than the situation where there is no, A gaming machine having a function of executing the process of step S1705 in the main MPU 72 in the embodiment, and a function of executing the process of step S2006 in the main MPU 72 in the ninth embodiment.

  According to the feature C1, the opportunity information is acquired based on the game ball having entered the opportunity ball means, and a predetermined profit is given to the player on at least one condition that the opportunity information has been acquired. Therefore, the player expects the game ball to enter the opportunity ball entry means. In this case, in a situation where the predetermined period is measured, the specific profit can be given or is easily given. Accordingly, not only a predetermined profit but also a specific profit can be given based on the game ball entering the opportunity ball means, so the advantage of having the game ball entered the opportunity ball means Can be increased. Therefore, the player pays attention to whether or not the game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature C2. The specific profit granting means generates a situation in which a game ball can be entered into a predetermined winning means (special winning device 35) as the specific profit granting,
The gaming machine includes means for shifting the gaming state to a special gaming state advantageous to the player on the basis of at least one condition that a gaming ball has entered the predetermined entry means (in the first embodiment, in the main MPU 72). The gaming machine according to Feature C1, further comprising a function of executing the processes of Steps S308 to S311 and a function of executing the processes of Steps S1114 and S1115 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment) .

  According to the feature C2, when a predetermined period is measured, a game ball can be entered into the predetermined entry means, and the special game is based on the game ball entering the predetermined entry means. Transition to the state. As a result, a player who expects to shift to the special gaming state expects to perform measurement for a predetermined period, and can improve the interest of the game.

Feature C3. A separate ball entry means (first actuating part 32) capable of entering a game ball regardless of whether or not the predetermined period is measured,
Means for shifting the gaming state to the special gaming state on the basis of at least one condition that a game ball has entered the separate ball entry means (in the first embodiment, the processing in steps S308 to S311 in the main MPU 72 is executed) A gaming machine according to the feature C2, which is provided with a function for executing the processing of the step S1114 and the step S1115 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment.

  According to the feature C3, even when a game ball enters the separate ball entry means, the transition to the special game state may occur. However, in a situation where the predetermined period is measured, the game to the predetermined ball entry means is further performed. A transition to the special gaming state may occur based on the ball entering. As a result, a player who expects a transition to the special gaming state expects not only that the game ball will enter the separate entry means but also that the game ball will enter the opportunity entry means. It is possible to improve the interest of

  Feature C4. The trigger ball entry means, the predetermined ball entry means, and the separate ball entry means are provided at positions that can be reached when a game ball is supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner. A gaming machine according to Feature C3.

  According to the feature C4, the game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner, thereby aiming to enter the game balls for each of the trigger ball means, the predetermined ball means, and the separate ball means. Is possible. As a result, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above while suppressing the complexity of the game operation.

Feature C5. In the special game state, the game area is configured so that a profit can be given to the player by supplying a game ball in a specific manner.
The gaming machine according to any one of features C2 to C4, wherein when the gaming ball is supplied in the specific mode, the gaming ball does not enter or is unlikely to enter the triggering ball entering means. .

  According to the feature C5, the game ball does not enter the opportunity ball means based on the transition to the special game state, and the game ball does not enter the opportunity ball means. The predetermined period is not measured. Therefore, it is possible to end the situation in which the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry means with the transition to the special game state.

  Feature C6. The gaming machine according to any one of features C2 to C4, wherein the measuring means continues to measure the predetermined period even in the special gaming state.

  According to the feature C6, the measurement for a predetermined period is completed in a situation where the special gaming state is being executed. As a result, it is possible to end the situation in which the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry means triggered by the transition to the special game state.

  Feature C7. The gaming machine according to Feature C6, wherein the predetermined period is a period shorter than a minimum period required to digest the special gaming state.

  According to the feature C7, when the transition to the special gaming state occurs, it is possible to ensure that the measurement for the predetermined period is completed before the special gaming state is finished.

  For the configuration of the features C1 to C7, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1. Specific ball entry means (first electric power device 121 in the tenth embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Specific control means (main-side MPU 72) that allows a game ball to enter or easily enter the specific entry means when a special game state (big hit state) advantageous to the player is achieved. In step S2114 and step S2115).
A predetermined ball entry means (special winning device 35) that allows a game ball flowing down the game area in the special game state to enter or to enter easily.
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature D1, in the case of a special gaming state, not only can the game ball be entered into the specific entry means, or it is easier to enter, but the game ball can be entered into the predetermined entry means. Or it becomes easier to enter the ball. Thereby, it is possible to increase the advantage in the special gaming state, and it is possible to increase the player's attention to the special gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Feature D2. Based on the fact that the game ball has entered the specific ball entry means, the special ball entry means (the second ball in the tenth embodiment) that allows the game balls flowing down the game area to enter or to enter easily. Equipped with a general electric device 122),
The gaming machine according to feature D1, wherein a gaming ball can be entered or can easily enter the predetermined entering unit based on the entering of the gaming ball into the specific entering unit.

  According to the feature D2, when the game state is shifted to the special game state, the game ball can enter or can easily enter the specific ball entry means. When a game ball enters the specific ball entry means, the game ball can enter or can easily enter both the special ball entry means and the predetermined ball entry means. Thereby, not only can the advantage in the special gaming state be increased, but also the entry means that can be entered or become easy to enter in the special gaming state can be diversified.

Feature D3. A configuration in which the game ball can reach the position where the specific ball entry means can enter the game by supplying the game ball to the game area in a specific mode,
The predetermined ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the flow direction of the game ball from the specific ball entry means,
When a game ball is supplied to the game area in the specific mode, the game ball that has not entered the specific ball entry means can reach a position where it can enter the predetermined ball entry means. The gaming machine according to Feature D1 or D2, characterized by:

  According to the feature D3, a game ball that has not entered the specific entry means in the special game state can enter the predetermined entry means. This makes it possible to reduce the number of game balls that are wasted in a special game state.

Feature D4. An opportunity ball entry means (through winning portion 34) that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter;
Even if a game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means in a situation that is not in the special game state, it is difficult or difficult to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entry means, and the situation is in the special game state , Predetermined control means (step S2501 in the main MPU 72) that enables or facilitates the entry of the game ball into the predetermined ball entry means based on the game ball having entered the ball entry means. The function of executing the processing of step S2503),
The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D3, comprising:

  According to the feature D4, the game ball can enter or enter the predetermined ball entry means based on the game ball entering the opportunity ball input means. It is possible to make the process for entering the ball step by step. In this case, in a situation that is not in a special game state, even if a game ball enters the opportunity ball means, it is impossible or difficult to enter the predetermined ball means, and the game is in a special game state When a game ball enters the opportunity ball entry means, it becomes possible or easy for a game ball to enter the predetermined ball entry means. As a result, it is possible to generate a situation in which a game ball can enter or easily enter the predetermined entrance means only in the special game state.

Feature D5. The predetermined entry means is configured to allow a game ball to enter the predetermined entry portion (discharge passage 42) or to enter the predetermined entry portion in a first state (acceptance state) in which entry is likely to occur. It is provided so that it can be switched to the second state (non-acceptance state) where the entry of the ball is impossible or the entry is difficult to occur,
This gaming machine is provided with measuring means (a function for executing the processing of steps S2404 to S2406 in the main MPU 72) for measuring a predetermined period based on the game ball entering the opportunity ball entry means,
The predetermined control means is configured to set the predetermined pitching means to the first state after measurement of the predetermined period by the measurement means is completed.
This game machine
In the special gaming state, as the predetermined period, in the situation where the game ball is flowing down in the game area in a predetermined manner, the predetermined ball entry in the situation where the predetermined ball entry means is in the first state. First setting means for setting a first period (third display continuation period) that allows or makes it easy for a game ball to reach a position where it is possible to enter the means (main side in the tenth embodiment) The function of executing the processing of step S2503 in the MPU 72),
When not in the special game state, as the predetermined period, in the situation where the game ball is flowing down in the predetermined area in the predetermined area, the predetermined entry means is in the first state. Second setting means for setting a second period (first display continuation period) in which it is impossible or difficult for a game ball to reach a position at which it is possible to enter the ball means (mainly in the tenth embodiment, The function of executing the process of step S2502 in the side MPU 72),
A gaming machine according to Feature D4, comprising:

  According to the feature D5, since the predetermined entry means is in the first state when a predetermined period has elapsed since the game ball has entered the opportunity entry means, the predetermined entry means is in the first state. It becomes possible to predict in advance. In this case, when the first period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball-entry part or to easily generate the ball, whereas as the predetermined period, When the second period is set, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined ball entering part, or it is difficult to generate the ball. As a result, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above only by adjusting the predetermined period.

  Feature D6. The predetermined control means sets the predetermined pitching means to the first state in the same manner regardless of whether the first period is set as the predetermined period or the second period is set. A gaming machine according to Feature D5, wherein:

  According to the feature D6, it is possible to achieve the excellent effects as described above while simplifying the control for switching the predetermined ball entry means between the first state and the second state.

  Feature D7. The gaming machine according to Feature D5 or D6, wherein the second period is shorter than the first period.

  According to the feature D7, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the predetermined pitch part, or the second period is relative in a configuration in which the pitch is difficult to occur. It is possible to prevent the situation where it is difficult for game balls to enter the predetermined entrance area or excessive entry continues due to the short period being set. It becomes.

  Feature D8. Any one of the features D5 to D7, wherein the first period is equal to or longer than the shortest supply cycle of the game balls to the game area, and the second period is shorter than the shortest supply cycle. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature D8, in a situation where the first period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to expect one or more game balls to be supplied to a position such as the predetermined entry means, while the predetermined period is predetermined. It is possible to prevent the game balls from being wasted in a situation where the second period is set as the period.

Feature D9. The opportunity ball entry means is provided upstream of the predetermined ball entry means in the flow direction of the game ball, and the game ball that has entered the opportunity ball entry means can enter the predetermined ball entry portion. Is a configuration that can reach
The second period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball that has entered the opportunity ball entry means to reach a position where the game ball can enter the predetermined ball entry part. A gaming machine according to any one of D8.

  According to the feature D9, the triggering ball means is provided on the upstream side of the predetermined pitching means, and the game ball that has entered the trigger balling means can reach a position where it can enter the predetermined pitching portion. Due to the configuration, it is possible to cause both the entrance of the entrance ball means and the entrance to the predetermined entrance portion by one game ball. In this case, the second period is a period shorter than the shortest period required for the game ball that has entered the opportunity entry means to reach a position where it can enter the predetermined entry part. Thereby, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to prevent the game ball that has entered the trigger ball means and started measurement of the predetermined period from entering the predetermined ball portion. It becomes possible.

  Feature D10. In the second period, when the measurement of the second period is started when a predetermined game ball has entered the trigger ball means, the firing order one previous to the predetermined game ball is started. The gaming machine according to Feature D9, wherein the gaming machine is a period that elapses after the game ball passes through a position where it can enter the predetermined entrance portion.

  According to the feature D10, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, the predetermined game ball that has entered the trigger ball means and generated the predetermined trigger, and one for the predetermined game ball It is possible to prevent both of the game balls in the previous firing order from entering the predetermined entrance portion of the predetermined entrance means that is in the first state with respect to the occurrence of the predetermined opportunity by the predetermined game ball It becomes. As a result, when the second period is set as the predetermined period, it is possible to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined entrance part or to make it difficult to generate the entrance.

  For the configuration of the features D1 to D10, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1. A first entry means (first electric power device 121) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
After the first predetermined opportunity occurs, first control means for generating a first predetermined state in which a game ball can enter or is easy to enter the first entrance means (in the fourth embodiment, the main side The function of executing the processing of step S1114 and step S1115 in the MPU 72, the function of executing the processing of step S2114 and step S2115 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
A second entry means (second electric power device 122) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
After the second predetermined opportunity occurs, the second control means (in the fourth embodiment, the main side) generates a second predetermined state in which a game ball can enter or can easily enter the second entrance means. The function of executing the processing of step S1213 and step S1214 in the MPU 72, the function of executing the processing of step S2213 and step S2214 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
A third ball entry means (a third winning device 123 in the fourth embodiment, a special winning device 35 in the tenth embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Third control means (in the fourth embodiment, the main side in the fourth embodiment) generates a third predetermined state in which a game ball can enter or is easy to enter after the third predetermined opportunity has occurred. The function of executing the process of step S1310 in the MPU 72, the function of executing the process of step S2407 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
Even if the second predetermined trigger occurs, the second predetermined state is prevented from occurring in the situation where the first predetermined state is occurring, while the first predetermined state is occurring. Special execution means for allowing the third predetermined state to occur (in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing steps S1204 and S1215 in the main MPU 72; in the tenth embodiment, the step S2204 in the main MPU 72) And the function of executing the process of step S2215),
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature E1, since the first entrance means, the second entrance means, and the third entrance means are provided, the targets that the player expects to enter the game balls are diversified. In this case, even if the second predetermined trigger occurs, the second predetermined state of the second incoming means is prevented from occurring in the situation where the first predetermined state of the first incoming means has occurred, Even in a situation where one predetermined state has occurred, the third predetermined state can occur. This makes it possible to diversify the manner in which game balls are generated in a configuration having a plurality of ball entry means, and to improve the interest of the game.

  Feature E2. The game according to Feature E1, wherein the special execution means prevents the first predetermined state from occurring in a situation where the second predetermined state occurs even if the first predetermined trigger occurs. Machine.

  According to the feature E2, it is possible to prevent the first predetermined state of the first incoming ball means and the second predetermined state of the second incoming ball means from overlapping. Thereby, even if both the conditions for generating the first predetermined state and the conditions for generating the second predetermined state are satisfied, the player can enter the game ball into the first ball entry means and play the game into the second ball entry means. It becomes possible to aim at the entrance of the ball step by step.

  Feature E3. The gaming machine according to claim E1 or E2, wherein the special execution means allows the first predetermined state to occur even in a situation where the third predetermined state occurs.

  According to the feature E3, the first predetermined state of the first incoming ball means and the third predetermined state of the third incoming ball means can overlap. Thus, the player can expect the occurrence of the other situation in one of the situation where the first entry means is in the first predetermined state and the situation where the third entry means is in the third predetermined state. .

  Feature E4. The second predetermined opportunity occurs based on a game ball entering the first entry means, and the third predetermined opportunity does not occur even if a game ball enters the first entry means. The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E3.

  According to the feature E4, even if a second predetermined opportunity occurs in the configuration in which the second ball entry means enters the second predetermined state based on the game ball having entered the first ball entry means, the first ball entry In a situation where the first predetermined state of the means has occurred, the second predetermined state of the second ball entering means does not occur. Thereby, the player can aim at the entrance of the game ball to the first entrance means and the entrance of the game ball to the second entrance means step by step. On the other hand, in the configuration in which the third predetermined state of the third entrance means is generated regardless of the game ball entering the first entrance means, the first predetermined state of the first entrance means has occurred. In the situation, a third predetermined state of the third entry means occurs. As a result, it is possible to create a situation in which it is possible to simultaneously aim the game ball entering the first ball entry means and the game ball entering the third ball entry means.

Feature E5. The third predetermined opportunity is a configuration that does not occur even if a game ball enters the second ball entry means,
The special execution means enables the first predetermined state to occur even in a situation where the third predetermined state occurs, and the special execution means includes the first predetermined state even in a situation where the second predetermined state occurs. 3. The gaming machine according to feature E4, wherein a predetermined state can be generated, and the second predetermined state can be generated even in a situation where the third predetermined state is generated.

  According to the feature E5, in the configuration in which the third entering means is in the third predetermined state regardless of the entering of the game balls into the first entering means and the second entering means, the third entering means The three predetermined states may occur in duplicate with both the first predetermined state of the first incoming ball means and the second predetermined state of the second incoming ball means. Thereby, it becomes possible to improve the arbitraryness of the timing when the 3rd entrance means becomes the 3rd predetermined state.

  Feature E6. The third ball entry means is provided at a position where the ball can enter when the game ball is supplied to the game area so that the game ball flows down toward the first ball entry means. The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E5.

  According to the feature E6, in the configuration in which the first predetermined state of the first incoming ball means and the third predetermined state of the third incoming ball means can occur in an overlapping manner, the supply of the game ball to the game area is in a predetermined mode. By doing so, it is possible to aim at both the entry of the game ball into the first entry means and the entry of the game ball into the third entry means.

  Feature E7. The special execution means prevents the second predetermined state from occurring in a situation where the first predetermined state occurs even if the second predetermined trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the second predetermined state occurs , Means for starting the second predetermined state after the first predetermined state ends (in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing the processing of step S1205 and step S1206 in the main MPU 72, tenth implementation The game machine according to any one of features E1 to E6, characterized in that the game machine comprises a function of executing the processing of step S2205 and step S2206 in main MPU 72 in the form.

  According to the feature E7, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of the second predetermined opportunity corresponding to the occurrence of the second predetermined state from being invalidated by the occurrence of the first predetermined state.

Feature E8. The second control means sets the second entering means to the second predetermined state after a second predetermined period has elapsed based on the occurrence of the second predetermined opportunity.
The special execution means stops the measurement of the second predetermined period or extends the second predetermined period when the first predetermined state occurs in the middle of the second predetermined period. The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E7, wherein the second predetermined state is not generated in a situation where the first predetermined state is generated even if an opportunity occurs.

  According to the feature E8, only by adjusting the second predetermined period, the second predetermined state of the second incoming means is not generated in the situation where the first predetermined state of the first incoming means is generated. Is possible.

  Feature E9. The special execution means, when the measurement of the second predetermined period is stopped by the occurrence of the first predetermined state in the situation where the second predetermined period is measured, after the completion of the first predetermined state Means for restarting the measurement for the second predetermined period (the function of executing steps S1205 and S1206 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, and step S2205 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment) And a function of executing the process of step S2206).

  According to the feature E9, the second predetermined value of the second ball entry means is determined in a situation where the first predetermined state of the first ball entry means is generated only by temporarily stopping and releasing the measurement for the second predetermined period. It is possible to prevent the state from occurring.

  Feature E10. Although the third predetermined opportunity does not occur even if a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the game enters the third ball entry means based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means. The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E9, wherein a ball can enter or is easily generated.

  According to the feature E10, even if the first entry means does not contribute to the occurrence of the third predetermined opportunity, the ease of entering the game ball into the third entry means is determined as the first entry means. It becomes possible to associate.

Feature E11. A first entry means (first electric power device 121) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the first predetermined opportunity, after the first predetermined period has elapsed, the first predetermined state in which the game ball can enter or is easy to enter the first entrance means is generated. 1 control means (in the fourth embodiment, the function of executing steps S1114 and S1115 in the main MPU 72; in the tenth embodiment, the function of executing steps S2114 and S2115 in the main MPU 72);
A second entry means (second electric power device 122) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the second predetermined opportunity, after the second predetermined period has elapsed, a second predetermined state is generated in which the game ball can enter or can easily enter the second ball entry means. A second control means (a function for executing the processes of steps S1213 and S1214 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, a function for executing the processes of steps S2213 and S2214 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment); ,
A third ball entry means (a third winning device 123 in the fourth embodiment, a special winning device 35 in the tenth embodiment) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of a third predetermined opportunity, after the third predetermined period has elapsed, a third predetermined state is generated in which the game ball can enter or can easily enter the third ball entry means. Third control means (function to execute step S1310 in the main MPU 72 in the fourth embodiment, function to execute step S2407 in the main MPU 72 in the tenth embodiment),
If the first predetermined state occurs in the middle of the second predetermined period, the measurement of the second predetermined period is stopped or the second predetermined period is extended, while the first predetermined period is in the middle of the third predetermined period. Special execution means that does not change the third predetermined period even if a predetermined state occurs (in the fourth embodiment, a function of executing steps S1204 and S1215 in the main MPU 72, in the tenth embodiment, the main MPU 72). In step S2204 and step S2215).
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature E11, the first entry means, the second entry means, and the third entry means all correspond to a predetermined state after a corresponding predetermined period when a corresponding predetermined opportunity occurs. This makes it possible to enter a game ball or to easily enter a game ball. As a result, it is possible to predict in advance that each ball entry means will be in a corresponding predetermined state.

  In this case, when the first predetermined state of the first landing means occurs during the second predetermined period, the measurement of the second predetermined period is stopped or the second predetermined period is extended, Even if the first predetermined state of the first entry means occurs in a situation where three predetermined periods are being measured, the measurement of the third predetermined period is not stopped. This prevents the second entrance means from entering the second predetermined state in the situation where the first entrance means is in the first predetermined state, while the first entrance means enters the first predetermined state. In this situation, it is possible to allow the third ball entry means to enter the third predetermined state. Therefore, it is possible to diversify the manner in which the game balls are generated in a configuration including a plurality of ball entry means, and to improve the interest of the game.

  For the configuration of the features E1 to E11, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

  According to the invention relating to the feature A group, the feature B group, the feature C group, the feature D group, and the feature E group, the following problems can be solved.

  Pachinko machines and slot machines are known as a kind of gaming machine. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which a profit is given to a player by shifting a gaming state to a special control state based on a predetermined transition condition being established.

  Specifically, for pachinko machines, a configuration that shifts to a special control state when a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the entrance area provided in the game area, or a predetermined entry There is known a configuration in which a special control state is entered based on a game ball entering a part. And when it transfers to a special control state, for example, opening and closing of the entrance device provided in the game area is started, and a game ball is paid out based on the entrance to the entrance device concerned.

  Here, in the gaming machines such as the above-described examples, it is necessary to improve the interest of the game, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

<Feature F group>
Feature F1. A first specific entry means (fourth power transmission device 161) capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
Based on the occurrence of the first specific opportunity, after the first specific period has elapsed, the first specific entry means is caused to generate a first specific state in which a game ball can enter or is easy to enter. First specifying control means (function for executing the processing of step S2910 and step S2911 in the main-side MPU 72);
When a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state and the first An event response means (a function for executing adjustment processing in the main MPU 72) that makes the handling of the first specific period different when it does not correspond to the occurrence of the specific state;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the characteristic F1, when the 1st specific opportunity generate | occur | produces, a 1st specific entrance means will be in a 1st specific state after the 1st specific period passes. Thereby, the player can predict in advance that the first specific entry means will be in the first specific state.

  In this case, when a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, the first specific trigger that triggers the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state and the first The handling of the first specific period differs depending on whether or not the specific state occurs. As a result, while the first specific period is handled in a manner suitable for each of the cases where the conditions for occurrence of the first specific state are satisfied and cases where the condition is not satisfied, a predetermined event occurs during the first specific period. When it occurs, the progress mode of the first specific period can be changed corresponding to the occurrence of the predetermined event.

  Feature F2. When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, the event response means responds to the occurrence of the first specific state when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period If not, the first specific period is terminated, while if the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state, The gaming machine according to Feature F1, wherein the occurrence timing of the first specific state is varied.

  According to the feature F2, when a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, when the first specific trigger that triggers the occurrence of the first specific period does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state Terminates the first specific period. As a result, the first specific period that does not lead to the occurrence of the first specific state can be terminated by the occurrence of the predetermined event, and the digestion efficiency of the first specific period can be increased while giving priority to the predetermined event. On the other hand, when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state, the occurrence timing of the first specific state is changed. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the profit of the occurrence of the first specific state from being lost while shortening or extending the progress mode of the first specific period corresponding to the occurrence of the predetermined event.

  Feature F3. When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, the event response means responds to the occurrence of the first specific state when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period If not, the first specific period is terminated, while if the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state, The gaming machine according to F1 or F2, wherein the occurrence timing of the first specific state is delayed.

  According to the feature F3, when a predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period, when the first specific trigger that triggers the occurrence of the first specific period does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state Terminates the first specific period. As a result, the first specific period that does not lead to the occurrence of the first specific state can be terminated by the occurrence of the predetermined event, and the digestion efficiency of the first specific period can be increased while giving priority to the predetermined event. On the other hand, when the first specific trigger that triggered the occurrence of the first specific period corresponds to the occurrence of the first specific state, the occurrence timing of the first specific state is delayed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the profit of the occurrence of the first specific state from being lost while giving priority to the predetermined event.

  Feature F4. When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state, the event response unit measures the first specific period. The gaming machine according to Feature F3, wherein the occurrence timing of the first specific state is delayed by temporarily stopping and then restarting the measurement of the first specific period.

  According to the feature F4, the above-described excellent effects can be achieved by simply stopping and canceling the measurement in the first specific period.

  Feature F5. The first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state is the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger not corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. The gaming machine according to Feature F3 or F4, wherein the gaming machine is shorter.

  According to the feature F5, it is possible to shorten the period required from the occurrence of the first specific opportunity until the first specific state is started. In this case, since the first specific period having the configuration of the feature F3 and triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state is terminated when a predetermined event occurs, the first specific period It is possible to increase the digestion efficiency.

Feature F6. In a special gaming state, a predetermined profit can be given based on the supply of gaming balls in a predetermined manner to the gaming area,
The gaming machine according to any one of features F3 to F5, wherein the first specific opportunity can occur when a gaming ball is supplied to the gaming area in the predetermined manner.

  According to the feature F6, not only a predetermined profit is given by supplying a game ball to the game area in a predetermined mode in the special game state, but also the first specific entry means can be in the first specific state. This makes it possible to increase the advantage of the special game state.

Feature F7. The game area is provided at a position where a game ball can be entered or a position where a game ball can easily enter based on the supply of the game ball in a specific mode different from the predetermined mode. At least one condition that a game ball has entered the ball means (first through prize winning section 160) is a means for shifting the game state to the special game state (the processing of steps S2614 and S2615 in the main MPU 72 is executed) Function)
The first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state is the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. The gaming machine according to Feature F6, wherein the gaming machine is longer.

  According to feature F7, the game ball is supplied to the game area in a specific manner with the aim of entering the game ball into the ball entry means until the special game state is entered, and the special game state is entered. Thereafter, the game balls are supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner so that a predetermined profit is given.

  However, it is assumed that a gaming operation is performed so that a gaming ball is supplied to the gaming area in a predetermined manner in a situation where the gaming state is not shifted to the special gaming state, and in this case, the gaming area is not in the special gaming state. There is a possibility that the first specific entry means will be in the first specific state. In contrast, the first specific period triggered by the first specific state that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state is greater than the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger corresponding to the occurrence of the first specific state. However, even if the game ball is supplied to the game area in a predetermined manner so that the first specific ball entry means is in the first specific state even though it is not in the special game state, the game efficiency is improved. It becomes possible to make it low. On the other hand, since the first specific period having the structure of the feature F3 and triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state is terminated by the occurrence of a predetermined event, in the special game state It becomes possible to increase game efficiency.

  Feature F8. The gaming machine according to Feature F7, wherein the predetermined event occurs in the special gaming state.

  According to the feature F8, a predetermined event occurs in the special gaming state, and when the predetermined event occurs, the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state ends. Even if the first specific period is set to be relatively long, the digestion efficiency of the first specific period can be increased.

  Feature F9. In the feature F8, the shortest occurrence interval of the predetermined event in the special gaming state is shorter than the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state. The gaming machine described.

  According to feature F9, since the predetermined event occurs at a relatively short interval in the special gaming state, the first specific period triggered by the first specific trigger that does not correspond to the occurrence of the first specific state is early. It can be terminated.

  Feature F10. Means (function to execute the processing of step S2703 in the main side MPU 72) capable of increasing the advantage of the special gaming state based on the game ball entering the first specific entry means. The gaming machine according to any one of features F6 to F9, wherein:

  According to the feature F10, the player expects not only that a predetermined profit is given in the special game state but also that the game ball enters the first specific entry means. It is possible to improve interest.

Feature F11. A second specific ball entry means (second electric power device 122 or third electric power device 123 in the eleventh embodiment) into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter;
Based on the occurrence of the second specific opportunity, second specific control means (main-side MPU 72) that generates a second specific state in which a game ball can enter or is easy to enter the second specific entry means. In step S2713 to step S2714 or step S2813 to step S2814)
With
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F10, wherein the predetermined event is that the second specific entry means is in the second specific state.

  According to the feature F11, it is possible to prevent the first specific entry means from being in the first specific state in a situation where the second specific entry means is in the second specific state. And it becomes possible to show | play the outstanding effect as already demonstrated, utilizing this structure.

Feature F12. A third specific ball entry means (second electric power device 122 in the eleventh embodiment) into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter;
Based on the occurrence of the third specific opportunity, after the third specific period has elapsed, the third specific entry means is caused to generate a third specific state in which a game ball can enter or is easy to enter. 3rd specific control means (function which performs processing of Step S2713-Step S2714 in main side MPU72),
When the predetermined event occurs in the middle of the third specific period, means for temporarily stopping the measurement of the third specific period and then restarting the measurement of the third specific period (steps S2705 to S2705 in the main MPU 72) The function of executing the processing of S2706 and step S2715),
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F11, comprising:

  According to the feature F12, it is possible to prevent the third specific period from being ended even if a predetermined event occurs.

  In addition, with respect to the configuration of the features F1 to F12, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

  According to the invention relating to the feature group F, the following problems can be solved.

  Pachinko machines and slot machines are known as a kind of gaming machine. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which a profit is given to a player by shifting a gaming state to a special control state based on a predetermined transition condition being established.

  Specifically, for pachinko machines, a configuration that shifts to a special control state when a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the entrance area provided in the game area, or a predetermined entry There is known a configuration in which a special control state is entered based on a game ball entering a part. And when it transfers to a special control state, for example, opening and closing of the entrance device provided in the game area is started, and a game ball is paid out based on the entrance to the entrance device concerned.

  Here, in the gaming machines such as the above-described examples, novel game contents are required, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

<Feature G group>
Feature G1. A variable ball entry means (predetermined ordinary electric device 172) provided so that a game ball flowing down the game area can enter and can be switched between an open state and a closed state;
Open / close control means for executing the open / close control to turn the variable pitching means to the closed state when the predetermined game state is reached (in step S3507, step S3605, step S3610 and step S3710 in the main MPU 72) Processing function), and
First ending means for ending the predetermined gaming state after the number of times that the variable pitching means is in the open state in the predetermined gaming state reaches the upper limit number (execution of steps S3613 to S3615 in the main MPU 72) Function)
Second ending means (steps S3605 to S3608 and S3705 in the main MPU 72) for ending the predetermined gaming state after the number of gaming balls that have entered the variable pitching means in the predetermined gaming state reaches the upper limit number. The function of executing the process of step S3707),
With
The gaming machine, wherein the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number.

  According to the feature G1, the predetermined game state ends after the number of times that the variable pitching means is in the open state reaches the upper limit count, and the number of game balls that have entered the variable pitching means becomes the upper limit number. In a configuration in which the predetermined gaming state ends later, the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number. Thus, the upper limit number of game balls can be entered into the variable entry means in a predetermined game state without having to enter one or more game balls into the variable entry means in each execution of the open state of the variable entry means. It is possible to enter the ball. In this case, in a predetermined game state, the player predicts whether or not the upper limit number of game balls will enter the variable ball entry means, paying attention to the number of times that the variable ball entry means has been opened. It is possible to improve the interest of

  Feature G2. The gaming machine according to Feature G1, wherein the period from when the variable pitching means is in the open state to the closed state is equal to or shorter than the shortest supply cycle of the game balls to the game area. .

  According to the feature G2, even if a game ball enters the variable ball entry means in one execution time of the open state in the variable ball entry means, the number is about one, and an execution time that does not enter occurs. . In this case, with the configuration of the above feature G1, the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number, so that the player can enter the upper limit number of game balls into the variable entry means in a predetermined game state. Whether or not to do so is predicted while paying attention to the number of times that the variable pitching means is in the open state, so that it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  Feature G3. Predetermined notification that allows the player to recognize the number of occurrences of the open state necessary to reach the upper limit number of times and the number of game balls that have entered the variable pitching means required to reach the upper limit number The gaming machine according to the feature G1 or G2, further comprising means for executing the function (a function of executing the processing of steps S3802, S3804, and S3811 in the sound light side MPU 92).

  According to the feature G3, it is possible to grasp the remaining number of occurrences of the open state of the variable ball entry means and the remaining number of game balls that can enter the variable ball entry means by confirming a predetermined notification. Become. Thereby, the player can digest the predetermined game state while being aware of the situation where the game ball should be entered into the variable entry means and the situation where the game ball need not be entered.

  Feature G4. Based on the fact that a game ball has entered the variable ball entry means, a special profit can be given, and before the completion condition is satisfied, the game ball has entered the variable ball entry means. In the case where a new occurrence occurs, the advantage of the special profit is reduced as compared with the case where a game ball enters the variable entry means after the completion condition is satisfied. The gaming machine according to any one of features G1 to G3.

  According to feature G4, when a game ball is entered into the variable entry means, the advantage of the special profit is reduced if the game ball is entered again into the variable entry means before the completion condition is satisfied. Resulting in. In this case, with the configuration of the feature G1, the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number, so that the completion condition is satisfied while finally generating the upper limit number of game balls. In a situation where it is not established, it is possible to select not to enter the game ball into the open variable entry means.

  Feature G5. There is an accompanying ball entry means (first non-electric device 173) that is opened when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means and is closed when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means. The gaming machine according to any one of features G1 to G4, wherein:

  According to the feature G5, the associated ball entry means is opened based on the game ball entering the variable ball entry means, and the incident ball is entered based on the game ball entering the incident ball entry means. In the configuration in which the means is closed, if a game ball enters the variable ball entry means in a situation where the ball entry means is open, the opportunity to enter the ball entry means 1 It will be lost. In this case, with the configuration of the feature G1, the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number, so that the upper limit number of game balls can be finally generated, and the associated incident ball In the situation where the means is in the open state, it is possible to select not to enter the game ball into the variable ball entering means that is in the open state.

  Feature G6. Allow the player to recognize the period of time required for the variable pitching means to be in the open state after the end of one execution in which the variable pitching means is in the open state in the predetermined gaming state. The gaming machine according to feature G4 or G5, comprising means for executing specific notification (function of executing the processing of steps S3806 to S3809 in the sound light side MPU 92).

  According to the feature G6, by confirming the specific notification, it becomes possible to grasp the timing when the variable pitching means is next opened. This makes it possible to prevent the game ball from flowing down toward the variable ball entry means in advance when the game ball should not enter the variable ball entry means.

  For the configuration of the features G1 to G6, any of the features A1 to A25, the features B1 to B10, the features C1 to C7, the features D1 to D10, the features E1 to E11, the features F1 to F12, and the features G1 to G6 One or more configurations may be applied. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

  According to the invention relating to the above-described feature G group, the following problems can be solved.

  Pachinko machines and slot machines are known as a kind of gaming machine. In these gaming machines, a configuration is known in which a profit is given to a player by shifting a gaming state to a special control state based on a predetermined transition condition being established.

  Specifically, for pachinko machines, a configuration that shifts to a special control state when a winning result is obtained in an internal lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the entrance area provided in the game area, or a predetermined entry There is known a configuration in which a special control state is entered based on a game ball entering a part. And when it transfers to a special control state, for example, opening and closing of the entrance device provided in the game area is started, and a game ball is paid out based on the entrance to the entrance device concerned.

  Here, in the gaming machines such as the above-described examples, it is necessary to improve the interest of the game, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

  The basic configuration of the gaming machine to which the above features can be applied or applied to each feature is shown below.

  Pachinko gaming machine: operation means operated by a player, game ball launching means for launching a game ball based on the operation of the operation means, a ball path for guiding the launched game ball to a predetermined game area, and a game A gaming machine that includes each gaming component arranged in an area, and gives a bonus to a player when a gaming ball passes through a predetermined passing portion of each gaming component.

  Revolving type gaming machine such as a slot machine: equipped with a picture display device for variably displaying a plurality of pictures, variably starting display of the plurality of pictures due to the operation of the start operation means, and due to the operation of the stop operation means In addition, the game machine is configured such that the variable display of the plurality of patterns is stopped when a predetermined time elapses and a privilege is given to the player according to the pattern after the stop.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine, 32 ... 1st action | operation part, 34 ... Through prize-winning part, 35 ... Special prize-winning device, 42 ... Discharge passage, 72 ... Main side MPU, 92 ... Sound light side MPU, 116 ... General-purpose reservation area, 121 ... 1st power transmission device, 122 ... 2nd power transmission device, 123 ... 3rd power transmission device, 124 ... Specific operation part, 142 ... 2nd general map reservation area, 143 ... 3rd general map reservation area, 160 ... 1st 1-through winning part, 161... Fourth power transmission device, 172... Predetermined power transmission device, 173.

Claims (6)

A variable ball entry means provided so that a game ball flowing down the game area can enter and can be switched between an open state and a closed state;
An opening / closing control means for executing an opening / closing control for setting the variable pitching means to the closed state after entering the open state when the predetermined game state is reached;
First ending means for ending the predetermined gaming state after the number of times the variable pitching means is in the open state in the predetermined gaming state reaches an upper limit number;
Second ending means for ending the predetermined gaming state after the number of gaming balls that have entered the variable pitching means in the predetermined gaming state reaches an upper limit number;
With
The gaming machine, wherein the upper limit number is larger than the upper limit number.   2. The game according to claim 1, wherein a period from when the variable pitching means is in the open state to the closed state is equal to or shorter than a shortest supply cycle of game balls to the game area. Machine.   Predetermined notification that allows the player to recognize the number of occurrences of the open state necessary to reach the upper limit number of times and the number of game balls that have entered the variable pitching means required to reach the upper limit number The gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising means for executing the operation.   Based on the fact that a game ball has entered the variable ball entry means, a special profit can be given, and before the completion condition is satisfied, the game ball has entered the variable ball entry means. In the case where a new occurrence occurs, the advantage of the special profit is reduced as compared with the case where a game ball enters the variable entry means after the completion condition is satisfied. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the gaming machine is characterized in that:   The game apparatus further comprises an associated ball entry means that is opened when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means and is closed when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means. Item 5. A gaming machine according to any one of Items 1 to 4.   Allow the player to recognize the period of time required for the variable pitching means to be in the open state after the end of one execution in which the variable pitching means is in the open state in the predetermined gaming state. 6. A gaming machine according to claim 4, further comprising means for executing specific notification.

Images